UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM 20-F
(Mark One)

☐  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR

☒  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

OR

☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____________to____________
 OR

☒  SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report : Not applicable

Commission file number 001-32458


DIANA SHIPPING INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
Diana Shipping Inc.
(Translation of Registrant's name into English)
 
 
Republic of The Marshall Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
 
Pendelis 16, 175 64 Palaio Faliro, Athens, Greece
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
 
Mr. Ioannis Zafirakis
Tel:  + 30-210-9470-100, Fax: + 30-210-9470-101
E-mail: izafirakis@dianashippinginc.com
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
 



Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
New York Stock Exchange
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
New York Stock Exchange
8.875% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares, $0.01 par value
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None
(Title of Class)
 


Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

As of December 31, 2014, there were 81,859,821 shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 
Yes
No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 
Yes
No
 
Note-Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
 
Yes
No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
 
 
Yes
No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

       Large accelerated filer ☐
Accelerated filer  ☒
Non-accelerated filer ☐

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP  ☒
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board    ☐
Other  ☐


   
   
   
If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

 
 ☐ Item 17
☐    Item 18

 
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 
 
 
Yes
No

 (APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
 
 
 
 
Yes
No


 




TABLE OF CONTENTS


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
4
     
PART I
 
 
Item 1.
Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
5
Item 2.
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
5
Item 3.
Key Information
5
Item 4.
Information on the Company
33
Item 4A.
Unresolved Staff Comments
55
Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
55
Item 6.
Directors, Senior Management and Employees
76
Item 7.
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
81
Item 8.
Financial Information
84
Item 9.
The Offer and Listing
86
Item 10.
Additional Information
87
Item 11.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
98
Item 12.
Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
99
   
PART II
 
Item 13.
Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
100
Item 14.
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
100
Item 15.
Controls and Procedures
100
Item 16A.
Audit Committee Financial Expert
101
Item 16B.
Code of Ethics
101
Item 16C.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
102
Item 16D.
Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
102
Item 16E.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
102
Item 16F.
Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant
103
Item 16G.
Corporate Governance
103
Item 16H.  
Mine Safety Disclosure
104
 
 
PART III
 
Item 17.
Financial Statements
105
Item 18.
Financial Statements
105
Item 19.
Exhibits
105




FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
Diana Shipping Inc., or the Company, desires to take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is including this cautionary statement in connection with this safe harbor legislation.  This document and any other written or oral statements made by us or on our behalf may include forward-looking statements, which reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance.  The words "believe", "except," "anticipate," "intends," "estimate," "forecast," "project," "plan," "potential," "may," "should," "expect" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements.

Please note in this annual report, "we", "us", "our" and "the Company" all refer to Diana Shipping Inc. and its subsidiaries.

The forward-looking statements in this document are based upon various assumptions, many of which are based, in turn, upon further assumptions, including without limitation, management's examination of historical operating trends, data contained in our records and other data available from third parties.  Although we believe that these assumptions were reasonable when made, because these assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies which are difficult or impossible to predict and are beyond our control, we cannot assure you that we will achieve or accomplish these expectations, beliefs or projections.

In addition to these important factors and matters discussed elsewhere herein, including under the heading "Item 3.D.—Risk Factors," important factors that, in our view, could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include the strength of world economies, fluctuations in currencies and interest rates, general market conditions, including fluctuations in charter hire rates and vessel values, changes in demand in the dry-bulk shipping industry, changes in the supply of vessels, changes in the Company's operating expenses, including bunker prices, crew costs, drydocking and insurance costs, changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities, potential liability from pending or future litigation, general domestic and international political conditions or labor disruptions, potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents or political events, and other important factors described from time to time in the reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.
4


PART I
Item 1.                            Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
 
Not Applicable.

Item 2.                            Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not Applicable.

Item 3.                            Key Information

A.               Selected Financial Data 

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data and other operating data. The selected consolidated financial data in the table as of December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP"). The following data should be read in conjunction with Item 5. "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects", the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this annual report.

 
As of and for the
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
(in thousands of U.S. dollars,
 
 
except for share and per share data, fleet data and average daily results)
 
Statement of Operations Data:
         
Time charter revenues
 
$
175,576
   
$
164,005
   
$
220,785
   
$
255,669
   
$
275,448
 
Other revenues
   
-
     
447
     
2,447
     
1,117
     
-
 
Voyage expenses                                                      
   
10,665
     
8,119
     
8,274
     
10,597
     
12,392
 
Vessel operating expenses                                                      
   
86,923
     
77,211
     
66,293
     
55,375
     
52,585
 
Depreciation and amortization of deferred charges
   
70,503
     
64,741
     
62,010
     
55,278
     
53,083
 
General and administrative expenses
   
26,217
     
23,724
     
24,913
     
25,123
     
25,347
 
Foreign currency gains
   
(528
)
   
(690
)
   
(1,374
)
   
(503
)
   
(1,598
)
Operating income / (loss)                 
   
(18,204
)
   
(8,653
)
   
63,116
     
110,916
     
133,639
 
Interest and finance costs                                                      
   
(8,427
)
   
(8,140
)
   
(7,618
)
   
(4,924
)
   
(5,213
)
Interest and other income
   
3,627
     
1,800
     
1,432
     
1,033
     
920
 
                                         
5


   
As of and for the
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
(in thousands of U.S. dollars,
 
   
except for share and per share data, fleet data and average daily results)
 
Loss from derivative instruments
   
68
     
(118
)
   
(518
)
   
(737
)
   
(1,477
)
Income / (loss) from investment in Diana Containerships Inc.
   
12,668
     
(6,094
)
   
(1,773
)
   
1,207
     
-
 
Net income / (loss)
 
$
(10,268
)
 
$
(21,205
)
 
$
54,639
   
$
107,495
   
$
127,869
 
                                         
Loss assumed by non controlling interests
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
2
   
$
910
 
                                         
Preferred dividends
 
$
(5,080
)
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
                                         
Net income / (loss) attributed to Diana Shipping Inc.
 
$
(15,348
)
 
$
(21,205
)
 
$
54,639
   
$
107,497
   
$
128,779
 
                                         
Earnings / (loss) per common share, basic
 
$
(0.19
)
 
$
(0.26
)
 
$
0.67
   
$
1.33
   
$
1.60
 
                                         
Earnings / (loss) per common share, diluted
 
$
(0.19
)
 
$
(0.26
)
 
$
0.67
   
$
1.33
   
$
1.59
 
                                         
Weighted average number of common shares, basic
   
81,292,290
     
81,328,390
     
81,083,485
     
81,081,774
     
80,682,770
 
                                         
Weighted average number of common shares, diluted
   
81,292,290
     
81,328,390
     
81,083,485
     
81,124,348
     
80,808,232
 
                                         

Balance Sheet Data:
                   
Cash and cash equivalents                                                    
 
$
218,901
   
$
240,633
   
$
446,624
   
$
416,674
   
$
345,414
 
Total current assets                                                    
   
238,234
     
251,868
     
466,986
     
432,691
     
354,649
 
Vessels' net book value                                       
   
1,373,133
     
1,320,375
     
1,211,138
     
1,046,719
     
1,160,850
 
Property and equipment, net
   
23,887
     
22,826
     
22,774
     
21,659
     
21,842
 
Total assets                                                    
   
1,787,122
     
1,701,981
     
1,742,802
     
1,604,471
     
1,585,389
 
Total current liabilities                                                    
   
98,092
     
62,297
     
61,477
     
48,095
     
32,510
 
Deferred revenue, non-current portion
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
4,227
 
Long-term debt (including current portion), net of deferred financing costs
   
484,256
     
431,557
     
459,112
     
373,338
     
383,623
 
Total stockholders' equity                                                    
   
1,282,226
     
1,253,392
     
1,266,424
     
1,208,878
     
1,169,930
 

Cash Flow Data:
                   
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
44,910
   
$
67,400
   
$
119,886
   
$
154,230
   
$
178,292
 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(152,513
)
   
(245,156
)
   
(169,913
)
   
(90,428
)
   
(252,313
)
Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities
   
85,871
     
(28,235
)
   
79,977
     
7,458
     
136,997
 

Fleet Data:
                   
Average number of vessels (1)
   
37.9
     
33.0
     
27.6
     
23.6
     
22.9
 
Number of vessels at year-end
   
39.0
     
36.0
     
30.0
     
24.0
     
25.0
 
Weighted average age of dry bulk vessels at year-end (in years)
   
7.1
     
6.6
     
6.0
     
6.3
     
5.4
 
Weighted average age of containerships at year-end (in years)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
0.6
 
6


 
As of and for the
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
Ownership days (2)
   
13,822
     
12,049
     
10,119
     
8,609
     
8,348
 
Available days (3)
   
13,650
     
12,029
     
9,998
     
8,474
     
8,208
 
Operating days (4)
   
13,564
     
11,944
     
9,865
     
8,418
     
8,180
 
Fleet utilization (5)
   
99.4
%
   
99.3
%
   
98.7
%
   
99.3
%
   
99.7
%

Average Daily Results:
                   
Time charter equivalent (TCE) rate (6)
 
$
12,081
   
$
12,959
   
$
21,255
   
$
28,920
   
$
32,049
 
Daily vessel operating expenses (7)
   
6,289
     
6,408
     
6,551
     
6,432
     
6,299
 


(1) Average number of vessels is the number of vessels that constituted our fleet for the relevant period, as measured by the sum of the number of days each vessel was a part of our fleet during the period divided by the number of calendar days in the period.

(2) Ownership days are the aggregate number of days in a period during which each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenues and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.

(3) Available days are the number of our ownership days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire due to scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades or special surveys and the aggregate amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels for such events. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the number of days in a period during which vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

(4) Operating days are the number of available days in a period less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire due to any reason, including unforeseen circumstances. The shipping industry uses operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels actually generate revenues.

(5) We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of our operating days during a period by the number of our available days during the period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company's efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and minimizing the amount of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons other than scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades, special surveys or vessel positioning for such events.

(6) Time charter equivalent rates, or TCE rates, are defined as our time charter revenues less voyage expenses during a period divided by the number of our available days during the period, which is consistent with industry standards. Voyage expenses include port charges, bunker (fuel) expenses, canal charges and commissions. TCE rate is a non-GAAP measure, and management believes it is useful to investors because it is a standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters are generally not expressed in per day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters are generally expressed in such amounts. The following table reflects the calculation of our TCE rates for the periods presented.
7



   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for
 
 
TCE rates, which are expressed in U.S. dollars, and available days)
 
Time charter revenues
 
$
175,576
   
$
164,005
   
$
220,785
   
$
255,669
   
$
275,448
 
Less: voyage expenses
   
(10,665
)
   
(8,119
)
   
(8,274
)
   
(10,597
)
   
(12,392
)
                                         
Time charter equivalent revenues
 
$
164,911
   
$
155,886
   
$
212,511
   
$
245,072
   
$
263,056
 
                                         
Available days
   
13,650
     
12,029
     
9,998
     
8,474
     
8,208
 
Time charter equivalent (TCE) rate
 
$
12,081
   
$
12,959
   
$
21,255
   
$
28,920
   
$
32,049
 

(7) Daily vessel operating expenses, which include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the costs of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses, are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days for the relevant period.

B.              Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not Applicable.

C.              Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not Applicable .

D.              Risk Factors

Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and ownership of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition or operating results or the trading price of our common stock.

Industry Specific Risk Factors

Charter hire rates for dry bulk carriers may decrease in the future, which may adversely affect our earnings.

The dry bulk shipping industry is cyclical with attendant volatility in charter hire rates and profitability. The degree of charter hire rate volatility among different types of dry bulk carriers has varied widely, and charter hire rates for Panamax and Capesize dry bulk carriers have reached near historically low levels. Because we charter some of our vessels pursuant to short-term time charters, we are exposed to changes in spot market and short-term charter rates for dry bulk carriers and such changes may affect our earnings and the value of our dry bulk carriers at any given time. In addition, more than half of our vessels are scheduled to come off of their current charters in 2015, based on their earliest redelivery date, for which we may be seeking new employment. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully charter our vessels in the future or renew existing charters at rates sufficient to allow us to meet our obligations or pay any dividends in the future. Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply and demand for the major commodities carried by water internationally. Because the factors affecting the supply and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are also unpredictable.
8




Factors that influence demand for vessel capacity include:

Ÿ supply and demand for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;

Ÿ changes in the exploration or production of energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;

Ÿ the location of regional and global exploration, production and manufacturing facilities;

Ÿ the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;

Ÿ the globalization of production and manufacturing;

Ÿ global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts and terrorist activities; embargoes and strikes;

Ÿ natural disasters and other disruptions in international trade;

Ÿ developments in international trade;

Ÿ changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including the distance cargo is transported by sea;

Ÿ environmental and other regulatory developments;

Ÿ currency exchange rates; and

Ÿ weather.

Factors that influence the supply of vessel capacity include:

Ÿ the number of newbuilding deliveries;

Ÿ the scrapping rate of older vessels;

Ÿ vessel casualties; and

Ÿ the number of vessels that are out of service, namely those that are laid-up, drydocked, awaiting repairs or otherwise not available for hire.
9


In addition to the prevailing and anticipated freight rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage, the efficiency and age profile of the existing dry bulk fleet in the market and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.

Demand for our dry bulk carriers is dependent upon economic growth in the world's economies, including China and India, seasonal and regional changes in demand, changes in the capacity of the global dry bulk carrier fleet and the sources and supply of dry bulk cargo transported by sea. Given the large number of new dry bulk carriers currently on order with shipyards, the capacity of the global dry bulk carrier fleet seems likely to increase and economic growth may not resume in areas that have experienced a recession or continue in other areas. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

The dry bulk carrier charter market remains significantly below its high in 2008, which has had and may continue to have an adverse effect on our revenues, earnings and profitability, and may affect our ability to comply with our loan covenants.

The abrupt and dramatic downturn in the dry bulk charter market, from which we derive substantially all of our revenues, has severely affected the dry bulk shipping industry and has adversely affected our business. The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the dry bulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire dry bulk shipping market.  The BDI declined 94% in 2008 from a peak of 11,793 in May 2008 to a low of 663 in December 2008 and has remained volatile since then.  During 2014, the BDI remained volatile, ranging from a high of 2,113 to a low of 723. The BDI recorded a 25-year record low of 509 in February 2015 and has since increased to 591 as of March 20, 2015. There can be no assurance that the dry bulk charter market will not decrease further. The decline and volatility in charter rates is due to various factors, including the lack of trade financing for purchases of commodities carried by sea, which has resulted in a significant decline in cargo shipments, and the excess supply of iron ore in China, which has resulted in falling iron ore prices and increased stockpiles in Chinese ports. The decline and volatility in charter rates in the dry bulk market also affects the value of our dry bulk vessels, which follows the trends of dry bulk charter rates, and earnings on our charters, and similarly, affects our cash flows, liquidity and compliance with the covenants contained in our loan agreements.

The decline in the dry bulk carrier charter market has had and may continue to have additional adverse consequences for our industry, including an absence of financing for vessels, no active secondhand market for the sale of vessels, charterers seeking to renegotiate the rates for existing time charters, and widespread loan covenant defaults in the dry bulk shipping industry. Accordingly, the value of our common shares could be substantially reduced or eliminated.

If economic conditions throughout the world do not improve, it will impede our earnings, financial condition and cash flows.

Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. In addition, the world economy continues to face a number of new challenges, including recent turmoil and hostilities in the Middle East and other geographic areas and countries and continuing economic weakness in the European Union. The deterioration in the global economy has caused, and may continue to cause, a decrease in worldwide demand for certain goods and, thus, shipping. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last. However, recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with the concurrent decline in charter rates and vessel values, have had a material adverse effect on our earnings, financial condition and cash flows, have caused the price of our common shares to decline and could cause the price of our common shares to decline further.
10



The economies of the United States, the European Union and other parts of the world continue to experience relatively slow growth or remain in recession and exhibit weak economic trends. The credit markets in the United States and Europe have experienced significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the U.S. federal government and state governments and European authorities continue to implement a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets.  Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, severely disrupted and volatile.  Since 2008, lending by financial institutions worldwide remains at very low levels compared to the period preceding 2008.

A significant economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region could exacerbate the effect of recent slowdowns in the economies of the United States and the European Union and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and earnings.

Continued economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region, especially in Japan and China, may exacerbate the effect on us of the recent slowdown in the rest of the world. Before the global economic financial crisis that began in 2008, China had one of the world's fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product, or GDP, which had a significant impact on shipping demand. The growth rate of China's GDP remains below pre-2008 levels. China and other countries in the Asia Pacific region may continue to experience slowed or even negative economic growth in the future. Moreover, the current economic slowdown in the economies of the United States, the European Union and other Asian countries may further adversely affect economic growth in China and elsewhere. Our earnings and ability to grow our fleet would be impeded by a continuing or worsening economic downturn in any of these countries.

A decrease in the level of China's export of goods or an increase in trade protectionism could have a material adverse impact on our charterers' business and, in turn, could cause a material adverse impact on our earnings, financial condition and cash flows.

Our vessels may be deployed on routes involving trade in and out of emerging markets, and our charterers' shipping and business revenue may be derived from the shipment of goods from the Asia Pacific region to various overseas export markets including the United States and Europe. Any reduction in or hindrance to the output of China-based exporters could have a material adverse effect on the growth rate of China's exports and on our charterers' business.

For instance, the government of China has recently implemented economic policies aimed at increasing domestic consumption of Chinese-made goods. This may have the effect of reducing the supply of goods available for export and may, in turn, result in a decrease of demand for shipping. Additionally, though in China there is an increasing level of autonomy and a gradual shift in emphasis to a "market economy" and enterprise reform, many of the reforms, particularly some limited price reforms that result in the prices for certain commodities being principally determined by market forces, are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to revision, change or abolition. The level of imports to and exports from China could be adversely affected by changes to these economic reforms by the Chinese government, as well as by changes in political, economic and social conditions or other relevant policies of the Chinese government.

Our operations expose us to the risk that increased trade protectionism will adversely affect our business. If the continuing global recovery is undermined by downside risks and the recent economic downturn is prolonged, governments may turn to trade barriers to protect their domestic industries against foreign imports, thereby depressing the demand for shipping. Specifically, increasing trade protectionism in the markets that our charterers serve has caused and may continue to cause an increase in: (i) the cost of goods exported from China, (ii) the length of time required to deliver goods from China and (iii) the risks associated with exporting goods from China, as well as a decrease in the quantity of goods to be shipped.
11


Any increased trade barriers or restrictions on trade, especially trade with China, would have an adverse impact on our charterers' business, operating results and financial condition and could thereby affect their ability to make timely charter hire payments to us and to renew and increase the number of their time charters with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, earnings and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.
The current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions may adversely impact our ability to obtain additional financing or refinance our existing loan and credit facilities on acceptable terms which may hinder or prevent us from expanding our business.
Global financial markets and economic conditions continue to be volatile. This volatility has negatively affected the general willingness of banks and other financial institutions to extend credit, particularly in the shipping industry, due to the historically volatile asset values of vessels. The current state of global financial markets might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices which will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.
Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased, to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that additional financing will be available if needed and to the extent required, or that we will be able to refinance our existing loan and credit facilities, on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing or refinancing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

The instability of the euro or the inability of countries to refinance their debts could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, profitability and financial position.

As a result of the credit crisis in Europe, the European Commission created the European Financial Stability Facility, or the EFSF, and the European Financial Stability Mechanism, or the EFSM, to provide funding to Eurozone countries in financial difficulties that seek such support. In September 2012, the European Council established a permanent stability mechanism, the European Stability Mechanism, or the ESM, to assume the role of the EFSF and the EFSM in providing external financial assistance to Eurozone countries. Despite these measures, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the euro. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for European countries could reduce the overall demand for dry bulk cargoes and for our services. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could affect our financial position, earnings and cash flow.

An over-supply of dry bulk carrier capacity may prolong or further depress the current low charter rates and, in turn, adversely affect our profitability.

The market supply of dry bulk carriers has been increasing due to the high level of new deliveries in the last few years. Dry bulk newbuildings were delivered in significant numbers starting at the beginning of 2006 and continued to be delivered in significant numbers through the end of 2014. While vessel supply will continue to be affected by the delivery of new vessels and the removal of vessels from the global fleet, either through scrapping or accidental losses, an over-supply of dry bulk carrier capacity could prolong the period during which low charter rates prevail. Currently, more than half of our vessels are scheduled to come off of their current charters in 2015, based on their earliest redelivery date, for which we may be seeking new employment.
12


World events could affect our earnings and financial condition.

Continuing conflicts and recent developments in the Middle East, North Africa and Ukraine, and the presence of U.S. and other armed forces in the Middle East, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea, the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and the Gulf of Guinea. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have recently increased in frequency, which could adversely affect our business.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Although the frequency of sea piracy worldwide decreased during 2014 as compared to 2013, sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and increasingly in the Gulf of Guinea, with dry bulk vessels and tankers particularly vulnerable to such attacks. If these piracy attacks occur in regions in which our vessels are deployed that insurers characterized as "war risk" zones or Joint War Committee "war and strikes" listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including due to employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. Furthermore, while we believe the charterer remains liable for charter payments when a vessel is seized by pirates, the charterer may dispute this and withhold charterhire until the vessel is released.  A charterer may also claim that a vessel seized by pirates was not "on-hire" for a certain number of days and is therefore entitled to cancel the charter party, a claim that we would dispute. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, any detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability, of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and earnings.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could affect our operating results and the amount of available cash with which we could pay dividends, if declared.

We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results which could affect the amount of dividends, if any, that we may pay to our shareholders from quarter to quarter. The dry bulk carrier market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere during the winter months. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. As a result, our revenues may be weaker during the fiscal quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and, conversely, our revenues may be stronger in fiscal quarters ended December 31 and March 31. While this seasonality will not directly affect our operating results and cash available for distribution to our shareholders as dividends as long as our fleet is employed on period time charters, it could materially affect our operating results to the extent our vessels are employed in the spot market in the future.
13


Fuel, or bunker prices, may adversely affect profits.

While we generally will not bear the cost of fuel, or bunkers for vessels operating on time charters, fuel is a significant factor in negotiating charter rates.  As a result, an increase in the price of fuel beyond our expectations may adversely affect our profitability at the time of charter negotiation.  Fuel is also a significant, if not the largest, expense in our shipping operations when vessels are under voyage charter. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce the profitability and competitiveness of our business versus other forms of transportation, such as truck or rail.

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.

Our operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the form of international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and national and international regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These requirements include, but are not limited to, European Union Regulations, the United Nation's International Maritime Organization, or IMO, International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973, or MARPOL, including designation of Emission Control Areas, or ECAs, thereunder, the IMO International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, requirements of the U.S. Coast Guard and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, or CERCLA, the U.S. Clean Air Act, U.S. Clean Water Act and the U.S. Marine Transportation Security Act of 2002. Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. We may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including, but not limited to, costs relating to air emissions including greenhouse gases, the management of ballast and bilge waters, maintenance and inspection, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, earnings, cash flows and financial condition. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. Furthermore, the 2010 explosion of the Deepwater Horizon and the subsequent release of oil into the Gulf of Mexico, or other events, may result in further regulation of the shipping industry, and modifications to statutory liability schemes, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, earnings and cash flows. An oil spill could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties and criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages. We are required to satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have arranged insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, earnings, cash flows and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends.
14



We are subject to international safety regulations and the failure to comply with these regulations may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the IMO's International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or ISM Code.  The ISM Code requires ship owners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive "Safety Management System" that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. The failure of a shipowner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject it to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Each of the vessels that has been delivered to us is ISM Code-certified and we expect that each other vessel that we have agreed to purchase will be ISM Code-certified when delivered to us.

In addition, vessel classification societies also impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels. In complying with current and future environmental requirements, vessel-owners and operators may also incur significant additional costs in meeting new maintenance and inspection requirements, in developing contingency arrangements for potential spills and in obtaining insurance coverage. Government regulation of vessels, particularly in the areas of safety and environmental requirements, can be expected to become stricter in the future and require us to incur significant capital expenditures on our vessels to keep them in compliance.

The operation of our vessels is also affected by other government regulation in the form of international conventions, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which the vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, certificates, and financial assurances with respect to our operations. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with such conventions, laws and regulations or the impact thereof on the resale prices or useful lives of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations.

Increased inspection procedures, tighter import and export controls and new security regulations could increase costs and disrupt our business.

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin, destination and trans-shipment points. These security procedures can result in cargo seizure, delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.

It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and earnings.
15



The operation of dry bulk carriers has certain unique operational risks which could affect our earnings and cash flow.

The operation of vessels, such as dry bulk carriers, has certain unique risks. With a dry bulk carrier, the cargo itself and its interaction with the vessel can be an operational risk. By their nature, dry bulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, dry bulk carriers are often subjected to battering treatment during unloading operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold) and small bulldozers. This treatment may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during unloading procedures may be more susceptible to breach to the sea. Hull breaches in dry bulk carriers may lead to the flooding of the vessels' holds. If a dry bulk carrier suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessel's bulkheads leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately repair our vessels after such damages, we may be unable to prevent these events. Any of these circumstances or events could negatively impact our business, financial condition, earnings and ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

If our vessels call on ports located in countries that are subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. or other governments, that could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our common stock.
 
From time to time on charterers' instructions, our vessels may call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the United States government and countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism, including Cuba, Iran, Sudan and Syria. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the U.S. enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or CISADA, which expanded the scope of the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA expands the application of the prohibitions to companies such as ours and introduces limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products. In addition, in 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order 13608 which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608 will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contacts with the United States, including conducting business in U.S. dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the Iran Threat Reduction Act, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran's petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of that person's vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years.  In addition, the Iran Freedom and Counter-Proliferation Act of 2012 (IFCA) and Executive Order 13645 went into effect on July 1, 2013.  Pursuant to the IFCA, as implemented by Executive Order 13645, a person is subject to sanctions for the provision of material support to Iranian Specially Designated Nationals, members of the Iranian energy, shipping and shipbuilding sectors and Iranian port operators.  The foregoing also expanded existing Iran sanctions against persons or foreign financial institutions relating to, among other things, the sale and transport of Iranian petroleum, petroleum products and petrochemicals.
16


On November 24, 2013, the P5+1 (the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Russia and China) entered into an interim agreement with Iran entitled the "Joint Plan of Action" ("JPOA"). Under the JPOA it was agreed that, in exchange for Iran taking certain voluntary measures to ensure that its nuclear program is used only for peaceful purposes, the U.S. and E.U. would voluntarily suspend certain sanctions for a period of six months.

On January 20, 2014, the U.S. and E.U. indicated that they would begin implementing the temporary relief measures provided for under the JPOA. These measures include, among other things, the suspension of certain sanctions on the Iranian petrochemicals, precious metals, and automotive industries from January 20, 2014 until July 20, 2014.  The U.S. initially extended the JPOA until November 24, 2014, and it has since extended it until June 30, 2015.

Although it is our intention to comply with the provisions of the JPOA, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future as such regulations and U.S. Sanctions may be amended over time, and the U.S. retains the authority to revoke the aforementioned relief if Iran fails to meet its commitments under the JPOA.

Certain of our charterers or other parties that we have entered into contracts with may be affiliated with persons or entities that are the subject of sanctions imposed by the Obama administration, and European Union and / or other international bodies as a result of the annexation of Crimea by Russia in March 2014. If we determine that such sanctions require us to terminate existing contracts or if we are found to be in violation of such applicable sanctions, our results of operations may be adversely affected or we may suffer reputational harm.

Although we believe that we have been in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions that could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our common stock may adversely affect the price at which our common stock trades. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our common stock may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

Maritime claimants could arrest one or more of our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a claimant may seek to obtain security for its claim by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the "sister ship" theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel which is subject to the claimant's maritime lien and any "associated" vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could attempt to assert "sister ship" liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our vessels.
 
We conduct business in China, where the legal system is not fully developed and has inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to us.
 
Some of our vessels could be chartered to Chinese customers and from time to time on our charterers' instructions, our vessels may call on Chinese ports. Such charters and voyages may be subject to regulations in China that may require us to incur new or additional compliance or other administrative costs and may require that we pay to the Chinese government new taxes or other fees. Changes in Chinese laws and regulations, including with regards to tax matters, or changes in their implementation by local authorities could affect our vessels if chartered to Chinese customers as well as our vessels calling to Chinese ports and could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
17


Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, resulting in a loss of earnings.

A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes her owner, while requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes her charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Although we would be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our revenues and reduce the amount of cash we may have available for distribution as dividends to our shareholders, if any such dividends are declared.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could result in fines, criminal penalties and an adverse effect on our business.

We may operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption.  We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which is consistent and in full compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or the FCPA.  We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties, curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, earnings or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

Company Specific Risk Factors

The market values of our vessels have decreased, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow under our credit facilities.

The fair market values of our vessels are related to prevailing freight charter rates. While the fair market value of vessels and the freight charter market have a very close relationship as the charter market moves from trough to peak, the time lag between the effect of charter rates on market values of ships can vary.

The fair market values of our vessels have generally experienced high volatility, and you should expect the market value of our vessels to fluctuate depending on a number of factors including:

· the prevailing level of charter hire rates;

· general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;

· competition from other shipping companies and other modes of transportation;

· the types, sizes and ages of vessels;

· the supply and demand for vessels;

· applicable governmental regulations;
18


· technological advances; and

· the cost of newbuildings.

As a result of the decline in the market value of our fleet, we may not be able to obtain other financing or incur debt on terms that are acceptable to us or at all.

A decrease in the market values of our vessels could cause us to breach covenants in our credit facilities and adversely affect our operating results.

The market values of our vessels are at relatively low levels compared to historical averages.  As at December 31, 2014, we believe we are in compliance with all of the covenants of our credit facilities. If we are not in compliance with our credit facilities or are unable to obtain waivers, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on our fleet. In addition, if the book value of a vessel is impaired due to unfavorable market conditions or a vessel is sold at a price below its book value, we would incur a loss that could adversely affect our operating results.

We charter some of our vessels on short-term time charters in a volatile shipping industry and the decline in charter hire rates could affect our results of operations and our ability to pay dividends.

We charter certain of our vessels pursuant to short-term time charters, although we have also entered into long-term time charters of up to 61 months. Although significant exposure to short-term time charters is not unusual in the dry bulk shipping industry, the short-term time charter market is highly competitive and spot market charter hire rates (which affect time charter rates) may fluctuate significantly based upon available charters and the supply of, and demand for, seaborne shipping capacity. While the short-term time charter market may enable us to benefit in periods of increasing charter hire rates, we must consistently renew our charters and this dependence makes us vulnerable to declining charter rates. As a result of the volatility in the dry bulk carrier charter market, we may not be able to employ our vessels upon the termination of their existing charters at their current charter hire rates. The dry bulk carrier charter market is volatile, and in the recent past, short-term time charter and spot market charter rates for some dry bulk carriers declined below the operating costs of those vessels before rising. We cannot assure you that future charter hire rates will enable us to operate our vessels profitably, or to pay dividends.

Rising crew costs could adversely affect our results of operations.

Due to an increase in the size of the global shipping fleet, the limited supply of and increased demand for crew has created upward pressure on crew costs. Continued higher crew costs or further increases in crew costs could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our investment in Diana Containerships Inc. exposes us to the risks of the containership market.

As at December 31, 2014 we had a $50 million loan facility with and owned approximately 26.34% of Diana Containerships Inc., or Diana Containerships, which operates in the containership market. Through this investment, we are partially exposed to containership market risks such as the cyclicality and volatility of charterhire rates; the reduction in demand for container shipping due to the recent global economic recession; increased risk of charter counterparty risk due to financial pressure on liner companies as a result of a decline in global trade; and the risk of over-supply of containership capacity. Containership market risks may reduce the value of our investment in Diana Containerships and could adversely affect our financial condition.
19



Our earnings, and the payment of dividends, may be adversely affected if we are not able to take advantage of favorable charter rates.

We charter certain of our dry bulk carriers to customers pursuant to short-term time charters. However, as part of our business strategy, the majority of our vessels are currently fixed on time charters ranging in duration from 11 months to 61 months. We may extend the charter periods for additional vessels in our fleet, including additional dry bulk carriers that we may purchase in the future, to take advantage of the relatively stable cash flow and high utilization rates that are associated with long-term time charters. While we believe that long-term charters provide us with relatively stable cash flows and higher utilization rates than shorter-term charters, our vessels that are committed to long-term charters may not be available for employment on short-term charters during periods of increasing short-term charter hire rates when these charters may be more profitable than long-term charters.

Investment in derivative instruments such as forward freight agreements could result in losses.

From time to time, we may take positions in derivative instruments including forward freight agreements, or FFAs. FFAs and other derivative instruments may be used to hedge a vessel owner's exposure to the charter market by providing for the sale of a contracted charter rate along a specified route and period of time. Upon settlement, if the contracted charter rate is less than the average of the rates, as reported by an identified index, for the specified route and period, the seller of the FFA is required to pay the buyer an amount equal to the difference between the contracted rate and the settlement rate, multiplied by the number of days in the specified period. Conversely, if the contracted rate is greater than the settlement rate, the buyer is required to pay the seller the settlement sum. If we take positions in FFAs or other derivative instruments and do not correctly anticipate charter rate movements over the specified route and time period, we could suffer losses in the settling or termination of the FFA. This could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

We may have difficulty effectively managing our planned growth, which may adversely affect our earnings.

Since the completion of our initial public offering in March 2005, we have increased our fleet to 40 vessels in operation, and we expect to take delivery of three newbuilding vessels in 2016. The addition of these vessels to our fleet has resulted in a significant increase in the size of our fleet and imposes significant additional responsibilities on our management and staff. While we expect our fleet to grow further, this may require us to increase the number of our personnel. We will also have to increase our customer base to provide continued employment for the new vessels.

Our future growth will primarily depend on our ability to:

· locate and acquire suitable vessels;

· identify and consummate acquisitions or joint ventures;

· enhance our customer base;

· manage our expansion; and

· obtain required financing on acceptable terms.
20



Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks, such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, the possibility that indemnification agreements will be unenforceable or insufficient to cover potential losses and difficulties associated with imposing common standards, controls, procedures and policies, obtaining additional qualified personnel, managing relationships with customers and integrating newly acquired assets and operations into existing infrastructure. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

Because the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board is not currently permitted to inspect our independent accounting firm, you may not benefit from such inspections.

Auditors of U.S. public companies are required by law to undergo periodic Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) inspections that assess their compliance with U.S. law and professional standards in connection with performance of audits of financial statements filed with the SEC. Certain European Union countries, including Greece, do not currently permit the PCAOB to conduct inspections of accounting firms established and operating in such European Union countries, even if they are part of major international firms. Accordingly, unlike for most U.S. public companies, the PCAOB is prevented from evaluating our auditor's performance of audits and its quality control procedures, and, unlike shareholders of most U.S. public companies, we and our shareholders are deprived of the possible benefits of such inspections. 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to borrow amounts under our credit and loan facilities and restrictive covenants in our credit and loan facilities may impose financial and other restrictions on us.

Since February 2005 we have entered into several loan agreements to finance vessel acquisitions and the construction of newbuildings. As of December 31, 2014, we had $486.0 million outstanding under our facilities. Our ability to borrow amounts under our facilities is subject to the execution of customary documentation relating to the facility, including security documents, satisfaction of certain customary conditions precedent and compliance with terms and conditions included in the loan documents. Prior to each drawdown, we are required, among other things, to provide the lender with acceptable valuations of the vessels in our fleet confirming that the vessels in our fleet have a minimum value and that the vessels in our fleet that secure our obligations under the facilities are sufficient to satisfy minimum security requirements. To the extent that we are not able to satisfy these requirements, including as a result of a decline in the value of our vessels, we may not be able to draw down the full amount under the facilities without obtaining a waiver or consent from the lender. We will also not be permitted to borrow amounts under the facilities if we experience a change of control.

The credit and loan facilities also impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions may limit our ability to, among other things:

· pay dividends if we do not repay amounts drawn under our loan facilities, if there is a default under the loan facilities or if the payment of the dividend would result in a default or breach of a loan covenant;

· incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees;

· change the flag, class or management of our vessels;

· create liens on our assets;
21



· sell our vessels;

· enter into a time charter or consecutive voyage charters that have a term that exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed a certain period;

· merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person; and

· enter into a new line of business.

Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders' interests may be different from ours and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain our lenders' permission when needed. This may limit our ability to finance our future operations, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance indebtedness incurred under our loan facilities.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance indebtedness with equity offerings on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. If we are not able to refinance these amounts with the net proceeds of equity offerings on terms acceptable to us or at all, we will have to dedicate a greater portion of our cash flow from operations to pay the principal and interest of this indebtedness than if we were able to refinance such amounts. If we are not able to satisfy these obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans. The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, any defaults by them, and the market value of our fleet, among other things, may materially affect our ability to obtain alternative financing. In addition, debt service payments under our loan facilities or alternative financing may limit funds otherwise available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations, or if we otherwise default under our loan facilities or an alternative financing arrangement, our lenders could declare the debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose on our fleet, which could result in the acceleration of other indebtedness that we may have at such time and the commencement of similar foreclosure proceedings by other lenders.

Purchasing and operating secondhand vessels may result in increased operating costs and reduced operating days.

While we have the right to inspect previously owned vessels prior to our purchase of them and we usually inspect secondhand vessels that we acquire, such inspections do not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have if these vessels had been built for, and operated exclusively by, us. A secondhand vessel may have conditions or defects that we were not aware of when we bought the vessel and which may require us to incur costly repairs to the vessel. These repairs may require us to put a vessel into drydock which would reduce our operating days. Furthermore, we usually do not receive the benefit of warranties on secondhand vessels.

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.

We enter into, among other things, charter parties with our customers. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, charter rates received for specific types of vessels, and various expenses. In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers may no longer need a vessel that is currently under charter or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates.  As a result, charterers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter parties or avoid their obligations under those contracts.  Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
22



In the highly competitive international shipping industry, we may not be able to compete for charters with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and as a result, we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably.

We employ our vessels in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do. Competition for the transportation of dry bulk cargo by sea is intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the vessel and its operators to the charterers. Due in part to the highly fragmented market, competitors with greater resources than us could enter the dry bulk shipping industry and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer.

We may be unable to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees in the shipping industry, which may negatively impact the effectiveness of our management and results of operations.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our management team. We have entered into employment contracts with our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Simeon Palios; our President, Mr. Anastasios Margaronis; our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Andreas Michalopoulos; and our Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Ioannis Zafirakis. Our success will depend upon our ability to retain key members of our management team and to hire new members as may be necessary. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition. Difficulty in hiring and retaining replacement personnel could have a similar effect. We do not currently, nor do we intend to, maintain "key man" life insurance on any of our officers or other members of our management team.

The fiduciary duties of our officers and directors may conflict with those of the officers and directors of Diana Containerships.

Certain of our officers and directors are officers and directors of Diana Containerships and have fiduciary duties to manage our business in a manner beneficial to us and our shareholders, as well as a duty to the shareholders of Diana Containerships.  Consequently, these officers and directors may encounter situations in which their fiduciary obligations to Diana Containerships and to us are in conflict. The resolution of these conflicts may not always be in our best interest or that of our shareholders and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Risks associated with operating ocean-going vessels could affect our business and reputation, which could adversely affect our revenues and stock price.

The operation of ocean-going vessels carries inherent risks. These risks include the possibility of:

· marine disaster;

· terrorism;

· environmental accidents;

· cargo and property losses or damage;
23


· business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, political action in various countries, labor strikes or adverse weather conditions; and

· piracy.

These hazards may result in death or injury to persons, loss of revenues or property, environmental damage, higher insurance rates, damage to our customer relationships, delay or rerouting. If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and may be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover in full. The loss of earnings while these vessels are being repaired and repositioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, would decrease our earnings. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located. We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or our vessels may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is not conveniently located to our vessels' positions. The loss of earnings while these vessels are forced to wait for space or to steam to more distant drydocking facilities would decrease our earnings. The involvement of our vessels in an environmental disaster may also harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

We may not have adequate insurance to compensate us if we lose our vessels or to compensate third parties.

We procure insurance for our fleet against risks commonly insured against by vessel owners and operators. Our current insurance includes hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance and protection and indemnity insurance (which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance). We can give no assurance that we are adequately insured against all risks or that our insurers will pay a particular claim. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not be able to timely obtain a replacement vessel in the event of a loss. Furthermore, in the future, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our fleet. We may also be subject to calls, or premiums, in amounts based not only on our own claim records but also the claim records of all other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive indemnity insurance coverage for tort liability. Our insurance policies also contain deductibles, limitations and exclusions which, although we believe are standard in the shipping industry, may nevertheless increase our costs.

Our vessels may suffer damage and we may face unexpected drydocking costs, which could adversely affect our cash flow and financial condition.

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. The loss of earnings while a vessel is being repaired and repositioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs not covered by our insurance, would decrease our earnings and cash available for dividends, if declared. We may not have insurance that is sufficient to cover all or any of the costs or losses for damages to our vessels and may have to pay drydocking costs not covered by our insurance.

The aging of our fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could adversely affect our earnings.

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. Currently, our fleet consists of 40 vessels in operation, having a combined carrying capacity of 4.6 million dead weight tons, or dwt, and a weighted average age of 7.0 years as of March 20, 2015, and we have shipbuilding contracts for the construction of three additional vessels. As our fleet ages, we will incur increased costs. Older vessels are typically less fuel efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.
24



We are exposed to U.S. dollar and foreign currency fluctuations and devaluations that could harm our reported revenue and results of operations.

We generate all of our revenues in U.S. dollars but currently incur around half of our operating expenses and our general and administrative expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the Euro. Because a significant portion of our expenses is incurred in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our expenses may from time to time increase relative to our revenues as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates, particularly between the U.S. dollar and the Euro, which could affect the amount of net income that we report in future periods. While we historically have not mitigated the risk associated with exchange rate fluctuations through the use of financial derivatives, we may employ such instruments from time to time in the future in order to minimize this risk. Our use of financial derivatives would involve certain risks, including the risk that losses on a hedged position could exceed the nominal amount invested in the instrument and the risk that the counterparty to the derivative transaction may be unable or unwilling to satisfy its contractual obligations, which could have an adverse effect on our results.

Volatility in LIBOR could affect our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

LIBOR may be volatile, with the spread between LIBOR and the prime lending rate widening significantly at times. These conditions are the result of disruptions in the international markets. Because the interest rates borne by our outstanding indebtedness fluctuate with changes in LIBOR, it would affect the amount of interest payable on our debt, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

We depend upon a few significant customers for a large part of our revenues and the loss of one or more of these customers could adversely affect our financial performance.

We have historically derived a significant part of our revenues from a small number of charterers. During 2014, approximately 55% of our revenues derived from four charterers. During 2013, approximately 58% of our revenues derived from four charterers. During 2012, approximately 40% of our revenues derived from three charterers. If one or more of our charterers chooses not to charter our vessels or is unable to perform under one or more charters with us and we are not able to find a replacement charter, we could suffer a loss of revenues that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to satisfy our financial obligations depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may not be able to satisfy our financial obligations.

As we expand our business, we may need to improve our operating and financial systems and will need to recruit suitable employees and crew for our vessels.

Our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we expand the size of our fleet and our attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. In addition, as we expand our fleet, we will need to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shoreside administrative and management personnel. While we have not experienced any difficulty in recruiting to date, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to continue to hire suitable employees as we expand our fleet. If we or our crewing agent encounter business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to grow our financial and operating systems or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our fleet, our financial performance may be adversely affected, among other things.
25



We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our earnings.

Under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  or the "Code", 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel-owning or chartering corporation, such as ourselves and our subsidiaries, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as U.S. source shipping income and such income is generally subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deductions, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

We expect that we and each of our subsidiaries qualify for this statutory tax exemption for the 2014 taxable year and we will take this position for U.S. federal income tax return reporting purposes.  However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption in future years and thereby become subject to U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. source shipping income.  For example, in certain circumstances we may no longer qualify for exemption under Code Section 883 for a particular taxable year if shareholders, other than "qualified shareholders", with a five percent or greater interest in our common shares owned, in the aggregate, 50% or more of our outstanding common shares for more than half the days during the taxable year.  Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances on our tax-exempt status or that of any of our subsidiaries.

If we or our subsidiaries are not entitled to this exemption under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year, we or our subsidiaries would be subject for those years to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on our gross U.S.-source shipping income. The imposition of this taxation could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders, although, for the 2014 taxable year, we estimate our maximum U.S. federal income tax liability to be immaterial if we were subject to this U.S. federal income tax. See Item 10.E "Taxation" for a more comprehensive discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations.

U.S. federal tax authorities could treat us as a "passive foreign investment company", which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a "passive foreign investment company", or "PFIC", for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of "passive income" or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation's assets produce or are held for the production of those types of "passive income." For purposes of these tests, "passive income" includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property, and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute "passive income." U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

Based on our current and proposed method of operation, we do not believe that we will be a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. In this regard, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that our income from our time chartering activities does not constitute "passive income," and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income do not constitute assets that produce or are held for the production of "passive income".
26



There is substantial legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or "IRS", pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes.  However, it should be noted that there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes.  Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept this position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC.  Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if the nature and extent of our operations changed.

If the IRS or a court of law were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our U.S. shareholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders make an election available under the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders), such shareholders would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the then prevailing U.S. federal income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of our common stock, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the shareholder's holding period of our common stock. See Item 10.E "Taxation – United States Taxation of U.S. Holders – PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences" for a more comprehensive discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our common stock if we are or were to be treated as a PFIC.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

Our board of directors decided to suspend the payment of cash dividends on our common stock. We cannot assure you that our board of directors will reinstate dividend payments in the future, or when such reinstatement might occur.

In order to position us to take advantage of market opportunities, in a deteriorating market our board of directors, beginning with the fourth quarter of 2008, has suspended our common stock dividend. Our dividend policy will be assessed by the board of directors from time to time. We believe that this suspension has enhanced our flexibility by permitting cash flow that would have been devoted to dividends to be used for opportunities that arise in the current marketplace, such as funding our operations, acquiring vessels or servicing our debt.

Our policy, historically, was to declare quarterly distributions to shareholders by each February, May, August and November substantially equal to our available cash from operations during the previous quarter after accounting for cash expenses and reserves for scheduled drydockings, intermediate and special surveys and other purposes as our board of directors may from time to time determine are required, and after taking into account contingent liabilities, the terms of our loan facilities, our growth strategy and other cash needs and the requirements of Marshall Islands law. The declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will always be subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The timing and amount of any dividends declared will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition and cash requirements and availability, our ability to obtain debt and equity financing on acceptable terms as contemplated by our growth strategy and provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of dividends. In addition, other external factors, such as our lenders imposing restrictions on our ability to pay dividends under the terms of our loan facilities, may limit our ability to pay dividends.  Further, we may not be permitted to pay dividends under the terms of our loan agreements, that would result in an event of default or if an event of default has occurred and is continuing.

Our growth strategy contemplates that we will finance the acquisition of additional vessels through a combination of debt and equity financing on terms acceptable to us. If financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, our board of directors may determine to finance or refinance acquisitions with cash from operations, which could also reduce or even eliminate the amount of cash available for the payment of dividends.
27



Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or while a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend. We may not have sufficient surplus in the future to pay dividends. We can give no assurance that we will reinstate our dividends in the future or when such reinstatement might occur.

In addition, our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common shares will be subject to the rights of holders of our Series B Preferred Shares, which rank prior to our common shares with respect to dividends, distributions and payments upon liquidation. No cash dividend may be paid on our common stock unless full cumulative dividends have been or contemporaneously are being paid or provided for on all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares for all prior and the then-ending dividend periods. Cumulative dividends on our Series B Preferred Shares accrue at a rate of 8.875% per annum per $25.00 stated liquidation preference per Series B Preferred Share, subject to increase upon the occurrence of certain events, and are payable, as and if declared by our board of directors, on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year, or, if any such dividend payment date otherwise would fall on a date that is not a business day, the immediately succeeding business day. For additional information about our Series B Preferred Shares, please see the section entitled "Description of Registrant's Securities to be Registered" of our registration statement on Form 8-A filed with the SEC on February 13, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein .
 
There is no guarantee that there will continue to be an active and liquid public market for you to resell our common stock in the future.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors such as:

· actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results and those of other public companies in our industry;

· mergers and strategic alliances in the dry bulk shipping industry;

· market conditions in the dry bulk shipping industry;

· changes in government regulation;

· shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecast by securities analysts;

· announcements concerning us or our competitors; and

· the general state of the securities market.

The dry bulk shipping industry has been highly unpredictable and volatile. The market for common stock in this industry may be equally volatile.
28



Since we are incorporated in the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law, you may have more difficulty protecting your interests than shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the laws of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in the United States. The rights of shareholders of the Marshall Islands may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in the United States. While the BCA provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as United States courts. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction which has developed a relatively more substantial body of case law.

Certain existing shareholders will be able to exert considerable control over matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote.

As of the date of this annual report Mr. Simeon Palios, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owns 16,157,371 shares, or approximately 19.6% of our outstanding common stock, the vast majority of which is held indirectly through entities over which he exercises sole voting power. Please see "Item 7.A. Major Shareholders." While Mr. Palios and the non-voting shareholders of these entities have no agreement, arrangement or understanding relating to the voting of their shares of our common stock, they are able to influence the outcome of matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of directors and other significant corporate actions. The interests of these shareholders may be different from your interests.

Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common stock. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future.

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize us to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of common stock, of which as of December 31, 2014, 81,859,821 shares were outstanding. The number of shares of common stock available for sale in the public market is limited by restrictions applicable under securities laws and agreements that we and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders have entered into.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could make it difficult for our shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Several provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult for our shareholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable.
29




These provisions include:

· authorizing our board of directors to issue "blank check" preferred stock without shareholder approval;

· providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three year terms;

· prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;

· authorizing the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote for the directors;

· prohibiting shareholder action by written consent;

· limiting the persons who may call special meetings of shareholders; and

· establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at shareholder meetings.

In addition, we have adopted a shareholder rights plan pursuant to which our board of directors may cause the substantial dilution of any person that attempts to acquire us without the approval of our board of directors.

These anti-takeover provisions, including provisions of our shareholder rights plan, could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

Our Series B Preferred Shares are senior obligations of ours and rank prior to our common shares with respect to dividends, distributions and payments upon liquidation, which could have an adverse effect on the value of our common shares.

The rights of the holders of our Series B Preferred Shares rank senior to the obligations to holders of our common shares. Upon our liquidation, the holders of Series B Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive a liquidation preference of $25.00 per share, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of any other class of our equity securities, including our common shares. The existence of the Series B Preferred Shares could have an adverse effect on the value of our common shares.

Risks Relating to Our Series B Preferred Stock

We may not have sufficient cash from our operations to enable us to pay dividends on our Series B Preferred Shares following the payment of expenses and the establishment of any reserves.

We pay quarterly dividends on our Series B Preferred Shares only from funds legally available for such purpose when, as and if declared by our board of directors. We may not have sufficient cash available each quarter to pay dividends. The amount of dividends we can pay on our Series B Preferred Shares depends upon the amount of cash we generate from and use in our operations, which may fluctuate.
30



The amount of cash we have available for dividends on our Series B Preferred Shares will not depend solely on our profitability. The actual amount of cash we have available to pay dividends on our Series B Preferred Shares depends on many factors, including the following:
 
· changes in our operating cash flow, capital expenditure requirements, working capital requirements and other cash needs;

· restrictions under our existing or future credit facilities or any future debt securities on our ability to pay dividends if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or if the payment of the dividend would result in an event of default, or under certain facilities if it would result in the breach of certain financial covenants;

· the amount of any cash reserves established by our board of directors; and

· restrictions under Marshall Islands law, which generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or while a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend.
 
The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our net income or loss for the period, which is affected by noncash items, and our board of directors in its discretion may elect not to declare any dividends. As a result of these and the other factors mentioned above, we may pay dividends during periods when we record losses and may not pay dividends during periods when we record net income.

The Series B Preferred Shares represent perpetual equity interests.

The Series B Preferred Shares represent perpetual equity interests in us and, unlike our indebtedness, will not give rise to a claim for payment of a principal amount at a particular date. As a result, holders of the Series B Preferred Shares may be required to bear the financial risks of an investment in the Series B Preferred Shares for an indefinite period of time. In addition, the Series B Preferred Shares will rank junior to all our indebtedness and other liabilities, and to any other senior securities we may issue in the future with respect to assets available to satisfy claims against us.

Our Series B Preferred Shares are subordinate to our indebtedness, and your interests could be diluted by the issuance of additional preferred shares, including additional Series B Preferred Shares, and by other transactions.

Our Series B Preferred Shares are subordinated to all of our existing and future indebtedness. Therefore, our ability to pay dividends on, redeem or pay the liquidation preference on our Series B Preferred Shares in liquidation or otherwise may be subject to prior payments due to the holders of our indebtedness. Our existing indebtedness restricts, and our future indebtedness may include restrictions on, our ability to pay dividends on or redeem preferred shares. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation currently authorize the issuance of up to 25,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share. Of these preferred shares, 1,000,000 shares have been designated Series A Participating Preferred Stock in connection with our adoption of a stockholder rights plan as described under "Item 10. Additional Information—B.  Memorandum and Articles of Association" and 5,000,000 shares have been designated Series B Preferred Shares. The Series B Preferred Shares are senior in rank to the Series A Participating Preferred Shares. The issuance of additional Series B Preferred Shares or other preferred shares on a parity with or senior to the Series B Preferred Shares would dilute the interests of holders of our Series B Preferred Shares, and any issuance of preferred shares senior to our Series B Preferred Shares or of additional indebtedness could affect our ability to pay dividends on, redeem or pay the liquidation preference on our Series B Preferred Shares. The Series B Preferred Shares do not contain any provisions affording the holders of our Series B Preferred Shares protection in the event of a highly leveraged or other transaction, including a merger or the sale, lease or conveyance of all or substantially all our assets or business, which might adversely affect the holders of our Series B Preferred Shares, so long as the rights of our Series B Preferred Shares are not directly materially and adversely affected.
31



We may redeem the Series B Preferred Shares, and you may not be able to reinvest the redemption price you receive in a similar security.

On or after February 14, 2019, we may, at our option, redeem Series B Preferred Shares, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time. We may have an incentive to redeem Series B Preferred Shares voluntarily if market conditions allow us to issue other preferred shares or debt securities at a rate that is lower than the dividend on the Series B Preferred Shares. If we redeem Series B Preferred Shares, then from and after the redemption date, your dividends will cease to accrue on your Series B Preferred Shares, your Series B Preferred Shares shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all your rights as a holder of those shares will terminate, except the right to receive the redemption price plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, payable upon redemption. If we redeem the Series B Preferred Shares for any reason, you may not be able to reinvest the redemption price you receive in a similar security.

Market interest rates may adversely affect the value of our Series B Preferred Shares.

One of the factors that will influence the price of our Series B Preferred Shares will be the dividend yield on the Series B Preferred Shares (as a percentage of the price of our Series B Preferred Shares) relative to market interest rates. An increase in market interest rates, which are currently at low levels relative to historical rates, may lead prospective purchasers of our Series B Preferred Shares to expect a higher dividend yield, and higher interest rates would likely increase our borrowing costs and potentially decrease funds available for distribution. Accordingly, higher market interest rates could cause the market price of our Series B Preferred Shares to decrease.

As a holder of Series B Preferred Shares you have extremely limited voting rights.

Your voting rights as a holder of Series B Preferred Shares will be extremely limited. Our common shares are the only outstanding class or series of our shares carrying full voting rights. Holders of Series B Preferred Shares will have no voting rights other than the ability, subject to certain exceptions, to elect one director if dividends for six quarterly dividend periods (whether or not consecutive) payable on our Series B Preferred Shares are in arrears and certain other limited protective voting rights.

Our ability to pay dividends on and to redeem our Series B Preferred Shares is limited by the requirements of Marshall Islands law.

Marshall Islands law provides that we may pay dividends on and redeem the Series B Preferred Shares only to the extent that assets are legally available for such purposes. Legally available assets generally are limited to our surplus, which essentially represents our retained earnings and the excess of consideration received by us for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares. In addition, under Marshall Islands law we may not pay dividends on or redeem Series B Preferred Shares if we are insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend or the making of such redemption.

The amount of your liquidation preference is fixed and you will have no right to receive any greater payment regardless of the circumstances.

The payment due upon a liquidation is fixed at the redemption preference of $25.00 per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of liquidation. If, in the case of our liquidation, there are remaining assets to be distributed after payment of this amount, you will have no right to receive or to participate in these amounts. Furthermore, if the market price for your Series B Preferred Shares is greater than the liquidation preference, you will have no right to receive the market price from us upon our liquidation.
32



Item 4.                            Information on the Company

A.              History and development of the Company

Diana Shipping Inc. is a holding company incorporated under the laws of Liberia in March 1999 as Diana Shipping Investments Corp. In February 2005, the Company's articles of incorporation were amended. Under the amended and restated articles of incorporation, the Company was renamed Diana Shipping Inc. and was re - domiciled from the Republic of Liberia to the Marshall Islands.  Our executive offices are located at Pendelis 16, 175 64 Palaio Faliro, Athens, Greece. Our telephone number at this address is +30-210-947-0100. Our agent and authorized representative in the United States is our wholly-owned subsidiary, Bulk Carriers (USA) LLC, established in September 2006, in the State of Delaware, which is located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

Business Development and Capital Expenditures and Divestitures

In March 2012, we entered into, through two of our wholly owned subsidiaries, shipbuilding contracts with China Shipbuilding Trading Company, Limited and Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co., Ltd, for the construction of two ice class Panamax dry bulk carriers for the contract price of $29.0 million each. One of the vessels, the Crystalia , was delivered on February 20, 2014 and the other vessel the Atalandi , was delivered on May 12, 2014.

In June 2012, the agreement between Jemo Shipping Company Inc. and Nordea Bank Finland Plc was restated and amended by a supplemental agreement in order to include our wholly owned subsidiary, Mandaringina Inc., as a new borrower and increase the loan amount to up to $26.5 million for the purpose of financing part of the acquisition cost of the Melia .

In December 2012, our wholly-owned subsidiaries Palau Shipping Company Inc. and Guam Shipping Company Inc. entered into a new agreement with Nordea Bank Finland Plc for a term loan facility of $20.0 million, to finance part of the acquisition cost of vessels Amphitrite and Polymnia .

In 2012, we acquired the Melia , a Panamax dry bulk carrier, built in 2005, for $20.7 million, delivered in May 2012; the Amphitrite , a new built Post-Panamax dry bulk carrier, for $25.0 million, delivered in August 2012; the Polymnia , a new built Post-Panamax dry bulk carrier, for $24.6 million, delivered in November 2012; and we also entered into an agreement to acquire the Myrto , a Kamsarmax dry bulk carrier, for $26.5 million, which was built and delivered to us in January 2013.

In 2013, we took delivery of the Maia , a Kamsarmax dry bulk carrier, built in 2009, which we acquired at an auction for $19.7 million; the Baltimore , a 2005 built Capesize dry bulk carrier, which we acquired for $26.8 million; the Artemis , a 2006 built Panamax dry bulk carrier, which we acquired for $20.2 million; the Myrsini , a 2010 built Kamsarmax dry bulk vessel, which we acquired in a bid offer for $22.7 million; and the P.S. Palios , a 2013 built Capesize dry bulk vessel of, which we acquired for $52.0 million.

On May 17, 2013, we entered, through two separate wholly owned subsidiaries, into two shipbuilding contracts with China Shipbuilding Trading Company, Limited and Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co., Ltd. for the construction of two Newcastlemax dry bulk vessels for a contract price of $48.7 million each. We expect to take delivery of the two vessels in 2016.
33



On May 20, 2013, we entered into a loan agreement with Eluk Shipping Company Inc., a subsidiary of Diana Containerships, to provide to it an unsecured loan of up to $50.0 million, the drawdown of which was completed on August 20, 2013.

On May 24, 2013, we entered into, through two separate wholly-owned subsidiaries, a term loan facility for up to $30 .0 million with The Export-Import Bank of China having a majority interest and DNB Bank ASA, as agent, to partly finance, after delivery, the construction cost of our two newbuilding Ice Class Panamax dry bulk carriers, named Crystalia and Atalandi , which we drew down on May 22, 2014.

On June 18, 2013, we signed, through two separate wholly-owned subsidiaries, a term loan facility for up to $18.0 million with Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft Filiale Deutschlandgeschäft ("Deutsche Bank"), and on June 20, 2013, we completed the drawdown of $18.0 million in order to partially finance the acquisition costs of the Myrto and the Maia , both delivered earlier in 2013. On the same date, our wholly owned subsidiary, Bikini Shipping Company Inc., entered into a supplemental agreement with Deutsche in order to amend the terms of its loan agreement dated October 9, 2009 with respect to the cross collateralization of the New York with Maia and Myrto . The agreement between Deutsche Bank and Bikini was terminated on March 10, 2015 following full repayment of the outstanding loan balance and on March 20, 2015, we prepaid the outstanding indebtedness under the loan agreement for Myrto and Maia , of $15.8 million.

On August 8, 2013, Diana Shipping Services S.A., or DSS, our wholly-owned subsidiary, was found guilty on felony counts and on December 5, 2013 was sentenced by the United States District Court in Norfolk, Virginia to a fine of $1.1 million which was fully settled in two installments, and a period of probation of three years and six months, as a result of a conviction in which DSS was held vicariously liable for the actions of the chief engineer and second assistant engineer of the Thetis , who were found guilty by the Court of violating several U.S. statutes and regulations in failing to properly handle waste oils, maintain required records and for obstruction of justice.  In addition, the sentence includes a requirement to maintain an enhanced system subject to independent audit for managing waste oils on vessels managed by DSS.

On November 26, 2013, the charterers of the Houston terminated the charter earlier than the termination date determined under the terms of the charter party and redelivered the vessel. We were awarded damages in arbitration proceedings against the charterers seeking to recover the losses resulting from the early termination. Following the publication of the award, the charterers filed for a creditors' voluntary liquidation in Hong Kong and we have filed our claim in the liquidation in Hong Kong.

On January 8, 2014, we entered, through a separate wholly-owned subsidiary, into a shipbuilding contract with Yangzhou Dayang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Sinopacific International Trade Co., Ltd., and since April 21, 2014 with Sumec Marine Co., Ltd., pursuant to an addendum, for the construction of a Kamsarmax dry bulk vessel for a contract price of $28.8 million. We expect to take delivery of the vessel in 2016.

On January 9, 2014, we entered into, through two separate wholly-owned subsidiaries, a term loan facility for up to $18.0 million with Commonwealth Bank of Australia to partially finance the acquisition costs of two Panamax dry bulk vessels, the Melite and the Artemis , which were delivered on January 28, 2010 and August 26, 2013, respectively, and we completed the drawdown of $18.0 million on January 13, 2014.

On February 24, 2014, we completed a public offering of 2,600,000 shares of 8.875% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares, par value $0.01 per share at $25.00 per share. We received net proceeds from the offering of $62.7 million, net of underwriting discount and offering expenses.
34



On May 22, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase plan for up to $100 million of our common shares of which, until the date of this annual report, we repurchased and retired 3,259,353 shares at the aggregate cost of $28.0 million and an average price of $8.6 per share.

On June 24, 2014, we, through a separate wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a Memorandum of Agreement to acquire from an unaffiliated third party the G. P. Zafirakis " a new-building Capesize dry bulk vessel, built by Qingdao Beihai Shipbuilding Heavy Industry Co., Ltd., Qingdao, People's Republic of China, for a purchase price of $58.0 million. The vessel was delivered on August 20, 2014.

On July 29, 2014, we purchased 15,936,255 shares of the common stock of Diana Containerships for an aggregate purchase price of $40.0 million, increasing our ownership in Diana Containerships to 26.34%.

On December 8, 2014, we, through a separate wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a Memorandum of Agreement to acquire from an unaffiliated third party the Santa Barbara , a new-building Capesize dry bulk vessel, built by Qingdao Beihai Shipbuilding Heavy Industry Co., Ltd., Qingdao, People's Republic of China, for a purchase price of $50.0 million. The vessel was delivered on January 12, 2015.

On December 18, 2014 , we entered into , through two separate wholly-owned subsidiaries, a term loan facility for up to $55.0 million with BNP Paribas to re-finance part of the acquisition cost of the G.P. Zafirakis and P.S. Palios . We completed the drawdown of $53.5 million on December 19, 2014.

In December 2014, DSS acquired jointly with two other related entities, from unrelated individuals, a plot of land for an aggregate purchase price of €2.0 million or $2.5 million (based on the exchange rate of $ to Euro as of the date of acquisition). DSS paid 1/3 of the purchase price amounting to $0.9 million, including additional purchase costs incurred. The plot is under the common ownership of the joint purchasers.
 
On February 27, 2015 we entered into a commitment letter with Danish Ship Finance for a loan facility of $30.0 million to finance part of the acquisition cost of vessel Santa Barbara, subject to signing the loan agreement by May 01, 2015. On March 12, 2015, ABN AMRO Bank NV offered a term sheet, valid until March 27, 2015, for a loan of up to $53.0 million to refinance the acquisition cost of New York, Maia and Myrto.
 
On March 17, 2015, we entered into, through eight separate wholly-owned subsidiaries, a term loan facility of up to $110.0 million with Nordea Bank to refinance the existing agreements we had with the bank for working capital and general corporate purposes. We completed the drawdown of $93.1 million on March 19, 2015 and we fully repaid all outstanding indebtedness with the bank at that date.

Please see "Item 5.B Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a discussion of our loan facilities.

B.              Business overview

We are a global provider of shipping transportation services.  We specialize in transporting dry bulk cargoes, including such commodities as iron ore, coal, grain and other materials along worldwide shipping routes. Currently, our operating fleet consists of 40 dry bulk carriers, of which 20 are Panamax, three are Kamsarmax, three are Post-Panamax , twelve are Capesize and two are Newcastlemax vessels, having a combined carrying capacity of approximately 4.6 million dwt. In addition, we expect to take delivery of three vessels under construction in 2016.

As of December 31, 2014, our fleet consisted of 39 vessels of which 20 Panamax, three Kamsarmax, three Post-Panamax, eleven Capesize and two Newcastlemax vessels, having a combined carrying capacity of approximately 4.4 million dwt, and a weighted average age of 7.1 years . In addition, we had three vessels under construction which we expect to take delivery of in 2016 and we had agreed to acquire Santa Barbara, delivered in January 2015.
35


As of December 31, 2013, our fleet consisted of 36 vessels of which 18 Panamax, three Kamsarmax, three Post-Panamax, ten Capesize and two Newcastlemax vessels, having a combined carrying capacity of approximately 4.1 million dwt, and a weighted average age of 6.6 years, excluding four vessels we had under construction.

As of December 31, 2012, our fleet consisted of 30 vessels of which 17 Panamax, three Post-Panamax, eight Capesize and two Newcastlemax vessels, having a combined carrying capacity of approximately 3.4 million dwt, and a weighted average age of 6.0 years, excluding two vessels under construction and the Myrto which was delivered in January 2013.

During 2014, 2013 and 2012, we had a fleet utilization of 99.4%, 99.3% and 98.7%, respectively, our vessels achieved daily time charter equivalent rates of $12,081, $12,959 and $21,255, respectively, and we generated revenues of $175.6 million, $164.0 million and $220.8 million, respectively.

The following table presents certain information concerning the dry bulk carriers in our fleet, as of March 24, 2015.
 
 
Vessel
Sister Ships*
Gross Rate (USD Per Day)
Com**
Charterer
Delivery Date to Charterer
Redelivery Date to Owners***
Notes
 
BUILT    DWT
 
Panamax Bulk Carriers
                 
DANAE
A
$8,250
5.00%
Intermare Transport GmbH, Hamburg
10-Mar-13
16-Jan-15
 
     
$7,650
3.75%
Glencore Grain B.V., Rotterdam
16-Jan-15
16-Dec-15 - 16-Mar-16
 
 
2001    75,106
             
DIONE
A
$9,250
5.00%
RWE Supply & Trading GmbH, Essen
12-Sep-14
12-Oct-15 - 27-Feb-16
 
 
2001    75,172
             
NIREFS
A
$7,500
5.00%
Glencore Grain B.V., Rotterdam
25-Dec-14
25-Nov-15  25-Feb-16
 
 
2001    75,311
             
ALCYON
A
$7,750
5.00%
EDF Trading Limited, UK
21-Dec-12
11-Apr-15 - 21-May-15
 
2001    75,247
             
TRITON
A
$9,250
5.00%
Glencore Grain B.V., Rotterdam
24-Oct-14
24-Sep-15 - 24-Dec-15
 
 
2001    75,336
             
OCEANIS
A
$9,000
5.00%
Glencore Grain B.V., Rotterdam
19-Jun-14
22-Mar-15
 
     
$4,500
5.00%
 
22-Mar-15
11-May-15
 
     
$7,200
5.00%
 
11-May-15
22-Feb-16 - 22-May-16
 
 
2001    75,211
             
THETIS
B
$8,300
5.00%
EDF Trading Limited, UK
1-Sep-13
1-Jul-15 - 1-Dec-15
 
 
2004    73,583
             
PROTEFS
B
$9,000
5.00%
Cargill International S.A., Geneva
14-Sep-12
27-Mar-15
1,2
 
2004    73,630
             
CALIPSO
B
$8,100
4.75%
Cargill International S.A., Geneva
29-Jul-13
29-Apr-15 - 29-Aug-15
 
 
2005    73,691
             
 
 
 

 
36

 
10 
CLIO
B
$8,600
4.75%
Cargill International S.A., Geneva
22-Aug-13
22-May-15 - 22-Aug-15
 
 
2005    73,691
             
11 
NAIAS
B
$8,500
5.00%
Bunge S.A., Geneva
3-Sep-14
4-Jul-15 - 4-Oct-15
 
 
2006    73,546
             
12 
ARETHUSA
B
$8,250
5.00%
Glencore Grain B.V., Rotterdam
20-Nov-14
5-Mar-15
 
     
$7,100
5.00%
 
5-Mar-15
5-Feb-16 - 5-May-16
 
 
2007     73,593
             
13 
ERATO
C
$8,500
5.00%
RWE Supply & Trading GmbH, Essen
27-Nov-14
14-Jan-15
 
     
$8,000
5.00%
Langlois Enterprises Ltd.
17-Jan-15
9-Mar-15
 
     
$7,100
5.00%
Glencore Grain B.V., Rotterdam
9-Mar-15
9-Feb-16 - 9-May-16
 
 
2004    74,444
             
14 
CORONIS
C
$11,550
5.00%
Oberon Holdings Limited
12-Jun-14
12-May-15 - 12-Aug-15
 
 
2006    74,381
             
15 
MELITE
D
$7,250
5.00%
Glencore Grain B.V., Rotterdam
29-Jan-15
29-Sep-15 - 29-Jan-16
 
2004     76,436
             
16 
MELIA
D
$12,000
3.75%
Rio Tinto Shipping Pty, Ltd., Melbourne
10-May-14
10-Apr-15 - 10-Jul-15
 
2005     76,225
             
17 
ARTEMIS
 
$9,375
3.75%
Rio Tinto Shipping Pty, Ltd., Melbourne
26-Aug-13
26-Jun-15 - 26-Oct-15
 
 
2006     76,942
             
18 
LETO
 
$11,350
4.75%
Cargill International S.A., Geneva
19-Jul-14
19-Jun-15 - 19-Sep-15
 
2010     81,297
             
19 
CRYSTALIA
E
$15,800
5.00%
Glencore Grain B.V., Rotterdam
21-Feb-14
21-Aug-15 - 21-Nov-15
 
 
2014    77,525
             
20 
ATALANDI
E
$13,500
5.00%
Glencore Grain B.V., Rotterdam
13-May-14
13-Apr-15 - 18-Apr-15
 
2014    77,529
             
 
Kamsarmax Bulk Carriers
21 
MAIA
F
$12,000
5.00%
RWE Supply & Trading GmbH, Essen
29-Sep-14
29-Sep-15 - 29-Jan-16
 
 
2009     82,193
             
22 
MYRSINI
F
$15,500
4.75%
Clearlake Shipping Pte. Ltd., Singapore
12-Feb-14
18-Feb-15
     
$8,250
4.75%
 
18-Feb-15
18-Dec-15 - 18-Apr-16
 
 
2010     82,117
             
23 
MYRTO
F
$9,000
5.00%
Cargill International S.A., Geneva
25-Jan-13
5-Jan-15
 
     
$9,850
5.00%
Glencore Grain B.V., Rotterdam
5-Jan-15
5-Dec-15 - 5-Mar-16
 
 
2013     82,131
             
 
 
 

 
37

 
 
 
Post-Panamax Bulk Carriers
24 
ALCMENE
 
$7,250
5.00%
ADM International Sarl, Rolle, Switzerland
22-Feb-13
28-Feb-15
7,8
     
$6,000
5.00%
Topsail Shipping Co., Limited Hong Kong
15-Mar-15
30-Mar-15
 
2010     93,193
             
25 
AMPHITRITE
 
$11,300
5.00%
Bunge S.A., Geneva
15-Aug-14
15-Jul-15 - 15-Oct-15
 
 
2012     98,697
             
26 
POLYMNIA
 
$7,600
5.00%
Bunge S.A., Geneva
16-Jan-13
3-Jan-15
10 
     
$7,500
5.00%
Vroon Dry Cargo Chartering B.V., Breskens
17-Jan-15
17-Oct-15 - 17-Feb-16
11 
 
2012    98,704
             
 
Capesize Bulk Carriers
27 
NORFOLK
 
$10,700
4.50%
Clearlake Shipping Pte. Ltd., Singapore
16-Jan-13
4-Mar-15
6,12
     
$10,250
4.75%
 
4-Mar-15
4-Apr-16 - 4-Aug-16
 
 
2002    164,218
             
28 
ALIKI
 
$26,500
5.00%
Minmetals Logistics Group Co. Ltd., Beijing
1-Mar-11
1-Feb-16 - 1-Apr-16
 
 
2005    180,235
             
29 
BALTIMORE
 
$15,000
5.00%
RWE Supply & Trading GmbH, Essen
8-Jul-13
8-Jul-16 - 8-Jan-17
 
 
2005    177,243
             
30 
SALT LAKE CITY
 
$16,200
5.00%
Kawasaki Kisen Kaisha, Ltd., Tokyo
23-Nov-14
7-Feb-15
 
     
BCI 4TCs AVG + 3.5%
5.00%
K Noble Hong Kong Ltd., Hong Kong
7-Feb-15
7-Nov-16 - 7-Feb-17
 
 
2005    171,810
             
31 
SIDERIS GS
G
$13,500
4.75%
Cargill International S.A., Geneva
14-Mar-13
21-Feb-15
 
     
$10,000
5.00%
Rio Tinto Shipping (Asia) Pte., Ltd., Singapore
22-Feb-15
22-Dec-15 - 22-Apr-16
 
 
2006    174,186
             
32 
SEMIRIO
G
$14,000
4.75%
Cargill International S.A., Geneva
19-Mar-13
20-Feb-15
 
     
$10,000
5.00%
Rio Tinto Shipping (Asia) Pte., Ltd., Singapore
20-Feb-15
20-Feb-16 - 20-Jun-16
 
 
2007    174,261
             
33 
BOSTON
G
$14,250
4.75%
Clearlake Shipping Pte. Ltd., Singapore
24-Aug-13
9-Aug-15 - 8-Feb-16
 
2007    177,828
             
34 
HOUSTON
G
$20,500
4.75%
Clearlake Shipping Pte. Ltd., Singapore
3-Dec-13
4-Jan-15
     
$12,750
5.00%
RWE Supply & Trading GmbH, Essen
4-Jan-15
4-Jan-16 - 4-Apr-16
 
 
2009    177,729
             
 
 

 
38

 
35 
NEW YORK
G
$12,850
4.75%
Clearlake Shipping Pte. Ltd., Singapore
17-Dec-14
17-Feb-16 - 17-Jun-16
 
2010    177,773
             
36 
P. S. PALIOS
 
$18,350
5.00%
RWE Supply & Trading GmbH, Essen
3-Dec-13
18-Sep-15 - 31-Dec-15
 
 
2013    179,134
             
37 
G. P. ZAFIRAKIS
H
$25,250
5.00%
RWE Supply & Trading GmbH, Essen
23-Aug-14
14-Feb-16 - 23-Jun-16
 
 
2014    179,492
             
38 
SANTA BARBARA
H
$12,000
5.00%
RWE Supply & Trading GmbH, Essen
13-Jan-15
13-Dec-15 - 13-Mar-16
 
 
2015     179,426
             
 
Newcastlemax Bulk Carriers
39 
LOS ANGELES
I
$18,000
5.00%
EDF Trading Limited, UK
9-Feb-12
9-Dec-15 - 9-Apr-16
 
 
2012    206,104
             
40 
PHILADELPHIA
I
$18,000
5.00%
EDF Trading Limited, UK
17-May-12
17-Jan-16 - 17-Jul-16
 
 
2012    206,040
             
 
Vessels Under Construction
41 
HULL DY6006
 
-
-
-
-
- - -
13 
 
2016   82,000
             
42 
HULL H2548
J
-
-
-
-
- - -
13 
(tbn. SAN FRANCISCO)
       
 
2016   208,500
             
43 
HULL H2549
J
-
-
-
-
- - -
13 
(tbn. NEWPORT NEWS)
       
 
2016   208,500
             

* Each dry bulk carrier is a "sister ship", or closely similar, to other dry bulk carriers that have the same letter.
** Total commission percentage paid to third parties.
*** Charterers' optional period to redeliver the vessel to owners. Charterers have the right to add the off hire days, if any, and therefore the optional period may be extended.
1 Based on latest information.
2 On October 14, 2014, the Company signed an addendum, extending the initially agreed maximum redelivery date by a month. On December 15, 2014, the Company agreed to further extend the maximum redelivery date till April 14, 2015.
3 Vessel on scheduled drydocking from December 30, 2014 to January 22, 2015.
4 Vessel off-hire for drydocking from January 15, 2015 to February 5, 2015.
5 Vessel off-hire for drydocking from February 7, 2015 to February 18, 2015.
6 Clearlake Shipping Pte. Ltd., Singapore is a member of the Gunvor Group.
7 In February 2015, owners and charterers mutually agreed to extend the optional period.
8 Vessel on scheduled drydocking from February 28, 2015 to March 15, 2015.
9 Redelivery date based on an estimated time charter trip duration of about 15 days.
 

 
39


10 Prior to October 12, 2013, chartered to Augustea Bunge Maritime Limited, Malta.
11 Charter includes a one time gross ballast bonus payment of US$237,500.
12 Charterers have exercised their right to add the off-hire days and therefore the optional period has been extended up to February 18, 2015. From then onwards, owners and charterers mutually agreed to further extend the optional period.
13 Year of delivery and dwt are based on shipbuilding contract.

Each of our vessels is owned through a separate wholly-owned subsidiary.

Management of Our Fleet

The business of Diana Shipping Inc. is the ownership of dry bulk vessels. The parent holding company wholly owns, directly or indirectly, the subsidiaries which own the vessels that comprise our fleet. The holding company sets general overall direction for the company and interfaces with various financial markets. The commercial and technical management of our fleet, as well as providing administrative services relating to the fleet's operations, are carried out by our wholly-owned subsidiary, Diana Shipping Services S.A., which we refer to as DSS, or our fleet manager. In exchange for providing us with commercial and technical services, personnel and office space, we pay our fleet manager a commission that is equal to 2% of our revenues, a fixed management fee of $15,000 per month for each vessel in operation and a fixed monthly fee of $7,500 for vessels under construction and for laid up vessels. The administrative services of Diana Shipping Inc and its subsidiaries are also carried out by DSS. On October 1, 2013, Diana Shipping Inc., entered into an agreement with DSS for the provision of administrative services for a fixed monthly fee of $10,000. Such services may include budgeting, reporting, monitoring of bank accounts, compliance with banks, payroll services and any other possible service that Diana Shipping Inc. or its subsidiaries would require to perform their operations. The amounts deriving from these agreements with DSS are considered inter-company transactions and, therefore, are eliminated from our consolidated financial statements.

Until March 1, 2013, DSS also provided to Diana Containerships commercial, technical, accounting, administrative, financial reporting and other services necessary for the operation of its business, pursuant to an Administrative Services Agreement and Vessel Management Agreements.  DSS received a monthly fee of $10,000 for administrative services; a commission of 1% of the gross hire earned by the vessels and a technical management fee of $15,000 per vessel per month for each vessel in operation. For 2010 and until January 18, 2011, such fees received by DSS, relating to the management services offered to Diana Containerships, were eliminated from our consolidated financial statements as intercompany transactions. Effective January 19, 2011, after the partial spin-off of Diana Containerships, they were recorded as other revenues.

Pursuant to the Broker Services Agreement, dated June 1, 2010, DSS appointed Diana Enterprises, a related party controlled by our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Mr. Simeon Palios, as broker to assist it in providing services to us for an annual fee of $1.7 million. In February 2012, the agreement between DSS and Diana Enterprises was terminated and replaced by a new agreement for the provision of brokerage services, for an increased commission of $2.4 million per year, paid quarterly at the beginning of each quarter and with a retroactive effect from January 1, 2012. On March 15, 2013, the agreement between DSS and Diana Enterprises was terminated and replaced by a new agreement providing for a monthly fee of $0.2 million payable quarterly at the beginning of each quarter and with a retroactive effect from March 1, 2013. On March 4, 2014, this agreement was terminated and replaced by an agreement having a term of fifteen months with retroactive effect from January 1, 2014 and a reduced monthly fee of $104,166, payable every quarter in advance. On April 9, 2014 this agreement was terminated and replaced by an agreement between DSI and Diana Enterprises, all other terms being the same, with effect from July 1, 2014 and until March 31, 2015.
40


Our Customers

Our customers include national, regional and international companies, such as Cargill International S.A., EDF Trading Ltd, RWE Supply and Trading Gmbh, Clearlake Shipping Pte Ltd. During 2014, four of our charterers accounted for 55% of our revenues; EDF Trading (15%), Cargill International S.A., (18%), RWE Supply. (10%) and Clearlake (12%).  During 2013, four of our charterers accounted for 58% of our revenues; EDF Trading (19%), Cargill International S.A., (17%), Shagang Shipping Co. (11%) and Nippon Yusen Kaisha, Tokyo (11%). During 2012, three of our charterers accounted for 40% of our revenues; EDF Trading (10%), Cargill International S.A., (18%) and Corus UK Limited (12%).

We charter our dry bulk carriers to customers primarily pursuant to time charters. Under our time charters, the charterer typically pays us a fixed daily charter hire rate and bears all voyage expenses, including the cost of bunkers (fuel oil) and canal and port charges. We remain responsible for paying the chartered vessel's operating expenses, including the cost of crewing, insuring, repairing and maintaining the vessel. In 2014, we paid commissions that have ranged from 3.75% to 5.0% of the total daily charter hire rate of each charter to unaffiliated ship brokers and to in-house brokers associated with the charterer, depending on the number of brokers involved with arranging the charter.

We strategically monitor developments in the dry bulk shipping industry on a regular basis and, subject to market demand, seek to adjust the charter hire periods for our vessels according to prevailing market conditions. In order to take advantage of the relatively stable cash flow and high utilization rates associated with long-term time charters, we have fixed the majority of our vessels on long-term time. Those of our vessels on short-term time charters provide us with flexibility in responding to market developments. We will continue to evaluate our balance of short- and long-term charters and may extend or reduce the charter hire periods of the vessels in our fleet according to the developments in the dry bulk shipping industry.

The Dry Bulk Shipping Industry

The global dry bulk carrier fleet could be divided into seven categories based on a vessel's carrying capacity. These categories consist of:

· Very Large Ore Carriers (VLOC) .  Very large ore carriers have a carrying capacity of more than 200,000 dwt and are a comparatively new sector of the dry bulk carrier fleet. VLOCs are built to exploit economies of scale on long-haul iron ore routes.

· Capesize .  Capesize vessels have a carrying capacity of 110,000-199,999 dwt. Only the largest ports around the world possess the infrastructure to accommodate vessels of this size. Capesize vessels are primarily used to transport iron ore or coal and, to a much lesser extent, grains, primarily on long-haul routes.

· Post-Panamax .  Post-Panamax vessels have a carrying capacity of 80,000-109,999 dwt. These vessels tend to have a shallower draft and larger beam than a standard Panamax vessel with a higher cargo capacity. These vessels have been designed specifically for loading high cubic cargoes from draught restricted ports, although they cannot transit the Panama Canal.

· Panamax .  Panamax vessels have a carrying capacity of 60,000-79,999 dwt. These vessels carry coal, iron ore, grains, and, to a lesser extent, minor bulks, including steel products, cement and fertilizers. Panamax vessels are able to pass through the Panama Canal, making them more versatile than larger vessels with regard to accessing different trade routes. Most Panamax and Post-Panamax vessels are "gearless," and therefore must be served by shore-based cargo handling equipment. However, there are a small number of geared vessels with onboard cranes, a feature that enhances trading flexibility and enables operation in ports which have poor infrastructure in terms of loading and unloading facilities.
41




· Handymax/Supramax .  Handymax vessels have a carrying capacity of 40,000-59,999 dwt. These vessels operate in a large number of geographically dispersed global trade routes, carrying primarily grains and minor bulks. Within the Handymax category there is also a sub-sector known as Supramax. Supramax bulk carriers are ships between 50,000 to 59,999 dwt, normally offering cargo loading and unloading flexibility with on-board cranes, or "gear," while at the same time possessing the cargo carrying capability approaching conventional Panamax bulk carriers.

· Handysize .   Handysize vessels have a carrying capacity of up to 39,999 dwt. These vessels are primarily involved in carrying minor bulk cargoes. Increasingly, ships of this type operate within regional trading routes, and may serve as trans-shipment feeders for larger vessels. Handysize vessels are well suited for small ports with length and draft restrictions. Their cargo gear enables them to service ports lacking the infrastructure for cargo loading and unloading.

Other size categories occur in regional trade, such as Kamsarmax, with a maximum length of 229 meters, the maximum length that can load in the port of Kamsar in the Republic of Guinea. Other terms such as Seawaymax, Setouchmax, Dunkirkmax, and Newcastlemax also appear in regional trade.

The supply of dry bulk carriers is dependent on the delivery of new vessels and the removal of vessels from the global fleet, either through scrapping or loss. The level of scrapping activity is generally a function of scrapping prices in relation to current and prospective charter market conditions, as well as operating, repair and survey costs.  The average age at which a vessel is scrapped over the last five years has been 31 years.

The demand for dry bulk carrier capacity is determined by the underlying demand for commodities transported in dry bulk carriers, which in turn is influenced by trends in the global economy. Demand for dry bulk carrier capacity is also affected by the operating efficiency of the global fleet, along with port congestion, which has been a feature of the market since 2004, absorbing tonnage and therefore leading to a tighter balance between supply and demand. In evaluating demand factors for dry bulk carrier capacity, the Company believes that dry bulk carriers can be the most versatile element of the global shipping fleets in terms of employment alternatives.

Charter Hire Rates

Charter hire rates fluctuate by varying degrees among dry bulk carrier size categories. The volume and pattern of trade in a small number of commodities (major bulks) affect demand for larger vessels. Therefore, charter rates and vessel values of larger vessels often show greater volatility. Conversely, trade in a greater number of commodities (minor bulks) drives demand for smaller dry bulk carriers. Accordingly, charter rates and vessel values for those vessels are usually subject to less volatility.

Charter hire rates paid for dry bulk carriers are primarily a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand, although at times other factors may play a role. Furthermore, the pattern seen in charter rates is broadly mirrored across the different charter types and the different dry bulk carrier categories. In the time charter market, rates vary depending on the length of the charter period and vessel-specific factors such as age, speed and fuel consumption.
42



In the voyage charter market, rates are, among other things, influenced by cargo size, commodity, port dues and canal transit fees, as well as commencement and termination regions. In general, a larger cargo size is quoted at a lower rate per ton than a smaller cargo size. Routes with costly ports or canals generally command higher rates than routes with low port dues and no canals to transit. Voyages with a load port within a region that includes ports where vessels usually discharge cargo or a discharge port within a region with ports where vessels load cargo also are generally quoted at lower rates, because such voyages generally increase vessel utilization by reducing the unloaded portion (or ballast leg) that is included in the calculation of the return charter to a loading area.

Within the dry bulk shipping industry, the charter hire rate references most likely to be monitored are the freight rate indices issued by the Baltic Exchange. These references are based on actual charter hire rates under charters entered into by market participants as well as daily assessments provided to the Baltic Exchange by a panel of major shipbrokers. The Baltic Panamax Index is the index with the longest history. The Baltic Capesize Index and Baltic Handymax Index are of more recent origin.

The Baltic Dry Index, or BDI, a daily average of charter rates in 20 shipping routes measured on a time charter and voyage basis and covering Capesize, Panamax, Supramax, and Handysize dry bulk carriers declined from a high of 11,793 in May 2008 to a low of 663 in December 2008. In 2012, the BDI ranged from a high of 1624 in January to a low of 647 in February. In 2013, the BDI ranged from a low of 698 in January to a high of 2,337 in December.  In 2014, the BDI ranged from a high of 2113 in January to a low of 723 in July. On March 20, 2015, the BDI stood at 591 .

Vessel Prices

As of the end of 2014, dry bulk vessel values decreased as compared to 2013. Consistent with these trends, the market value of our dry bulk carriers had also decreased. As charter rates and vessel values remain at low levels, there can be no assurance as to how long charter rates and vessel values will remain at their current levels or whether they will decrease or improve to any significant degree in the near future.

Competition

Our business fluctuates in line with the main patterns of trade of the major dry bulk cargoes and varies according to changes in the supply and demand for these items. We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as on our reputation as an owner and operator. We compete with other owners of dry bulk carriers in the Panamax, Post-Panamax and smaller class sectors and with owners of Capesize and Newcastlemax dry bulk carriers. Ownership of dry bulk carriers is highly fragmented.

We believe that we possess a number of strengths that provide us with a competitive advantage in the dry bulk shipping industry:
· We own a modern, high quality fleet of dry bulk carriers .  We believe that owning a modern, high quality fleet reduces operating costs, improves safety and provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time charters. We maintain the quality of our vessels by carrying out regular inspections, both while in port and at sea, and adopting a comprehensive maintenance program for each vessel.

43




· Our fleet includes ten groups of sister ships.   We believe that maintaining a fleet that includes sister ships enhances the revenue generating potential of our fleet by providing us with operational and scheduling flexibility. The uniform nature of sister ships also improves our operating efficiency by allowing our fleet manager to apply the technical knowledge of one vessel to all vessels of the same series and creates economies of scale that enable us to realize cost savings when maintaining, supplying and crewing our vessels.
· We have an experienced management team.   Our management team consists of experienced executives who each have, on average, more than 29 years of operating experience in the shipping industry and has demonstrated ability in managing the commercial, technical and financial areas of our business. Our management team is led by Mr. Simeon Palios, a qualified naval architect and engineer who has more than 40 years of experience in the shipping industry.
· Internal management of vessel operations.   We conduct all of the commercial and technical management of our vessels in-house through DSS. We believe having in-house commercial and technical management provides us with a competitive advantage over many of our competitors by allowing us to more closely monitor our operations and to offer higher quality performance, reliability and efficiency in arranging charters and the maintenance of our vessels.
· We benefit from strong relationships with members of the shipping and financial industries.   We have developed strong relationships with major international charterers, shipbuilders and financial institutions that we believe are the result of the quality of our operations, the strength of our management team and our reputation for dependability.
· We have a strong balance sheet and a relatively low level of indebtedness.   We believe that our strong balance sheet and relatively low level of indebtedness provide us with the flexibility to increase the amount of funds that we may draw under our loan facilities in connection with future acquisitions and enable us to use cash flow that would otherwise be dedicated to debt service for other purposes.

 
Permits and Authorizations

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates the nationality of the vessel's crew and the age of a vessel. We have been able to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business.

Disclosure Pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction And Syrian Human Rights Act

Section 219 of the U.S. Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the ITRA, added new Section 13(r) to the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") requiring each SEC reporting issuer to disclose in its annual and, if applicable, quarterly reports whether it or any of its affiliates have knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or with the Government of Iran or certain designated natural persons or entities involved in terrorism or the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction during the period covered by the report.
44


Pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act, we note that for the period covered by this annual report, the vessels Amphitrite and Polymnia made four port calls to Iran in 2014 for a combined length of 98 days. The vessel Amphitrite made calls to the port of Bandar Imam Khomeini on March 16, 2014, on September 26, 2014 and on December 29, 2014, discharging corn, and remained in the port of Bandar Imam Khomeini for 41 days in the aggregate.  The vessel Polymnia made a call to the port of Bandar Imam Khomeini on December 29, 2013, discharging maize, and remained in the port of Bandar Imam Khomeini during 2014 for 57 days.  During this time the Amphitrite was on time charter to Bunge S.A. at a gross rate $10,000 and $11,300 per day and the Polymnia was on time charter to Bunge S.A. at a gross rate of $7,600 per day. Our aggregate gross revenue attributable to these 98 days of port calls was approximately $0.9 million. As we do not attribute profits to specific voyages under a time charter, we have not attributed any profits to the voyages which included these port calls.  Our charter party agreements for the Amphitrite and Polymnia restrict the charterers from calling in Iran in violation of U.S. sanctions, or carrying any cargo to Iran which is subject to U.S. sanctions. However, there can be no assurance that the Amphitrite, Polymnia or another of our vessels will not, from time to time in the future on charterer's instructions, perform voyages which would require disclosure pursuant to Exchange Act Section 13(r).
 
Environmental and Other Regulations

Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of our vessels. We are subject to international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered relating to safety and health and environmental protection including the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.

A variety of government and private entities subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (such as the U.S. Coast Guard, harbor master or equivalent), classification societies; flag state administrations (countries of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates or approvals for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits, licenses, certificates or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend the operation of one or more of our vessels.

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers is leading to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the dry bulk shipping industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other approvals necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly strict requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels.  In addition, a future serious marine incident, such as the 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill, that results in significant oil pollution, release of hazardous substances, loss of life, or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation, regulation, or other requirements that could negatively affect our profitability.
45



The laws and regulations discussed below may not constitute a comprehensive list of all such laws and regulations that are applicable to the operation of our vessels.

International Maritime Organization

The IMO has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto (collectively referred to as MARPOL 73/78 and herein as "MARPOL").  MARPOL entered into force on October 2, 1983.  It has been adopted by over 150 nations, including many of the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate.  MARPOL sets forth pollution-prevention requirements applicable to drybulk carriers, among other vessels, and is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution.  Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried, in bulk, in liquid or packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI, lastly, relates to air emissions.  Annex VI, separately adopted by the IMO in September of 1997, related to air emissions, which entered into force on 19 May 2005 .

In 2013, the MEPC adopted by resolution amendments to the MARPOL Annex I Conditional Assessment Scheme, or CAS.  The amendments, which are expected to become effective on October 1, 2014, pertain to revising references to the inspections of bulk carriers and tankers after the 2011 ESP Code, which enhances the programs of inspections, becomes mandatory.
Air Emissions

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution.  Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on nitrogen oxide emissions from ships whose diesel engines were constructed (or underwent major conversions) on or after January 1, 2000.  It also prohibits "deliberate emissions" of "ozone depleting substances," defined to include certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons.  "Deliberate emissions" are not limited to times when the ship is at sea; they can for example include discharges occurring in the course of the ship's repair and maintenance.  Emissions of "volatile organic compounds" from the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)) are also prohibited.  Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions, known as ECAs, (see below).

The IMO's Marine Environment Protection Committee, or MEPC, adopted amendments to Annex VI on October 10, 2008, which amendments were entered into force on July 1, 2010.  The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulphur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships.  As of January 1, 2012, the amended Annex VI required that fuel oil contain no more than 3.50% sulfur.  By January 1, 2020, sulfur content must not exceed 0.50%, subject to a feasibility review to be completed no later than 2018.

Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain "Emission Control Areas" ("ECAs").  As of July 1, 2010, ships operating within an ECA were not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 1.0%, which has been further reduced to 0.10% on January 1, 2015.  Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs.  Currently, the Baltic Sea, the North Sea and certain coastal areas of North America have been so designated.  .Furthermore as of January 1, 2014 the applicable areas of the United States Caribbean Sea adjacent to Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands were designated ECAs.  Ocean-going vessels in these areas will be subject to stringent emissions controls and may cause us to incur additional costs. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the EPA or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures, operational changes, or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.
46



As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for ships in part to address greenhouse gas emissions IMO's Marine Environment Protection Committee (MEPC) has given extensive consideration to control of GHG emissions from ships and finalized in July 2009 a package of specific technical and operational reduction measures.  In March 2010 MEPC started the consideration of making the technical and operational measures mandatory for all ships irrespective of flag and ownership.  This work was completed in July 2011 with the breakthrough adoption of technical measures for new ships and operational reduction measures for all ships, which are, consequently, the first ever mandatory global GHG reduction regime for an entire industry sector.  The adopted measures add to MARPOL Annex VI a new Chapter 4 entitled "Regulations on energy efficiency for ships", making mandatory the Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) for new ships and the Ship Energy Efficiency Plan (SEEMP) for all ships.  The regulations apply to all ships over 400 gross tonnage and above and entered into force through the tacit acceptance procedure on 1 January 2013.

Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation with a "Tier II" emission limit for engines installed on or after January 1, 2011; then with a more stringent "Tier III" emission limit for engines installed on or after   January 1, 2016 operating in ECAs. Marine diesel engines installed on or after January 1, 1990 but prior to January 1, 2000 are required to comply with "Tier I" emission limits.

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009.

Safety Management System Requirements

The IMO also adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, or SOLAS, and the International Convention on Load Lines, or the LL Convention, which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of ships.  The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL Convention standards. May 2012 SOLAS amendments entered into force as of January 1, 2014. The Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims (LLMC) was recently amended and the amendments are expected to go into effect on June 8, 2015.  The amendments alter the limits of liability for loss of life or personal injury claims and property claims against ship-owners.

The operation of our ships is also affected by the requirements set forth in Chapter IX of SOLAS, which sets forth the IMO's International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires ship owners and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive "Safety Management System" that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies.  The failure of a ship owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate, or SMC, for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel's operators with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system, or SMS. No vessel can obtain an SMC under the ISM Code unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, or DOC, issued in most instances by the vessel's flag state. Our appointed ship managers have obtained documents of compliance for their offices and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO. The document of compliance, or the DOC, and ship management certificate, or the SMC, are renewed as required.
47



International Labor Organization

The International Labour Organization (ILO) is a specialized agency of the UN with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (MLC 2006). A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. The MLC 2006 entered into force on August 20, 2013.  The MLC 2006 requires us to develop new procedures to ensure full compliance.

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatories to such conventions.  IMO adopted the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, in February 2004.  The BWM Convention will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world's merchant shipping.  To date, there has not been sufficient adoption of this standard for it to take force, but it is close.  Many of the implementation dates originally written in the BWM Convention have already passed, so that once the BWM Convention enters into force, the period for installation of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements would be extremely short, with several thousand ships a year needing to install ballast water management systems (BWMS).  For this reason, on December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution revising the application dates of BWM Convention so that they are triggered by the entry into force date and not the dates originally in the BWM Convention.  This in effect makes all vessels constructed before the entry into force date 'existing' vessels, and allows for the installation of a BWMS on such vessels at the first renewal survey following entry into force.  Once mid-ocean ballast exchange or ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers.  Although we do not believe that the costs of such compliance would be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on our operations.

The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, to impose strict liability on ship owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship's bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

In March 2006, the IMO amended Annex I to MARPOL, including a new regulation relating to oil fuel tank protection, which became effective August 1, 2007. The new regulation applies to various ships delivered on or after August 1, 2010. It includes requirements for the protected location of the fuel tanks, performance standards for accidental oil fuel outflow, a tank capacity limit and certain other maintenance, inspection and engineering standards.

Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the ship owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels or result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.
48



The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

OPA established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all "owners and operators" whose vessels trade with the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which includes the United States' territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the United States.  The United States has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, whether on land or at sea.  OPA and CERCLA both define "owner and operator" "in the case of a vessel, as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel."

Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are "responsible parties" and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:
 
(i)              injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and related assessment costs;

(ii)              injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;

(iii)              net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;

(iv)              loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;

(v)              lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or   personal property or natural resources; and

(vi)              net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs.  Effective July 31, 2009, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels (e.g. drybulk) to the greater of $1,000 per gross ton or $854,400 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation).  These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsibility party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.
49



CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damage for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5.0 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations.  The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.

OPA and CERCLA each preserve the right to recover damages under existing law, including maritime tort law.

OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee.

The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including the raising of liability caps under OPA.  Compliance with any new requirements of OPA may substantially impact our cost of operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with any new regulatory initiatives or statutes.

We currently maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operation.

OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states which have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessel owners' responsibilities under these laws.

Other Environmental Initiatives

The U.S. Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. Furthermore, many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.
50



The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast and bilge water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA.  EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit, or VGP, authorizing ballast and bilge water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels.  The VGP imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. On March 28, 2013, the EPA re-issued the VGP for another five years; this VGP took effect of December 19, 2013. The new VGP focuses on authorizing discharges incidental to operations of commercial vessels.  The VGP also contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in US waters, more stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers and the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants.

U.S. Coast Guard regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters.  As of June 21, 2012, the U.S. Coast Guard implemented revised regulations on ballast water management by establishing standards on the allowable concentration of living organisms in ballast water discharged from ships in U.S. waters.  The revised ballast water standards are consistent with those adopted by the IMO in 2004.  Compliance with the EPA and the U.S. Coast Guard regulations could require the installation of certain engineering equipment and water treatment systems to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970 (including its amendments of 1977 and 1990), or the CAA, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. The CAA also requires states to draft State Implementation Plans ("SIPs") designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in each state.  Although state-specific, SIPs may include regulations concerning emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment.

European Union Regulations

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water.  Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties.  Member States were required to enact laws or regulations to comply with the directive by the end of 2010.  Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the ship is in danger.

The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk ships, as determined by type, age, and flag as well as the number of times the ship has been detained.  The European Union also adopted and then extended a ban on substandard ships and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses.  The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply.
51



With effect from January 1, 2010, the Directive 2005/33/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 6, 2005, amending Directive 1999/32/EC came into force. The objective of the directive is to reduce emission of sulfur dioxide and particulate matter caused by the combustion of certain petroleum derived fuels. The directive imposes limits on the sulfur content of such fuels as a condition of their use within a Member State territory. The maximum sulfur content for marine fuels used by inland waterway vessels and ships at berth in ports in EU countries after January 1, 2010, is 0.10% by mass. As of January 1, 2015, all vessels operating within ECAs worldwide must comply with 0.10% sulfur requirements. Effective July 1, 2010, the reduction of applicable sulfur content limits in the North Sea, the Baltic Sea and the English Channel Sulfur Emission Control Areas was 1%. On July 15, 2011, the European Commission also adopted a proposal for an amendment to Directive 1999/32/EC which would align requirements with those imposed by the revised MARPOL Annex VI which introduced stricter sulphur limits.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. As of January 1, 2013, all new ships must comply with two new sets of mandatory requirements, which were adopted by MEPC in July 2011, to address greenhouse gas emissions from ships. Currently operating ships will be required to develop SEEMPs, and minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile, outlined in the Energy Efficiency Design Index, will apply to new ships. The IMO is also planning to implement market-based mechanisms to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships at an upcoming MEPC session. The European Union has indicated that it intends to propose an expansion of the existing European Union emissions trading scheme to include emissions of greenhouse gases from marine vessels, and in January 2012 the European Commission launched a public consultation on possible measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships. In April 2013, the European Parliament rejected proposed changes to the European Union Emissions Law regarding carbon trading. In June 2013 the European Commission developed a strategy to integrate maritime emissions into the overall European Union Strategy to reduced greenhouse gas emissions. If the strategy is adopted by the European Parliament and Council large vessels using European Union ports would be required to monitor, report, and verify their carbon dioxide emissions beginning in January 2018. In December 2013 the European Union environmental ministers discussed draft rules to implement monitoring and reporting of carbon dioxide emissions from ships. In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety and has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, such regulation of vessels is foreseeable, and the EPA has in recent years received petitions from the California Attorney General and various environmental groups seeking such regulation. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, European Union, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures, including capital expenditures to upgrade our vessels, which we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security such as the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or MTSA.  To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.  The regulations also impose requirements on certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
52



Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security.  The new Chapter V became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code, or the ISPS Code.  The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism.  To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel's flag state.  Among the various requirements are:

· on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship's identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;
· on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;
· the development of vessel security plans;
· ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel's hull;
· a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel's history including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship's identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and
· compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

Ships operating without a valid certificate may be detained at port until it obtains an ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port.

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to be aligned with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel's compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code.

Inspection by Classification Societies

Every oceangoing vessel must be "classed" by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is "in class," signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel's country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.
53



For maintenance of the class certification, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

· Annual Surveys:   For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable for special equipment classed, within three months before or after each anniversary date of the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

· Intermediate Surveys: Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys are to be carried out at or between the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

· Class Renewal Surveys: Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship's hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel's hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. Upon a shipowner's request, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal. 

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years.

Most vessels are also drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a recommendation which must be rectified by the ship owner within prescribed time limits.

All insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as "in class" by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, or IACS. All our vessels are certified as being "in class" either by Lloyd's Register of Shipping , American Bureau of Shipping, DNV-GL, or Bureau Veritas, or Class NK. All new and second hand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memorandum of agreement. For the second hand vessels same is verified by a Class Maintenance Certificate issued within 72 hours prior to delivery, including full certification delivered at the time of closing. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we have the option to cancel the agreement due to Seller's default and not take delivery of the vessel.

54



Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

General

The operation of any dry bulk vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage, and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of vessels trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for ship owners and operators trading in the United States market.

While we maintain hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance, protection and indemnity cover and freight, demurrage and defense cover for our operating fleet in amounts that we believe to be prudent to cover normal risks in our operations, we may not be able to achieve or maintain this level of coverage throughout a vessel's useful life. Furthermore, while we believe that our present insurance coverage is adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Hull & Machinery and War Risks Insurance

We maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which cover, among other marine risks, the risk of actual or constructive total loss, for all of our vessels. Our vessels are each covered up to at least fair market value with deductibles ranging to a maximum of $100,000 per vessel per incident for Panamax, Kamsarmax and Post-Panamax vessels and $150,000 per vessel per incident for Capesize and Newcastlemax vessels.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, which insure our third party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations, or "clubs."

Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. The 13 P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world's commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association's liabilities. As a member of a P&I Association, which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on the group's claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group. Our vessels may be subject to supplemental calls which are based on estimates of premium income and anticipated and paid claims. Such estimates are adjusted each year by the Board of Directors of the P&I Association until the closing of the relevant policy year, which generally occurs within three years from the end of the policy year. Supplemental calls, if any, are expensed when they are announced and according to the period they relate to. We are not aware of any supplemental calls in respect of any policy year that have not been recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

C.              Organizational structure

Diana Shipping Inc. is the sole owner of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the subsidiaries listed in Note 1 " Basis of Presentation and General Information" of our consolidated financial statements under Item 18 and in exhibit 8.1 to this annual report .

D.              Property, plants and equipment

Since October 8, 2010, DSS owns the land and the building where we have our principal offices in Athens, Greece and in December 2014, DSS acquired a plot of land jointly with two other related entities from unrelated individuals for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2.5 million, of which DSS paid one-third, amounting to $0.9 million . Other than this interest in real property, our only material properties are the vessels in our fleet.

Item 4A.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 5.                            Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following management's discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and their notes included elsewhere in this annual report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, such as those set forth in the section entitled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this annual report.

A.              Operating results

We charter our vessels to customers primarily pursuant to short-term and long-term time charters. Currently, the majority of our vessels are employed on time charters ranging in duration from 11 to 61 months. Under our time charters, the charterer typically pays us a fixed daily charter hire rate and bears all voyage expenses, including the cost of bunkers (fuel oil) and port and canal charges. We remain responsible for paying the chartered vessel's operating expenses, including the cost of crewing, insuring, repairing and maintaining the vessel, the costs of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses, and we also pay commissions to one or more unaffiliated ship brokers and to in-house brokers associated with the charterer for the arrangement of the relevant charter.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We believe that the important measures for analyzing trends in our results of operations consist of the following:

· Ownership days. We define ownership days as the aggregate number of days in a period during which each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenues and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.
55




· Available days. We define available days as the number of our ownership days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire due to scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades or special surveys and the aggregate amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels for such events. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the number of days in a period during which vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

· Operating days. We define operating days as the number of our available days in a period less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire due to any reason, including unforeseen circumstances. The shipping industry uses operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels actually generate revenues.

· Fleet utilization. We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of our operating days during a period by the number of our available days during the period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company's efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and minimizing the amount of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons other than scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades, special surveys or vessel positioning for such events .

· TCE rates. We define Time Charter Equivalent, or TCE rates as our time charter revenues less voyage expenses during a period divided by the number of our available days during the period, which is consistent with industry standards. TCE rate is a non-GAAP measure and is a standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters are generally not expressed in per day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters generally are expressed in such amounts.

The following table reflects our ownership days, available days, operating days, fleet utilization and TCE rates for the periods indicated.

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Ownership days                                                                                         
   
13,822
     
12,049
     
10,119
 
Available days                                                                                         
   
13,650
     
12,029
     
9,998
 
Operating days                                                                                         
   
13,564
     
11,944
     
9,865
 
Fleet utilization                                                                                         
   
99.4
%
   
99.3
%
   
98.7
%
Time charter equivalent (TCE) rate (1)                                                                                         
 
$
12,081
   
$
12,959
   
$
21,255
 

(1)  Please see Item 3.A for a reconciliation of TCE to GAAP measures .
56



Time Charter Revenues

Our revenues are driven primarily by the number of vessels in our fleet, the number of days during which our vessels operate and the amount of daily charter hire rates that our vessels earn under charters, which, in turn, are affected by a number of factors, including:

· the duration of our charters;

· our decisions relating to vessel acquisitions and disposals;

· the amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels;

· the amount of time that our vessels spend in drydock undergoing repairs;

· maintenance and upgrade work;

· the age, condition and specifications of our vessels;

· levels of supply and demand in the dry bulk shipping industry; and

· other factors affecting spot market charter rates for dry bulk carriers.

Vessels operating on time charters for a certain period of time provide more predictable cash flows over that period of time, but can yield lower profit margins than vessels operating in the spot charter market during periods characterized by favorable market conditions. Vessels operating in the spot charter market generate revenues that are less predictable but may enable their owners to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in charter rates although their owners would be exposed to the risk of declining charter rates, which may have a materially adverse impact on financial performance. As we employ vessels on period charters, future spot charter rates may be higher or lower than the rates at which we have employed our vessels on period charters. Currently, all vessels in our fleet are employed on time charters, unless they are on drydock. Our time charter agreements subject us to counterparty risk. In depressed market conditions, charterers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter parties or avoid their obligations under those contracts.  Should a counterparty fail to honor their obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Since 2010, our revenues have decreased due to the decrease in the charter rates. In 2014 charter rates continued to decline; however revenue increased due to the enlargement of our fleet. For 2015, we expect our revenues to remain at current levels, or decrease due to further decreases in charter rates .

Voyage Expenses

We incur voyage expenses that mainly include commissions and bunker (fuel oil) expenses (or income) because all of our vessels are employed under time charters that require the charterer to bear voyage expenses such as bunkers, port and canal charges .

When a vessel is delivered to a charterer, bunkers are purchased by the charterer and sold back to us on the redelivery of the vessel. Bunker expenses, or income, result when a vessel is redelivered by her charterer and delivered to the next charterer at different bunker prices.
57



We currently pay commissions ranging from 3.75% to 5 .00 % of the total daily charter hire rate of each charter to unaffiliated ship brokers and in-house brokers associated with the charterers, depending on the number of brokers involved with arranging the charter. In addition to commissions paid to third parties, we pay our fleet manager a commission that is equal to 2% of our revenues in exchange for providing us with technical and commercial management services in connection with the employment of our fleet. However, this commission is eliminated from our consolidated financial statements as an intercompany transaction. During 2010 and until January 18, 2011, Diana Containerships also paid our fleet manager a commission of 1%, which was eliminated from our consolidated financial statements as an intercompany transaction. After its partial spin-off in January 2011 and until March 1, 2013 when the management agreements between DSS and Diana Containerships were terminated, the 1% commission paid by Diana Containerships constituted revenue of DSS. For 2015, we expect our voyage expenses to remain at current levels, or decrease, in line with our expectation for our time charter revenues.

Vessel Operating Expenses

Vessel operating expenses include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes, environmental plan costs and other miscellaneous expenses. Our vessel operating expenses, which generally represent fixed costs, have historically increased as a result of the enlargement of our fleet. For 2015, we expect our operating expenses to increase as a result of the enlargement of our fleet. There may also be other factors beyond our control, some of which may affect the shipping industry in general, including, for instance, developments relating to market prices for insurance and crew wages that may cause these expenses to increase.

Vessel Depreciation

The cost of our vessels is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of each vessel. Depreciation is based on the cost of the vessel less its estimated salvage value. We estimate the useful life of our dry bulk vessels to be 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard, which we believe is common in the dry bulk shipping industry. Furthermore, we estimate the salvage values of our vessels based on historical average prices of the cost of the light-weight ton of vessels being scrapped. Our depreciation charges have increased in recent periods due to the enlargement of our fleet. Since January 1, 2013, we increased the salvage value of all of our vessels from $150 per lightweight ton to $250 per lightweight ton . This change was made because the historical scrap rates over the past ten years have increased and as such the $150 value was not considered representative. For 2015, we expect depreciation expense to increase as a result of the enlargement of our fleet.

General and Administrative Expenses

We incur general and administrative expenses which include our onshore related expenses such as legal and professional expenses and other general vessel expenses. Our general and administrative expenses also include payroll expenses of employees, executive officers and consultants, compensation cost of restricted stock awarded to senior management and non-executive directors, traveling, promotional and other expenses of the public company. For 2015, we expect our general and administrative expenses to remain at current levels.
58



Interest and Finance Costs

We have historically incurred interest expense and financing costs in connection with the vessel-specific debt.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had $486.0 million and $433.1 million of indebtedness outstanding, respectively. We incur interest expense and financing costs relating to our outstanding debt. Currently, our debt amounts to $492.4 million and we expect to incur additional debt in 2015. We may incur additional debt to finance future acquisitions or constructions .   We expect to manage any exposure in interest rates through our regular operating and financing activities and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. For 2015, we expect interest and finance expenses to increase as a result of increased indebtedness.

Lack of Historical Operating Data for Vessels before Their Acquisition

Although vessels are generally acquired free of charter, we have acquired (and may in the future acquire) some vessels with time charters. Where a vessel has been under a voyage charter, the vessel is usually delivered to the buyer free of charter. It is rare in the shipping industry for the last charterer of the vessel in the hands of the seller to continue as the first charterer of the vessel in the hands of the buyer. In most cases, when a vessel is under time charter and the buyer wishes to assume that charter, the vessel cannot be acquired without the charterer's consent and the buyer entering into a separate direct agreement (called a "novation agreement") with the charterer to assume the charter. The purchase of a vessel itself does not transfer the charter because it is a separate service agreement between the vessel owner and the charterer.

Where we identify any intangible assets or liabilities associated with the acquisition of a vessel, we record all identified assets or liabilities at fair value. Fair value is determined by reference to market data. We value any asset or liability arising from the market value of the time charters assumed when a vessel is acquired. The amount to be recorded as an asset or liability at the date of vessel delivery is based on the difference between the current fair market value of the charter and the net present value of future contractual cash flows.  When the present value of the time charter assumed is greater than the current fair market value of such charter, the difference is recorded as prepaid charter revenue.  When the opposite situation occurs, any difference, capped to the vessel's fair value on a charter free basis, is recorded as deferred revenue.  Such assets and liabilities, respectively, are amortized as a reduction of, or an increase in, revenue over the period of the time charter assumed.

We entered into agreements to purchase vessels with time charters assumed for the Thetis , the Salt Lake   City, the Norfolk and the Houston . Accordingly, we evaluated the charters of those vessels and recognized an asset in the case of the Thetis and the Houston with a corresponding decrease of the vessel's value, and a liability in the case of the Salt Lake City, with a corresponding increase of the vessel's value and the actual cost for the Norfolk . The asset recognized for the Thetis was fully amortized to revenue in 2007 and for Houston was fully amortized in 2013. The liability recognized for the Salt Lake City was fully amortized in 2012.

When we purchase a vessel and assume or renegotiate a related time charter, among others, we must take the following steps before the vessel will be ready to commence operations:

· obtain the charterer's consent to us as the new owner;

· obtain the charterer's consent to a new technical manager;

· in some cases, obtain the charterer's consent to a new flag for the vessel;
59



· arrange for a new crew for the vessel, and where the vessel is on charter, in some cases, the crew must be approved by the charterer;

· replace all hired equipment on board, such as gas cylinders and communication equipment;

· negotiate and enter into new insurance contracts for the vessel through our own insurance brokers;

· register the vessel under a flag state and perform the related inspections in order to obtain new trading certificates from the flag state;

· implement a new planned maintenance program for the vessel; and

· ensure that the new technical manager obtains new certificates for compliance with the safety and vessel security regulations of the flag state.

When we charter a vessel pursuant to a long-term time charter agreement with varying rates, we recognize revenue on a straight line basis, equal to the average revenue during the term of the charter.

The following discussion is intended to help you understand how acquisitions of vessels affect our business and results of operations.

Our business is mainly comprised of the following elements:

· employment and operation of our vessels; and

· management of the financial, general and administrative elements involved in the conduct of our business and ownership of our vessels.

The employment and operation of our vessels mainly require the following components:

· vessel maintenance and repair;

· crew selection and training;

· vessel spares and stores supply;

· contingency response planning;

· onboard safety procedures auditing;

· accounting;

· vessel insurance arrangement;

· vessel chartering;
60



· vessel security training and security response plans (ISPS);

· obtaining of ISM certification and audit for each vessel within the six months of taking over a vessel;

· vessel hiring management;

· vessel surveying; and

· vessel performance monitoring.

The management of financial, general and administrative elements involved in the conduct of our business and ownership of our vessels mainly requires the following components:

· management of our financial resources, including banking relationships, i.e., administration of bank loans and bank accounts;

· management of our accounting system and records and financial reporting;

· administration of the legal and regulatory requirements affecting our business and assets; and

· management of the relationships with our service providers and customers.

The principal factors that affect our profitability, cash flows and shareholders' return on investment include:

· rates and periods of charter hire;

· levels of vessel operating expenses;

· depreciation expenses;

· financing costs; and

· fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

Our Fleet – Illustrative Comparison of Possible Excess of Carrying Value Over Estimated Charter-Free Market Value of Certain Vessels

In Critical Accounting Policies – Impairment of long-lived assets," we discuss our policy for impairing the carrying values of our vessels.  Historically, the market values of vessels have experienced volatility, which from time to time may be substantial.  As a result, the charter-free market value of certain of our vessels may have declined below those vessels' carrying value, even though we would not impair those vessels' carrying value under our accounting impairment policy.
61



Based on: (i) the carrying value of each of our vessels as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and (ii) what we believe the charter-free market value of each of our vessels was as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the aggregate carrying value of 27 and 18 of the vessels in our fleet as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, exceeded their aggregate charter-free market value by approximately $501 million and $410 million, respectively, as noted in the table below. This aggregate difference represents the approximate analysis of the amount by which we believe we would have to increase our loss or reduce our net income if we sold all of such vessels at December 31, 2014 and 2013, on charter free basis, on industry standard terms, in cash transactions, and to a willing buyer where we were not under any compulsion to sell, and where the buyer was not under any compulsion to buy.  For purposes of this calculation, we have assumed that these 27 and 18 vessels would be sold at a price that reflects our estimate of their charter-free market values as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and as of the date of this annual report, we were not and are not holding any of our vessels for sale.

Our estimates of charter-free market value assume that our vessels were all in good and seaworthy condition without need for repair and if inspected would be certified in class without notations of any kind. Our estimates are based on information available from various industry sources, including:

· reports by industry analysts and data providers that focus on our industry and related dynamics affecting vessel values;
· news and industry reports of similar vessel sales;
· news and industry reports of sales of vessels that are not similar to our vessels where we have made certain adjustments in an attempt to derive information that can be used as part of our estimates;
· approximate market values for our vessels or similar vessels that we have received from shipbrokers, whether solicited or unsolicited, or that shipbrokers have generally disseminated;
· offers that we may have received from potential purchasers of our vessels; and
· vessel sale prices and values of which we are aware through both formal and informal communications with shipowners, shipbrokers, industry analysts and various other shipping industry participants and observers.

As we obtain information from various industry and other sources, our estimates of charter-free market value are inherently uncertain . In addition, vessel values are highly volatile; as such, our estimates may not be indicative of the current or future charter-free market value of our vessels or prices that we could achieve if we were to sell them.  We also refer you to the risk factors entitled " The market values of our vessels have decreased, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow under our credit facilities" , " If the market values of our vessels decrease, could cause us to breach covenants in our credit facilities and adversely affect our operating results" and the discussion herein under the heading Item 4.B. Business overview – Vessel Prices .
62



Vessel
 
Dwt
   
Year Built
   
Carrying Value
(in millions of US dollars)
 
         
2014
   
2013
 
 
1
 
Alcmene
   
93,193
     
2010
     
34.5
*
   
36.0
*
 
2
 
Alcyon
   
75,247
     
2001
     
10.3
     
10.9
 
 
3
 
Aliki
   
180,235
     
2005
     
74.5
*
   
79.1
*
 
4
 
Amphitrite
   
98,697
     
2012
     
23.0
     
23.9
 
 
5
 
Arethusa
   
73,593
     
2007
     
25.4
*
   
26.8
*
 
6
 
Artemis
   
76,942
     
2006
     
19.1
*
   
20.1
 
 
7
 
Atalandi
   
77,529
     
2014
     
30.6
*
       
 
8
 
Baltimore
   
177,243
     
2005
     
26.0
     
27.3
 
 
9
 
Boston
   
177,828
     
2007
     
80.1
*
   
84.2
*
 
10
 
Calipso
   
73,691
     
2005
     
13.7
     
14.4
 
 
11
 
Clio
   
73,691
     
2005
     
14.0
     
14.8
 
 
12
 
Coronis
   
74,381
     
2006
     
27.9
*
   
29.4
*
 
13
 
Crystalia
   
77,525
     
2014
     
30.3
*
       
 
14
 
Danae
   
75,106
     
2001
     
12.0
*
   
12.8
 
 
15
 
Dione
   
75,172
     
2001
     
11.8
*
   
12.6
 
 
16
 
Erato
   
74,444
     
2004
     
25.0
*
   
26.5
*
 
17
 
GP Zafirakis
   
179,492
     
2014
     
57.6
*
       
 
18
 
Houston
   
177,729
     
2009
     
50.8
*
   
53.1
*
 
19
 
Leto
   
81,297
     
2010
     
28.6
*
   
29.8
*
 
20
 
Los Angeles
   
206,104
     
2012
     
53.7
*
   
55.8
*
 
21
 
Maia
   
82,193
     
2009
     
19.0
     
19.8
 
 
22
 
Melia
   
76,225
     
2005
     
18.1
*
   
19.1
 
 
23
 
Melite
   
76,436
     
2004
     
26.8
*
   
28.5
*
 
24
 
Myrsini
   
82,117
     
2010
     
21.8
     
22.7
 
 
25
 
Myrto
   
82,131
     
2013
     
24.9
     
25.8
 
 
26
 
Naias
   
73,546
     
2006
     
27.0
*
   
28.5
*
 
27
 
New York
   
177,773
     
2010
     
51.8
*
   
54.0
*
 
28
 
Nirefs
   
75,311
     
2001
     
10.3
     
11.0
 
 
29
 
Norfolk
   
164,218
     
2002
     
89.4
*
   
95.9
*
 
30
 
Oceanis
   
75,211
     
2001
     
10.5
     
11.2
 
 
31
 
Philadelphia
   
206,040
     
2012
     
54.5
*
   
56.6
*
 
32
 
Polymnia
   
98,704
     
2012
     
22.9
     
23.8
 
 
33
 
Protefs
   
73,630
     
2004
     
13.4
*
   
14.1
 
 
34
 
PS Palios
   
179,134
     
2013
     
50.1
*
   
52.0
 
 
35
 
Salt Lake City
   
171,810
     
2005
     
115.6
*
   
122.5
*
 
36
 
Semirio
   
174,261
     
2007
     
69.8
*
   
73.5
*
 
37
 
Sideris GS
   
174,186
     
2006
     
63.0
*
   
66.4
*
 
38
 
Thetis
   
73,583
     
2004
     
24.8
*
   
26.3
*
 
39
 
Triton
   
75,336
     
2001
     
10.5
     
11.2
 
     
Total
   
4,390,984
             
1,373.1
     
1,320.4
 

_______________________________
* Indicates dry bulk vessels for which we believe, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the charter-free market value was lower than the vessel's carrying value. We believe that the aggregate carrying value of these vessels exceeded their aggregate charter-free market value by approximately $501 million and $410 million, respectively .
63



Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of those financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments of uncertainties and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies, because they generally involve a comparatively higher degree of judgment in their application. For a description of all our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.

Accounts Receivable, Trade

Accounts receivable, trade, at each balance sheet date, include receivables from charterers for hire , ballast bonus billings, if any, hold cleanings and extra voyage insurance, net of a provision for doubtful accounts. At each balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for purposes of determining the appropriate provision for doubtful accounts.

Accounting for Revenues and Expenses

Revenues are generated from time charter agreements and are usually paid 15 days in advance. Time charter agreements with the same charterer are accounted for as separate agreements according to the terms and conditions of each agreement. Time charter revenues are recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided when they become fixed and determinable. Revenues from time charter agreements providing for varying annual rates over their term are accounted for on a straight line basis.  Income representing ballast bonus payments by the charterer to the vessel owner is recognized in the period earned. Deferred revenue includes cash received prior to the balance sheet date for which all criteria for recognition as revenue have not been met. Deferred revenue may also include deferred revenue resulting from charter agreements providing for varying annual rates, which are accounted for on a straight line basis, or the unamortized balance of the liability associated with the acquisition of second-hand vessels with time charters attached which were acquired at values below fair market value at the date the acquisition agreement is consummated.

Voyage expenses, primarily consisting of commissions, are deferred over the related voyage charter period to the extent revenue has been deferred since commissions are due as the Company's revenues are earned.
All vessel operating expenses are expensed as incurred.
64



Prepaid Charter Revenue

The Company records identified assets associated with the acquisition of a vessel at fair value, determined by reference to market data. The Company values any asset arising from the market value of the time charters assumed when a vessel is acquired. The amount to be recorded as an asset at the date of vessel delivery is based on the difference between the current fair market value of the charter and the net present value of future contractual cash flows.  When the present value of the contractual cash flows of the time charter assumed is greater than its current fair value, the difference, capped to the vessel's fair value on a charter free basis, is recorded as prepaid charter revenue. When the opposite situation occurs, any difference, capped to the vessel's fair value on a charter free basis, is recorded as deferred revenue.  Such assets and liabilities, respectively, are amortized as a reduction of, or an increase in, revenue over the period of the time charter assumed. We test such assets for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Vessel Depreciation

We record the value of our vessels at their cost less accumulated depreciation. We depreciate our dry bulk vessels on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, estimated to be 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard which we believe is common in the dry bulk shipping industry. Second hand vessels are depreciated from the date of their acquisition through their remaining estimated useful life. Depreciation is based on cost less the estimated salvage value. Each vessel's salvage value is equal to the product of its lightweight tonnage and estimated scrap rate. Furthermore, we estimate the salvage values of our vessels based on historical average prices, which we believe is common in the dry bulk shipping industry. In 2013, we identified that the estimated scrap rate used for the determination of annual depreciation was not in line with the current average historical rate and as such, the estimated scrap rate was revised from $150 per lightweight ton to $250 per lightweight ton. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or in its salvage value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge. When regulations place limitations on the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, the vessel's useful life is adjusted at the date such regulations are adopted.

Deferred Drydock Cost

Our vessels are required to be drydocked approximately every 30 to 36 months for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. We defer the costs associated with drydockings as they occur and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the period t hrough the date the next dry-docking is scheduled to become due . Unamortized drydocking costs of vessels that are sold are written off and included in the calculation of the resulting gain or loss in the year of the vessel's sale. Costs deferred as part of the drydocking include actual costs incurred at the yard and parts used in the drydocking. We believe that these criteria are consistent with industry practice and that our policy of capitalization reflects the economics and market values of the vessels.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets (vessels, land, and building) held and used by an entity are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as market conditions, obsolesce or damage to the asset, potential sales and other business plans) indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable or that their useful lives require modification. When the estimate of undiscounted projected net operating cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use of the asset over its remaining useful life and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount, we should evaluate the asset for an impairment loss. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset. We determine the fair value of our assets based on management estimates and assumptions and by making use of available market data and taking into consideration third party valuations.
65




With respect to the vessels, the current conditions in the dry bulk market with decreased charter rates and decreased vessel market values are conditions that the Company considers indicators of a potential impairment.  We determine undiscounted projected net operating cash flows for each vessel and compare it to the vessel's carrying value. The projected net operating cash flows are determined by considering the historical and estimated vessels' performance and utilization, assuming (i) future revenues calculated for the fixed days, using the fixed charter rate of each vessel from existing time charters and for the unfixed days, the most recent 10 year average historical 1 year time charter rates available for each type of vessel over the remaining estimated life of each vessel, net of brokerage commissions; (ii) expected outflows for scheduled vessels' maintenance; (iii) vessel operating expenses increasing annually by an annual inflation rate of 3%; (iv) effective fleet utilization of 98% taking into account the period each vessel is expected to remain off hire for scheduled maintenance (dry docking and special surveys) and 1% off hire days (other than for dry docking and special surveys)  each year. Historical ten-year blended average one-year time charter rates used in our impairment test exercise are in line with our overall chartering strategy, especially in periods/years of depressed charter rates; they reflect the full operating history of vessels of the same type and particulars with our operating fleet (Panamax/Post-Panamax/Kamsarmax and Capesize/Newcastlemax vessels) and they cover at least a full business cycle. The average annual inflation rate applied on vessels' maintenance and operating costs approximates current projections for global inflation rate for the remaining useful life of our vessels. Effective fleet utilization assumed is in line with the Company's historical performance and our expectations for future fleet utilization under our current fleet deployment strategy.

A comparison of the average estimated daily time charter equivalent rate used in our impairment analysis with the average "break even rate" for each major class of vessels is presented below:

   
Average estimated daily time charter equivalent rate used
   
Average break even rate
 
Panamax/Kamsarmax/Post-Panamax
 
$
24,517
   
$
11,958
 
Capesize/Newcastlemax
 
$
44,875
   
$
19,866
 

Our impairment test exercise is sensitive to variances in the time charter rates and fleet effective utilization. Our current analysis, which also involved a sensitivity analysis by assigning possible alternative values to these two significant inputs, indicated a reduction of approximately 33% in the time charter rates or 27% of off hire days (other than for dry docking and special surveys) to result to an impairment of individual long lived assets. However, there can be no assurance as to how long charter rates and vessel values will remain at their currently low levels or whether they will improve by any significant degree. Charter rates may remain at depressed levels for some time which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability, and future assessments of vessel impairment.

For the purpose of presenting our investors with additional information to determine how the Company's future results of operations may be impacted in the event that daily time charter rates do not improve from their current levels in future periods, we set forth below an analysis that shows the 1-year, 3-year and 5-year average blended rates and the effect of the use of each of these rates would have on the Company's impairment analysis.

   
1-year
(period)
   
Impairment charge
(in USD million)
   
3-year
(period)
   
Impairment charge
(in USD million)
   
5-year
(period)
   
Impairment charge
(in USD million)
 
Panamax/Kamsarmax/Post-Panamax
 
$
12,028
     
98.3
   
$
10,611
     
105.8
   
$
14,211
     
-
 
Capesize/Newcastlemax
 
$
21,777
     
298.5
   
$
17,074
     
365.8
   
$
20,225
     
334.3
 

66



Derivatives

We are exposed to interest rate fluctuations associated with our variable rate borrowings and our objective is to manage the impact of such fluctuations on our results of operations and cash flows of our borrowings. We currently have one collar agreement which is considered an economic, and not accounting, hedge, as it does not meet the hedge accounting criteria. The fair value of the collar agreement determined through Level 2 inputs of the fair value hierarchy is derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Inputs include interest rates, yield curves and other items that allow value to be determined.

Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013

Time Charter Revenues.     Time charter revenues increased by $11.6 million, or 7%, to $175.6 million in 2014, compared to $164.0 million in 2013. The increase was due to a 15% increase of our ownership days resulting from the delivery of the Myrto , at the end of January 2013; the Maia , in February 2013; the Baltimore , in June 2013; the Artemis , in August 2013; the Myrsini , in October 2013; the PS Palios , in December 2013, the Crystalia , in February 2014; the Atalandi , in May 2014 and the GP Zafirakis in August 2014. In 2014 we had total operating days of 13,564 and fleet utilization of 99.4%, compared to 11,944 total operating days and a fleet utilization of 99.3% in 2013. The increase was partly off-set by decreased revenues due to increased drydock days during the year for which our vessels did not earn revenue as they were not available for charter and by decreased time charter rates which resulted to a 7% decrease of our average charter rates from $12,959 in 2013 to $12,081 in 2014.

Voyage Expenses.      Voyage expenses increased by $2.6 million, or 32%, to $10.7 million in   2014 compared to $8.1 million in   2013. This increase in voyage expenses is primarily attributable to the increase in commissions paid to unaffiliated ship brokers and in-house ship brokers associated with charterers. As commissions are a percentage of time charter revenues, they follow the same trend with time charter revenues. Also, voyage expenses increased due to a loss from bunkers which amounted to $2.0 million in 2014, compared to a gain of $0.1 million in 2013, which was the result of the different bunker prices at redelivery of our vessels that entered into new charters during the year.

Vessel Operating Expenses.     Vessel operating expenses increased by $9.7 million, or 13%, to $86.9 million in 2014 compared to $77.2 million in 2013.  The increase in operating expenses is primarily attributable to the 15% increase in ownership days resulting from the delivery of the new vessels to our fleet in 2014. The increase was also due to increased repairs and maintenance, taxes and environmental expenses and was partly offset by decreases in crew costs, insurances and other operating expenses. Daily operating expenses were $6,289 in 2014 compared to $6,408 in 2013, representing a 2% decrease.

Depreciation and Amortization of Deferred Charges.   Depreciation and amortization of deferred charges increased by $5.8 million, or 9%, to $70.5 million in 2014, compared to $64.7 million 2013. This increase was due to the enlargement of our fleet. Additionally, the increase in depreciation and amortization was partly offset by decreased amortization of deferred drydocking costs, mainly due to the termination of the amortization period for several vessels during 2013 that did not exist in 2014.

General and Administrative Expenses .    General and Administrative Expenses increased by $2.5 million, or 11%, to $26.2 million in 2014 compared to $23.7 million in 2013. The increase is mainly attributable to increased salaries due to the increase of office personnel.
67



Interest and Finance Costs.     Interest and finance costs increased by $0.3 million, or 4%, to $8.4 million in 2014 compared to $8.1 million in 2013. The increase is primarily attributable to higher average interest rates on increased average long term debt outstanding during 2014 compared to 2013. Interest expense in 2014 amounted to $7.8 million compared to $7.6 million 2013.

Interest and Other Income . Interest and other income increased by $1.8 million, or 100%, to $3.6 million in 2014 compared to $1.8 million in 2013. The increase is attributable to interest income and fees of $3.2 million in 2014 compared to $1.2 million in 2013, which derived from our loan agreement with Diana Containerships, dated May 20, 2013, pursuant to which $50.0 million were drawn by Diana Containerships on August 20, 2013. This increase was partly offset by decreased interest income on our cash at banks during 2014 mainly due to decreased levels of cash compared to last year.

Income / (loss) from Derivative Instruments . Income from derivative was $0.1 million in 2014 compared to loss of $0.1 million in 2013. The change was due to the decrease of realized loss in 2014 amounting to $0.3 million compared to $0.7 million in 2013 due to its maturity in May 2014. The unrealized gain was $0.4 million in 2014 compared to $0.6 million in 2013.

Income / (loss) from Investment in Diana Containerships Inc . Income from our investment in Diana Containerships Inc. amounted to $12.7 million in 2014 and was mainly due to the increase of our share ownership in Diana Containerships from 9.51% as at December 31, 2013 to 26.34% as at December 31, 2014, following our participation in a private offering in which we acquired additional shares for $40.0 million. This compared to a loss of $6.1 million in 2013, mainly due to impairment charges recorded by Diana Containerships during the previous year.

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012

Time Charter Revenues.     Time charter revenues decreased by $56.8 million, or 26%, to $164.0 million in 2013, compared to $220.8 million in 2012. The decrease was due to a 39% decrease of our average charter rates in 2013 compared to 2012. The decrease was partly off-set by a 19% increase of our ownership days resulting from the delivery of the Los Angeles in February 2012; the Philadelphia and Melia , both delivered in May 2012; the Amphitrite , delivered in August 2012; the Polymnia , delivered in November 2012; the Myrto , delivered in January 2013; the Maia , delivered in February 2013; the Baltimore , delivered in June 2013; the Artemis , delivered in August 2013; the Myrsini , delivered in October 2013; and the PS Palios , delivered in December 2013. In 2013 we had total operating days of 11,944 and fleet utilization of 99.3%, compared to 9,865 total operating days and a fleet utilization of 98.7% in 2012.

Other Revenues.     Other revenues decreased by $2.0 million, or 83%, to $0.4 million in 2013, compared to $2.4 million in 2012 and consist of the income derived from the management and administrative agreements between DSS and Diana Containerships. The decrease in 2013 was due to the termination of the agreements with Diana Containerships on March 1, 2013.

Voyage Expenses.      Voyage expenses decreased by $0.2 million, or 2%, to $8.1 million in   2013 compared to $8.3 million in   2012. This decrease in voyage expenses is primarily attributable to the decrease of commissions paid to unaffiliated ship brokers and in-house ship brokers associated with charterers. As commissions are a percentage of time charter revenues, they follow the same trend with time charter revenues. This decrease was partly offset by the decrease of the gain from bunkers between the two periods, which amounted to $0.1 million in 2013, compared to $2.1 million in 2012, which was the result of the different bunker prices at the delivery and redelivery of our vessels that entered into new charters during the year.
68




Vessel Operating Expenses.     Vessel operating expenses increased by $10.9 million, or 16%, to $77.2 million in 2013 compared to $66.3 million in 2012.  The increase in operating expenses is primarily attributable to the 19% increase in ownership days resulting from the delivery of the new vessels to our fleet in 2013. The increase was also due to increased crew costs, insurances, taxes and other operating expenses and was partly offset by decreased stores, spares, repairs and maintenance costs.  Daily operating expenses were $6,408 in 2013 compared to $6,551 in 2012, representing a 2% decrease.

Depreciation and Amortization of Deferred Charges.   Depreciation and amortization of deferred charges increased by $2.7 million, or 4%, to $64.7 million in 2013, compared to $62.0 million 2012. This increase was due to the enlargement of our fleet and was partly offset by a decrease in depreciation expense of $2.9 million, or $0.04 per share, due to the increase in the scrap value of the vessels. Additionally, the increase in depreciation and amortization was partly offset by decreased amortization of deferred drydocking costs, mainly due to the termination of the amortization period for several vessels during 2013 and the fact that only one vessel was dry-docked at the end 2013.

General and Administrative Expenses .    General and Administrative Expenses decreased by $1.2 million, or 5%, to $23.7 million in 2013 compared to $24.9 million in 2012. The decrease is mainly attributable to reduced bonuses, compensation cost on restricted stock awards to executive management and non-executive directors, and company promotion expenses.

Interest and Finance Costs.     Interest and finance costs increased by $0.5 million, or 7%, to $8.1 million in 2013 compared to $7.6 million in 2012. The increase is primarily attributable to higher average interest rates on increased average long term debt outstanding during 2013 compared to 2012. Interest expense in 2013 amounted to $7.6 million compared to $7.0 million 2012.

Interest and Other Income . Interest and other income increased by $0.4 million, or 29%, to $1.8 million in 2013 compared to $1.4 million in 2012. The increase is attributable to interest income and fees of $1.2 million, which derived from our loan agreement with Diana Containerships, dated May 20, 2013, pursuant to which $50.0 million were drawn by Diana Containerships on August 20, 2013. This increase was partly offset by decreased interest income on our cash at banks during 2013 mainly due to decreased levels of cash compared to last year.

Loss from Derivative Instruments . Loss from derivative instruments decreased by $0.4 million, or 80%, to $0.1 million in 2013 compared to $0.5 million in 2012. The decrease is due to the unrealized gain of $0.6 million 2013 compared to gain of $36,495 in 2012. Realized loss in 2013 amounted to $0.7 million compared to $0.6 million in 2012.

Income / (loss) from Investment in Diana Containerships Inc . Loss from our investment in Diana Containerships Inc. amounted to $6.1 million in 2013 and was mainly due to impairment charges recorded by Diana Containerships during the year. This compared to a loss of $1.8 million in 2012, mainly due to the dilution of our ownership percentage in Diana Containerships from 14.5% to 10.4%, following a follow on offering of Diana Containerships.

Inflation

Inflation does not have a material effect on our expenses given current economic conditions. In the event that significant global inflationary pressures appear, these pressures would increase our operating, voyage, administrative and financing costs.
69



B.                Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have historically financed our capital requirements with cash flow from operations, equity contributions from shareholders and long-term bank debt. Our main uses of funds have been capital expenditures for the acquisition of new vessels, expenditures incurred in connection with ensuring that our vessels comply with international and regulatory standards and repayments of bank loans. We will require capital to fund ongoing operations, the construction of our new vessels , debt service and the payment of our preferred dividends. As at December 31, 2014 and 2013, working capital, which is current assets minus current liabilities, including the current portion of long-term debt, amounted to $140.1 million and $189.6 million, respectively.

We expect to fund the operations of our fleet, our working capital requirements, our payment of preferred dividends and the construction cost of vessels under construction with internally generated cash flow and with additional debt or equity.

Cash Flow

Cash and cash equivalents were $218.9 million as at December 31, 2014 compared to $240.6 million as at December 31, 2013.  We consider highly liquid investments such as time deposits and certificates of deposit with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are primarily held in U.S. dollars. Cash and cash equivalents may also include compensating cash balances kept against the Company's loan facilities that are not deemed to be sufficiently material to require segregation on the balance sheet. As at December 31, 2014 and 2013, c ash and cash equivalents also include $19.5 million and $18.0 million, respectively, of such compensating cash balances not deemed to be sufficiently material to require segregation on the balance sheet.

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $22.5 million, or 33%, to $44.9 million in 2014 compared to $67.4 million in 2013. The decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in charter rates during the year, the increase in drydock days during which our vessels could not earn revenue and increase in expenses due to the enlargement of the fleet.

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $52.5 million, or 44%, to $67.4 million in 2013 compared to $119.9 million in 2012. The decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in revenues due to the decrease in average rates, despite the enlargement of the fleet, and increase in expenses due to the enlargement of the fleet.

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $152.5 million for 2014, which consists of $111.7 million paid for predelivery installments for our three vessels under construction and the Crystalia and Atalandi , which were delivered in 2014, the acquisition of GP Zafirakis during the year, and the advance for the acquisition of the Santa Barbara, delivered in January 2015; $40.0 million for the acquisition of additional interest in Diana Containerships in a private offering; $0.8 million of dividends received from Diana Containerships during the year; and $1.6 million relating to the acquisition of property and equipment.
70



Net cash used in investing activities was $245.2 million for 2013, which consists of $198.6 million paid for predelivery installments for four vessels under construction, the acquisition of five vessels during the year, and the delivery installment for the acquisition of the Myrto, delivered in January 2013; $50.0 million paid to Diana Containerships, pursuant to the respective loan agreement; $4.0 million of dividends received from Diana Containerships during the year; and $0.6 million relating to building improvements and purchases of furniture and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities was $169.9 million in 2012, which consists of $171.2 million paid for the acquisition of six vessels during the year, the payment of a 10% advance for the acquisition of the Myrto and two predelivery installments for the construction of two vessels; $2.8 million of dividends received from Diana Containerships during the year and $1.6 million relating to property additions and purchases of furniture, equipment and software development costs.

Net Cash Used In / Provided By Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $85.9 million for 2014, which consists of $101.5 million of proceeds drawn under new loan facilities; $48.6 million of indebtedness that we repaid; and $0.5 million of financing costs we paid relating to our new loan agreements; $62.7 of proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of expenses; $3.9 of dividends paid on the preferred stock; and $25.3 payments for repurchase of common stock.

Net cash used in financing activities was $28.2 million for 2013, which consists of $18.0 million of proceeds drawn under our loan facility with Deutsche Bank AG for the vessels Maia and Myrto ; $45.8 million of indebtedness that we repaid; and $0.4 million of financing costs we paid relating to our new loan agreements.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $80.0 million in 2012, which consists of $118.6 million of proceeds drawn under our loan facilities and $32.0 million of indebtedness that we repaid; $6.0 million that we paid to repurchase and retire our common stock pursuant to the relevant plan; and $0.6 million that we paid in financing costs relating to our new loan agreements.

Loan Facilities

As at December 31, 2014, we had $486.0 million of long term debt outstanding under our facilities, which as of the date of this annual report decreased to $492.4, and consists of the balances of the below agreements.

Revolving credit facility

In February 2005, we entered into a $230.0 million secured revolving credit facility with the Royal Bank of Scotland, which was amended on May 24, 2006, to increase the facility amount to $300.0 million. The $300.0 million revolving credit facility was available in full until May 24, 2012. Since that date the available amount is reducing in semi-annual amounts of $15.0 million with a final reduction of $165.0 million together with the last semi-annual reduction on May 24, 2016. The credit facility bears interest ranging from 0.75% to 0.85% per annum over LIBOR.

The credit facility is secured by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on 18 vessels of our fleet, assignment of all freights, earnings, insurances and requisition compensation. The lenders may also require additional security in the event we breach certain covenants under the credit facility, including a shortfall in the hull cover ratio. The credit facility contains covenants including restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the vessels, additional indebtedness, as well as minimum requirements regarding hull cover ratio, minimum liquidity per each vessel in the fleet mortgaged under or financed through the credit facility and other financial covenants . Furthermore, the Company is not permitted to pay any dividends that would result in a breach of the financial covenants of the facility.
71


Secured Term Loans:

In October 2009, our wholly owned subsidiary Gala Properties Inc., entered into a $40.0 million loan agreement with Bremer Landesbank ("Bremer") to partly finance the acquisition cost of the Houston . The loan is repayable in 40 quarterly installments of $0.9 million plus one balloon installment of $4.0 million to be paid together with the last installment on November 19, 2019. The loan bears interest at Libor plus a margin of 2.15% per annum.

In October 2009, our wholly owned subsidiary Bikini Shipping Company Inc., ("Bikini") entered into $40.0 million a loan agreement with Deutsche Bank AG ("Deutsche") to partly finance the acquisition cost of the New   York . The loan was repaid in full on March 10, 2015 and was repayable in 19 quarterly installments of $0.6 million and a 20th installment of $28.6 million. The loan bore interest at Libor plus a margin of 2.40% per annum.

On June 18, 2013, two of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Tuvalu Shipping Company Inc. and Jabat Shipping Company Inc., entered into a loan agreement with Deutsche for a loan facility of $18.0 million to finance part of the acquisition cost of the Maia and the Myrto which were cross-collateralized with the New York . The loan was prepaid in full on March 20, 2015 and was repayable in 20 consecutive equal quarterly installments of approximately $0.4 million and a balloon payment of $10.5 million payable together with the final quarterly installment on June 20, 2018. The loan bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0%.

In October 2010, our wholly owned subsidiaries, Lae Shipping Company Inc. ("Lae") and Namu Shipping Company Inc., ("Namu") entered into a loan agreement with Export-Import Bank of China and DnB NOR Bank ASA ("CEXIM and DnB") to finance part of the acquisition cost of the Los Angeles , and the Philadelphia, for an amount of up to $82.6 million, of which $72.1 million was drawn being 70% of the vessels' market value on delivery.

The Lae advance is repayable in 40 quarterly installments of approximately $0.6 million and a balloon of $ 12.3 million payable together with the last installment on February 15, 2022. The Namu advance is repayable in 40 quarterly installments of approximately $0.6 million and a balloon of $11.4 million payable together with the last installment on May 18, 2022. Each Bank has the right to demand repayment of the outstanding balance of any advance 72 months after the respective advance drawdown. Such demand shall be subject to written notification to be made no earlier than 54 months and not later than 60 months after the respective drawdown date for that advance.  The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50% per annum.

On May 24, 2013, our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Erikub Shipping Company Inc. and Wotho Shipping Company Inc., entered into a loan agreement with CEXIM and DnB to finance part of the construction cost of Crystalia and Atalandi for an amount of up to $15.0 million for each vessel, drawn on May 22, 2014. Each advance is repayable in 19 quarterly installments of $250,000 and a balloon of $10.3 million payable together with the last installment on February 22, 2019. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0% per annum.

On September 13, 2011, our wholly owned subsidiary Bikar Shipping Company Inc. ("Bikar") entered into a loan agreement with Emporiki Bank of Greece S.A. ("Emporiki") for a loan of up to $15.0 million to refinance part of the acquisition cost of the Arethusa . On December 13, 2012, Bikar, the Company, DSS and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank ("Credit Agricole") , entered into a supplemental loan agreement to transfer the outstanding loan balance, the ISDA master swap agreement and the existing security documents from Emporiki to Credit Agricole. The loan is repayable in 20 equal semiannual installments of $0.5 million each and a balloon payment of $5.0 million to be paid together with the last installment on September 15, 2021. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.5% per annum, or 1% for such loan amount that is equivalently secured by cash pledge in favor of the bank.
72



On February 7, 2012, our wholly owned subsidiary Jemo Shipping Company Inc., ("Jemo") entered into an agreement with Nordea Bank ("Nordea") , for a loan facility of $16.1 million drawn down in February 2012, to partly finance the acquisition cost of the Leto . On June 21, 2012, the agreement between Jemo and Nordea Bank Finland Plc, was restated and amended by a supplemental agreement in order to include Mandaringina as a new borrower and increase the loan amount to up to $26.5 million for the purpose of financing part of the acquisition cost of the Melia . On March 19, 2015, we prepaid in full all outstanding indebtedness under the loan facility. The Leto advance was repayable in 20 consecutive equal quarterly installments of $252,000 and a balloon payment of $11.1 million payable together with the final quarterly installment on February 7, 2017. The Melia advance of $10.3 million, drawn in June 2012, was repayable in 20 consecutive equal quarterly installments of $234,660 and a balloon of $5.6 million payable together with the last installment on May 7, 2017. The loan bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.5%.

On December 20, 2012, our wholly owned subsidiaries Palau Shipping Company Inc. and Guam Shipping Company Inc., entered into a new loan agreement with Nordea for an amount of $20.0 million, drawn down on December 21, 2012, to finance part of the acquisition cost of the Amphitrite and the Polymnia . On March 19, 2015, we prepaid in full all outstanding indebtedness under the loan facility which was repayable in 20 consecutive quarterly installments of $312,500 and a balloon installment of $13.8 million payable together with the last installment on December 21, 2017. The loan bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.9%.

On January 9, 2014, two of our wholly owned subsidiaries Taka Shipping Company Inc., and Fayo Shipping Company Inc., entered into a loan agreement with Commonwealth Bank of Australia, London Branch ("CBA") , for a loan facility of up to $18.0 million to finance part of the acquisition cost of the Melite and Artemis . The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%. The loan was drawn in two tranches, one of $8.5 million assigned to Melite and one of $9.5 million assigned to Artemis . Tranche A is repayable in 24 equal consecutive quarterly installments of $195,833 each; and a balloon of $3.8 million payable January 13, 2020. Tranche B is repayable in 32 equal consecutive quarterly installments of $156,250 each and a balloon of $4.5 million payable on January 13, 2022.

On December 18, 2014, two of our wholly owned subsidiaries Weno Shipping Company Inc., and Pulap Shipping Company Inc., entered into a loan agreement with BNP Paribas ("BNP") , for a loan facility of up to $55.0 million to finance part of the acquisition cost of the GP Zafirakis and the PS Palios , of which $53.5 million was drawn. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2%, and is repayable in 14 equal semi-annual installments of approximately $1.6 million and a balloon of $31.5 million, payable on November 30, 2021.

On March 17, 2015, we entered into a loan facility with Nordea to refinance the existing agreements with the bank, described above, and to add additional vessels. On March 19, 2015, after repaying in full all outstanding indebtedness under the previous loan facilities with the bank, we drew down the amount of $93.1 million. The loan is repayable in 24 consecutive three-monthly installments of approximately $1.9 million being 1/50 of the loan amount and a balloon of $48.4 million payable together with the last installment on March 19, 2021. The loan bears interest plus a margin of 2.1% of LIBOR.

Under the secured long term debt agreements mentioned above, we currently have 18 vessels of the Company's fleet mortgaged with first preferred or second preferred ship mortgage, as applicable. Additional securities required by the banks include first priority assignment of all earnings, insurances, first assignment of time charter contracts with duration of more than 12 months, pledge over the shares of the borrowers, manager's undertaking and subordination and requisition compensation and a corporate guarantee by DSI (the "Guarantor"), financial covenants, as well as operating account assignments. The lenders may also require additional security in the future in the event the borrowers breach certain covenants under the loan agreements and include restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the vessels, additional indebtedness, as well as minimum requirements regarding hull cover ratio and minimum liquidity per vessel owned by the borrowers or the Guarantor maintained in the bank accounts of the borrowers. Furthermore, certain of the Secured Term Loans contain cross default provisions and additionally the Company is not permitted to pay any dividends from the earnings of the vessel following the occurrence of an event of default.
73



Commitments
 
On February 27, 2015, we signed a commitment letter with Danish Ship Finance for a loan facility of $30.0 million to partly finance the acquisition cost of the Santa Barbara, delivered in January 2015 which will be available until June 1, 2015.

On March 12, 2015, ABN AMRO Bank NV offered a term sheet for a loan facility of up to $53.0 million to partly re-finance the acquisition cost of the New York, Maia, and Myrto, subject to signing the loan agreement by May 01, 2015.
 
Currently, all of our vessels, except for four, have been provided as collateral to secure our credit facilities.

As of December 31, 2014 and currently, we believe we are in compliance with all covenants relating to our loan facilities.

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of the date of this annual report, we did not and have not designated any financial instruments as accounting hedging instruments. In May 2009, we entered into a five-year zero cost collar agreement, novated in March 2012, with a floor at 1% and a cap at 7.8% of a notional amount of $100.0 million to manage our exposure to interest rate changes related to our borrowings. The collar agreement which was terminated in May 2014 was considered as an economic hedge agreement as it did not meet the criteria of hedge accounting; therefore, the change in its fair value is recognized in earnings. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 the fair value of the swap was nil and $0.4 million, respectively. Also we incurred unrealized gain of $0.4 million in 2014, $0.6 million in 2013 and $36,495 in 2012. Realized loss was $0.3 million for 2014, $0.7 million for 2013 and $0.6 million for 2012.

Capital Expenditures

We make capital expenditures from time to time in connection with our vessel acquisitions which we finance with cash from operations, debt under loan facilities that provide necessary funds at terms acceptable to us, or with funds from equity issuances. In January 2015, we took delivery of Santa Barbara, a newly acquired vessel for a purchase price of $50.0 million. In March, 2015, we repaid $82.7 million of outstanding indebtedness under our loan agreements with Deutsche Bank and Nordea. Currently, we have contractual obligations of $100.0 million, relating to the construction of two Newcastlemax dry bulk vessels and one Kamsarmax dry bulk vessel, which we expect to take delivery of in 2016. We pay dividends on our preferred series B shares amounting to approximately $5.8 million annually. We incur additional capital expenditures when our vessels undergo surveys. This process of recertification may require us to reposition these vessels from a discharging port to shipyard facilities, which will reduce our operating days during the period. The loss of earnings associated with the decrease in operating days, together with the capital needs for repairs and upgrades results in increased cash flow needs.

We expect to cover our capital expenditures and cash flow needs with cash from operations and additional indebtedness. Currently, we have a commitment letter for a secured loan with Danish Ship Finance for $30.0 million to finance part of the acquisition cost of Santa Barbara delivered in January 2015, and we have been offered a term sheet by ABN AMRO Bank for $53.0 million, or 66% of the market values of the vessels New   York , Myrto and Maia . Also, on March 19, 2015, we drew down $93.1 million under our new agreement with Nordea entered into in March 17, 2015.

C.              Research and development, patents and licenses

We incur from time to time expenditures relating to inspections for acquiring new vessels that meet our standards. Such expenditures are insignificant and they are expensed as they incur.

D.              Trend information

Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter hire rates that we are able to realize, and the demand for dry bulk vessel services. The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the dry bulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire dry bulk shipping market.  The BDI declined 94% in 2008 from a peak of 11,793 in May 2008 to a low of 663 in December 2008 and has remained volatile since then. In 2012, the BDI ranged from a high of 1,624 in January to a low of 647 in February. In 2013, the BDI ranged from a low of 698 in January to a high of 2,337 in December 2013. In 2014, the BDI ranged from a high of 2,113 in January to a low of 723 in July. The BDI recorded a 25-year record low of 509 in February 2015 and has since increased to 591 as of March 20, 2015.
74



The decline and volatility in charter rates in the dry bulk market reflects in part the fact that the supply of dry bulk vessels in the market has been increasing, and the number of newbuilding dry bulk vessels on order is high. Demand for dry bulk vessel services is influenced by global financial conditions. The recovery in China and India positively influenced the charter rates; however, global financial conditions remain volatile and demand for dry bulk services may decrease in the future. The combination of increasing dry bulk capacity (both current and expected) and decreasing demand or demand which is not offset by the increase in dry bulk capacity is likely to result in reductions in charter hire rates and, as a consequence, adversely affect our operating results.

Additionally, we believe we have structured our capital expenditure requirements, debt commitments and liquidity resources in a way that will provide us with financial flexibility (see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources" for more information).

E.              Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

F.              Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations, in thousands of U.S. dollars, and their maturity dates as of December 31, 2014:

   
Payments due by period
 
Contractual Obligations  
 
Total Amount
   
Less than 1 year
   
2-3 years
   
4-5 years
   
More than 5 years
 
   
(in thousands of US dollars)
 
Loan Agreements (1)
 
$
486,008
   
$
79,288
   
$
250,619
   
$
66,234
   
$
89,867
 
Estimated Interest Payments on Loan Agreements (1)
   
28,326
     
8,158
     
10,763
     
5,912
     
3,493
 
Construction contracts (2)
   
107,291
     
23,804
     
83,487
     
-
     
-
 
Acquisition of vessels (3)
   
40,000
     
40,000
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Broker services agreement (4)
   
312
     
312
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Preferred dividends (5)
   
24,999
     
5,769
     
11,538
     
7,692
     
-
 
Total
 
$
686,936
   
$
157,331
   
$
356,407
   
$
79,838
   
$
93,360
 



(1) As of December 31, 2014, we had an aggregate principal of $486.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under our loan facilities. Estimated interest payments represent projected interest payments on our long term debt, which are based on the weighted average LIBOR rate in 2014 plus the margin of our loan agreements in 2014. As of the date of this report, we incurred additional indebtedness of $93.1 million under our loan facility with Nordea Bank entered into in March 17, 2015 and repaid $83.2 million of indebtedness outstanding as at December 31, 2014, to terminate our loan agreements with Nordea and Deutsche Bank.

(2) In February 2015, we paid $7.3 million for the construction of one of our three vessels under construction, which we expect to take delivery of in 2016.
75



(3) As at December 31, 2014, we had paid an advance of $10.0 million, for the acquisition of Santa Barbara which we had agreed to acquire in December 2014 for $50.0 million and the balance of $40.0 million was paid in January 2015 when the vessel was delivered.

(4) On March 4, 2014, DSS entered into an agreement with Diana Enterprises, a related party company, for the provision of brokerage services for a monthly fee of $104,166 effective from January 1, 2014, which replaced the previous agreement dated March 15, 2013. The agreement will expire on March 31, 2015.

(5) On February 24, 2014 we completed an offering of 2,600,000 shares of Series B Perpetual Preferred Stock, at the price of $25.0 per share, and dividends are payable at a rate equal to 8.875% per annum. At any time on or after February 14, 2019, the Series B Preferred Shares may be redeemed, in whole or in part , at a redemption price of $25.00 per share , plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption, whether or not declared. The table above presents our obligations for dividend payments until February 14, 2019. The table above does not include the payment for the redemption, which is at our option.

G.              Safe Harbor

See section "forward looking statements" at the beginning of this annual report.

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A.              Directors and Senior Management

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers. Effective March 4, 2015, our Board of Directors of the Company increased its size from seven to nine members and Mr. Kyriacos Riris and Mrs. Semiramis Paliou were appointed to fill the resulting vacancies.  Our board of directors is elected annually on a staggered basis, and each director elected holds office for a three year term. Officers are appointed from time to time by our board of directors and hold office until a successor is appointed or their employment is terminated.

Name
 
Age
 
Position
Simeon Palios
 
73
 
Class I Director, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Anastasios Margaronis
 
59
 
Class I Director and President
Ioannis Zafirakis
 
43
 
Class I Director, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary
Andreas Michalopoulos
 
43
 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Maria Dede
 
42
 
Chief Accounting Officer
William (Bill) Lawes
 
71
 
Class II Director
Konstantinos Psaltis
 
76
 
Class II Director
Kyriacos Riris
 
65
 
Class II Director
Boris Nachamkin
 
81
 
Class III Director
Apostolos Kontoyannis
 
66
 
Class III Director
Semiramis Paliou
 
40
 
Class III Director

The term of our Class I directors expires in 2015, the term of our Class II directors expires in 2016 and the term of our Class III directors expires in 2017.
76



The business address of each officer and director is the address of our principal executive offices, which are located at Pendelis 16, 175 64 Palaio Faliro, Athens, Greece.

Biographical information with respect to each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below.

Simeon P. Palios has served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Diana Shipping Inc. since February 21, 2005 and as a Director since March 9, 1999 and has served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Diana Containerships Inc. since January 13, 2010. Mr. Palios also serves currently as the President of Diana Shipping Services S.A., our management company. Prior to November 12, 2004, Mr. Palios was the Managing Director of Diana Shipping Agencies S.A. Since 1972, when he formed Diana Shipping Agencies S.A., Mr. Palios has had the overall responsibility of the activities. Mr. Palios has experience in the shipping industry since 1969 and expertise in technical and operational issues. He has served as an ensign in the Greek Navy for the inspection of passenger boats on behalf of Ministry of Merchant Marine and is qualified as a naval architect and marine engineer. Mr. Palios is a member of various leading classification societies worldwide and he is a member of the board of directors of the United Kingdom Freight Demurrage and Defense Association Limited. He holds a bachelor's degree in Marine Engineering from Durham University.

Anastasios C. Margaronis has served as our President and as a Director since February 21, 2005 and has served as the Director and President of Diana Containerships Inc. since January 13, 2010. Mr. Margaronis also serves as an employee of Diana Shipping Services S.A. Prior to February 21, 2005, Mr. Margaronis was employed by Diana Shipping Agencies S.A. and performed on our behalf the services he now performs as President. He joined Diana Shipping Agencies S.A. in 1979 and has been responsible for overseeing our insurance matters, including hull and machinery, protection and indemnity and war risks cover. Mr. Margaronis has experience in the shipping industry, including in ship finance and insurance, since 1980. He is a member of the Greek National Committee of the American Bureau of Shipping and a member of the board of directors of the United Kingdom Mutual Steam Ship Assurance Association (Bermuda) Limited. He holds a bachelor's degree in Economics from the University of Warwick and a master's of science degree in Maritime Law from the Wales Institute of Science and Technology.

Ioannis G. Zafirakis serves as our Director, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary. He also serves as Director, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary of Diana Containerships Inc. He is also the head of the Corporate Planning and Governance department of Diana Shipping Services S.A., where he also serves as Director and Treasurer. Since June 1997 and up to February 2005 Mr. Zafirakis was employed by Diana Shipping Agencies S.A. where he held a number of positions in its finance and accounting department. Mr Zafirakis is also a member of the Business Advisory Committee of the MSc in International Shipping and Finance at ICMA Centre, Henley Business School, University of Reading. He holds a bachelor's degree in Business Studies from City University Business School in London and a master's degree in International Transport from the University of Wales in Cardiff.

Andreas Michalopoulos has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since March 8, 2006 and has served in these positions with Diana Containerships Inc. since January 13, 2010. Mr. Michalopoulos started his career in 1993 when he joined Merrill Lynch Private Banking in Paris. In 1995, he became an International Corporate Auditor with Nestle SA based in Vevey, Switzerland and moved in 1998 to the position of Trade Marketing and Merchandising Manager. From 2000 to 2002, he worked for McKinsey and Company in Paris, France as an Associate Generalist Consultant before joining a major Greek Pharmaceutical Group with U.S. R&D activity as a Vice President of International Business Development and Member of the Executive Committee in 2002 where he remained until 2005. From 2005 to 2006, he joined Diana Shipping Agencies S.A. as a Project Manager. Mr. Michalopoulos graduated from Paris IX Dauphine University with Honors in 1993 obtaining an MSc in Economics and a master's degree in Management Sciences specialized in Finance. In 1995, he also obtained a master's degree in Business Administration from Imperial College, University of London. Mr. Andreas Michalopoulos is married to the youngest daughter of Mr. Simeon Palios.
77


Maria Dede has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since September 1, 2005 during which time she has been responsible for all financial reporting requirements. Mrs. Dede has also served as an employee of Diana Shipping Services S.A since March 2005. In 2000, Mrs. Dede joined the Athens branch of Arthur Andersen, which merged with Ernst and Young (Hellas) in 2002, where she served as an external auditor of shipping companies until 2005. From 1996 to 2000, Mrs. Dede was employed by Venus Enterprises SA, a ship-management company, where she held a number of positions primarily in accounting and supplies. Mrs. Dede holds a bachelor's degree in Maritime Studies from the University of Piraeus and a master's degree in business administration from ALBA.

William (Bill) Lawes   has served as a Director and the Chairman of our Audit Committee since March 2005. Mr. Lawes served as a Managing Director and a member of the Regional Senior Management Board of JPMorgan Chase (London) from 1987 until 2002. Prior to joining JPMorgan Chase, he was Global Head of Shipping Finance at Grindlays Bank. Since December 2007, he serves as an independent member of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Teekay Tankers Ltd. In January 2014, Mr Lawes also joined the board of Tanker Investments Ltd. Mr. Lawes is qualified as a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland.

Konstantinos Psaltis has served as a Director since March 2005. From 1981 to 2006, Mr. Psaltis has served as Managing Director of Ormos Compania Naviera S.A., a company that specializes in operating and managing multipurpose container vessels and as from 2006 till today as a President of the same company. Prior to joining Ormos Compania Naviera S.A., Mr. Psaltis simultaneously served as a technical manager in the textile manufacturing industry and as a shareholder of shipping companies managed by M.J. Lemos. From 1961 to 1964, he served as ensign in the Royal Hellenic Navy. Mr. Psaltis is a member of the Germanischer Lloyds Hellas Committee. He holds a degree in Mechanical Engineering from Technische Hochschule Reutlingen & Wuppertal and a bachelor's degree in Business Administration from Tubingen University in Germany.

Kyriacos Riris has served as a Director since March 2015. From 1998 Mr. Riris served in a series of positions in PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), Greece, including Senior Partner, Managing Partner of the Audit and the Advisory/Consulting Lines of Service. From 2009 to 2014, Mr. Riris served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), Greece. Prior to its merger with PwC, Mr. Riris was employed at Grant Thornton, Greece, where in 1984 he became a Partner. From 1976 to 1982 Mr. Riris was employed at Arthur Young, Greece.  Mr. Riris holds a degree from Birmingham Polytechnic (presently Birmingham City University) and completed his professional qualifications with the Association of Certified Chartered Accountants (ACCA) in the UK in 1975, becoming a Fellow of the Association of Certified Accountants in 1985.

Boris Nachamkin has served as a Director and as a member of our Compensation Committee since March 2005. Mr. Nachamkin was with Bankers Trust Company, New York, for 37 years, from 1956 to 1993 and was posted to London in 1968. Upon retirement in 1993, he acted as Managing Director and Global Head of Shipping at Bankers Trust. Mr. Nachamkin was also the UK Representative of Deutsche Bank Shipping from 1996 to 1998 and Senior Executive and Head of Shipping for Credit Agricole Indosuez, based in Paris, between 1998 and 2000. Previously, he was a Director of Mercur Tankers, a company which was listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange, and Ugland International, a shipping company. He also serves as Managing Director of Seatrust Shipping Services Ltd., a private consulting firm and as a U.K. Director of Marine Money, a U.S. - based ship finance publication.
 
Apostolos Kontoyannis has served as a Director and as the Chairman of our Compensation Committee and a member of our Audit Committee effective since March 2005. Mr. Kontoyannis has over 35 years of experience in shipping finance and currently serves as financial consultant to various shipping companies. He was employed by Chase Manhattan Bank N.A. in Frankfurt (Corporate Bank), London (Head of Shipping Finance South Western European Region) and Piraeus (Manager, Ship Finance Group) from 1975 to 1987. He is an independent member of the Board of Directors of Excel Maritime Holding Company LLC. Mr. Kontoyannis holds a bachelor's degree in Finance and Marketing and a master's degree in business administration in Finance from Boston University.

 
78



Semiramis Paliou has served as a Director since March 2015.  Mrs. Paliou has almost 19 years of experience in shipping operations, technical management and crewing.  Mrs. Paliou began her career at Lloyd's Register of Shipping from 1996 to 1998 and she was then employed by Diana Shipping Agencies S.A. From 2007 to 2010 she was employed as a Director and President of Alpha Sigma Shipping Corp. Since 2010 she is the head of the operations, technical and crew department of Diana Shipping Services S.A.  Mrs. Paliou obtained her BSc in Mechanical Engineering from Imperial College, London and her MSc in Naval Architecture from University College, London.  She is the daughter of Simeon Palios, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, and is a member of the Greek committee of Det Norske Veritas and a member of the Greek committee of Nippon Kaiji Kyokai.

B.              Compensation

Aggregate executive compensation (including amounts paid to Diana Enterprises pursuant to the Broker Services Agreements) for 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $3.2 million, $3.8 million and $4.4 million, respectively. Since June 1, 2010, DSS has provided brokerage services to us pursuant to Broker Services Agreements between DSS and Diana Enterprises, a related party, as described in "Item 7B. Related Party Transactions." Under these agreements, fees for 2014, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $1.2 million, $2.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively. We consider fees under these agreements to be part of our executive compensation due to the affiliation with Diana Enterprises. We expect such fees to remain at current levels in 2015 .

Non-employee directors receive annual fees in the amount of $52,000 plus reimbursement of their out-of-pocket expenses, since January 1, 2009. Until then their annual fees amounted to $40,000. In addition, each non-executive serving as chairman or member of the committees receives annual fees of $26,000 and $13,000, respectively, plus reimbursement of his/her out-of-pocket expenses, since January 1, 2009 compared to $20,000 and $10,000, respectively, plus reimbursement of his/her out-of-pocket expenses until 2008. For 2014, 2013 and 2012 fees and expenses of our non-executive directors amounted to $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Since 2008 and until the date of this annual report, our board of directors has awarded an aggregate amount of 6,415,241 shares of restricted common stock, of which 5,260,157 shares to senior management and 1,155,084 shares to non-employee directors . All restricted shares vest ratably over three years, except for 600,000 shares awarded in 2008 which vested ratably over a period of six years until 2014 and 1,314,000 shares awarded in 2014 which will vest ratably over a period of six years until 2022. The restricted shares are subject to forfeiture until they become vested. Unless they forfeit their shares, grantees have the right to vote, to receive and retain all dividends paid and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a holder of shares.

In 2014, 2013 and 2012 , compensation cost relating to the aggregate amount of restricted stock awards amounted to $7.7 million, $8.2 million and $8.6 million, respectively.

We do not have a retirement plan for our officers or directors.
Equity Incentive Plan

In February 2005, we adopted an equity incentive plan (the "2005 Plan") for 2,800,000 common shares, which was amended and restated on October 21, 2008 and terminated in 2012 as all shares reserved had been issued . On May 2, 2011, our board of directors approved the Diana Shipping Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2011 Plan"), with substantially the same terms and provisions as the amended and restated 2005 Plan.  Under the 2011 Plan, an aggregate of 5,000,000 common shares were reserved for issuance, of which 1,384,759 shares of common stock remain available for issuance as of the date of this report.  In November 2014, we approved to adopt the Diana Shipping Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, for 5,000,000 additional common shares.
79



Under the above plans the Company's employees, officers and directors are entitled to receive options to acquire the Company's common stock and is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board Directors or such other committee of the Board as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan. Under the terms of the 2011 Plan and the 2014 Plan, the Company's Board of Directors is able to grant a) incentive stock options, b) non-qualified stock options, c) stock appreciation rights, d) dividend equivalent rights, e) restricted stock, f) unrestricted stock, g) restricted stock units, and h) performance shares. No options, stock appreciation rights or restricted stock units can be exercisable prior to the first anniversary or subsequent to the tenth anniversary of the date on which such award was granted. Under the 2011 Plan and the 2014 Plan, the Administrator may waive or modify the application of forfeiture of awards of restricted stock and performance shares in connection with cessation of service with the Company.

C.              Board Practices

We have established an Audit Committee, comprised of two board members, which is responsible for reviewing our accounting controls, recommending to the board of directors the engagement of our independent auditors, and pre-approving audit and audit-related services and fees.  Each member is an independent director. As directed by its written charter, the Audit Committee is responsible for appointing, and overseeing the work of the independent auditors, including reviewing and approving their engagement letter and all fees paid to our auditors, reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company's accounting and internal control procedures and reading and discussing with management and the independent auditors the annual audited financial statements.

In addition, we have established a Compensation Committee comprised of two members, which is responsible for establishing executive officers' compensation and benefits. The members of the Audit Committee are Mr. William Lawes (Chairman and financial expert) and Mr. Apostolos Kontoyannis (member and financial expert) and the members of the Compensation Committee are Mr. Apostolos Kontoyannis (Chairman) and Mr. Boris Nachamkin (member).

We have established an Executive Committee comprised of the three executive directors, Mr. Simeon Palios, Mr. Anastasios Margaronis and Mr. Ioannis Zafirakis. The Executive Committee has, to the extent permitted by law, the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company.

We also maintain directors' and officers' insurance, pursuant to which we provide insurance coverage against certain liabilities to which our directors and officers may be subject, including liability incurred under U.S. securities law. Our executive directors have employment agreements, which, if terminated without cause, entitle them to continue receiving their basic salary through the date of the agreement's expiration.

D.              Crewing and Shore Employees

We crew our vessels primarily with Greek officers and Filipino officers and seamen. We are responsible for identifying our Greek officers, which are hired by our vessel owning subsidiaries. Our Filipino officers and seamen are referred to us by Crossworld Marine Services Inc., an independent crewing agency. The crewing agency handles each seaman's training, travel and payroll. We ensure that all our seamen have the qualifications and licenses required to comply with international regulations and shipping conventions. Additionally, our seafaring employees perform most commissioning work and supervise work at shipyards and drydock facilities. We typically man our vessels with more crew members than are required by the country of the vessel's flag in order to allow for the performance of routine maintenance duties.
80



The following table presents the number of shoreside personnel employed by our fleet manager and the number of seafaring personnel employed by our vessel owning subsidiaries as at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 .

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Shoreside
   
94
     
84
     
82
 
Seafaring
   
973
     
848
     
713
 
Total
   
1,067
     
932
     
795
 

E.              Share Ownership

With respect to the total amount of common shares and Series B Preferred Shares owned by all of our officers and directors, individually and as a group, see Item 7 "Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions".

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A. Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth current information regarding (i) the owners of more than five percent of our common stock that we are aware of and (ii) the total amount of common stock owned by all of our officers and directors, individually and as a group. All of the shareholders, including the shareholders listed in this table, are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held.

Title of Class
 
Identity of Person or Group
 
Number of
Shares Owned
 
Percent of Class
 
Common Stock, par value $0.01
 
Simeon Palios (1)
 
16,157,371
 
19.6%
 
   
Massachusetts Financial  Services Company (2)
 
7,454,518
 
9.0%
 
               
 
 
All officers and directors as a group (3)
 
19,543,094
 
23.7%
 


(1) Currently, Mr. Simeon Palios beneficially owns 1,870,831 restricted common shares granted through the Company's Equity Incentive Plan and 14,286,540 shares indirectly through Corozal Compania Naviera S.A. ("Corozal") and Ironwood Trading Corp. ("Ironwood") over which Mr. Simeon Palios exercises sole voting and dispositive power. As of December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, Mr. Simeon Palios owned directly and indirectly through Corozal and Ironwood , 18.4%, 18.4% and 19 . 3%, respectively, of our outstanding common stock.

(2) Massachusetts Financial Services Company (" MFS") has filed a Schedule 13G/A on February 6, 2015 reporting their ownership of 9.1% of our outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2014, decreased from 10.3% as of December 31, 2013.
81




(3) Mr. Simeon Palios is our only director or officer that beneficially owns 5% or more of our outstanding common stock. Mr. Anastasios Margaronis, our President and a member of our board of directors, and Mr. Ioannis Zafirakis, our Chief Operating Officer and a member of our board of directors, are indirect shareholders through ownership of stock held in Corozal Compania Naviera S.A., which is the registered owner of some of our common stock. Mr. Margaronis and Mr. Zafirakis do not have dispositive or voting power with regard to shares held by Corozal Compania S.A. and, accordingly, are not considered to be beneficial owners of our common shares held through Corozal Compania Naviera S.A. Mr. Anastasios Margaronis owns 1.6% of our outstanding common stock. Messrs. Lawes, Psaltis, Nachamkin and Kontoyannis, each a non-executive director of ours, and Messrs. Zafirakis and Michalopoulos, each executive officers of ours, each own less than 1% of our outstanding common stock. In addition, Mr. Zafirakis owns 40,000 Series B Preferred Shares, or 1.5% of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares, Mr. Michalopoulos owns 28,000 Series B Preferred Shares, or 1.1% of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares. All officers and directors as a group own 93,970 Series B Preferred Shares, or 3.6% of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares.

As of March 23, 2015, we had 147 shareholders of record, 131 of which were located in the United States and held an aggregate of 63,114,211 of our common shares, representing 89.12% of our outstanding common shares. However, one of the U.S. shareholders of record is CEDE & CO., a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, which held 63,093,116 of our common shares as of March 23, 2015 . Accordingly, we believe that the shares held by CEDE & CO. include common shares beneficially owned by both holders in the United States and non-U.S. beneficial owners. We are not aware of any arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in our change of control.

Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares generally have no voting rights except (1) in respect of amendments to the Articles of Incorporation which would adversely alter the preferences, powers or rights of the Series B Preferred Shares or (2) in the event that we propose to issue any parity stock if the cumulative dividends payable on outstanding Preferred Stock are in arrears or any senior stock.  However, if and whenever dividends payable on the Series B Preferred Shares are in arrears for six or more quarterly periods, whether or not consecutive, holders of Series B Preferred Shares (voting together as a class with all other classes or series of parity stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable) will be entitled to elect one additional director to serve on our board of directors until such time as all accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares have been paid in full.

B.              Related Party Transactions

Diana Enterprises Inc.

In February 2012, DSS entered into an agreement with Diana Enterprises which replaced a previous one for the provision of brokerage services for an annual fee of $2.4 million applied retroactively from January 1, 2012 and the fees were paid quarterly in advance. In March 2013, the agreement between DSS and Diana Enterprises was terminated and was replaced by a new agreement with effect from March 1, 2013 until March 31, 2014 and for a monthly fee of $0.2 million payable quarterly in advance. On March 4, 2014, this agreement was terminated effective January 1, 2014 and the monthly fee payable to Diana Enterprises since that date was reduced to $104,166, payable quarterly in advance and until March 31, 2015. On April 9, 2014, this agreement was also replaced by a new agreement between Diana Shipping Inc. and Diana Enterprises with all other terms being the same, which became effective July 1, 2014. During 2014 , 2013 and 2012 brokerage fees amounted to $1.3 million, $2.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively .
82



Altair Travel Agency S.A.

Altair Travel Agency S.A., or Altair, an affiliated entity that is controlled by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Simeon Palios, provides us with travel related services. Travel related expenses in 2014, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $2.8 million, $2.6 million and $3.0 million, respectively. We believe that the amounts that we pay to Altair Travel Agency S.A. for acquiring tickets and other travel related services are no greater than fees we would pay to an unrelated third party for comparable services in an arm's length transaction.

Diana Containerships, Administrative Services Agreement and Non-Competition Agreement

On April 6, 2010, Diana Containerships entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with DSS, whereby DSS provided to it accounting, administrative, financial reporting and other services necessary for the operation of its business. Diana Containerships paid DSS a monthly fee of $10,000 for these administrative services. The initial term of the agreement was for a period of one year and automatically renewed for successive twelve month periods until its termination on March 1, 2013.

We and Diana Containerships had entered into a non-competition agreement whereby we agreed that, during the term of the Administrative Services Agreement and any vessel management agreements DSS entered into with Diana Containerships, and for six months thereafter, we would not acquire or charter any vessel, or otherwise operate in, the containership sector and Diana Containerships would not acquire or charter any vessel, or otherwise operate in, the dry bulk sector.  On March 1, 2013, we entered into an amended and restated non-competition agreement with Diana Containerships, where we have agreed that, as long as any of our current or continuing executive officers also serves as an executive for Diana Containerships Inc., and for six months thereafter, we will not acquire or charter any vessel, or otherwise operate in, the containership sector and Diana Containerships will not acquire or charter any vessel, or otherwise operate in, the dry bulk sector.

Prior to the partial spin-off of Diana Containerships on January 18, 2011 and its consequent de-consolidation from our financial statements, such administrative services fees received by DSS were eliminated from our consolidated financial statements as intercompany transactions. After the de-consolidation of Diana Containerships and until March 1, 2013, such fees constituted part of our revenues and have been included in Other revenues. For 2013 and 2012, Other revenues amounted to $0.4 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

Diana Containerships, Vessel Management Agreements

DSS also provided commercial and technical management services for Diana Containerships' vessels under separate vessel management agreements with Diana Containerships' vessel owning subsidiaries. The vessel management agreements were terminated on March 1, 2013. Commercial management included, among other things, negotiating charters for vessels, monitoring the performance of vessels under charter, and managing Diana Containerships' relationships with charterers, obtaining insurance coverage for Diana Containerships' vessels, as well as supervision of the technical management of the vessels. Technical management included managing day-to-day vessel operations, performing general vessel maintenance, ensuring regulatory and classification society compliance, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging the hire of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, arranging for the purchase of supplies, spare parts and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support. Pursuant to each vessel management agreement, DSS received a commission of 1% of the gross hire and freight earned by each vessel and a technical management fee of $15,000 per vessel per month for vessels in operation.
83



Prior to the partial spin-off of Diana Containerships on January 18, 2011 and its consequent de-consolidation from our financial statements, such management fees received by DSS were eliminated from our consolidated financial statements as intercompany transactions. After the de-consolidation of Diana Containerships and until March 1, 2013, such fees constituted part of our revenues and have been included in Other revenues. For 2013 and 2012, Other revenues amounted to $0.4 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

Diana Containerships, Loan Agreement

On May 20, 2013, we entered into a loan agreement with Eluk Shipping Company Inc., a subsidiary of Diana Containerships, to provide to it an unsecured loan of up to $50.0 million to be used for general corporate purposes and working capital, which was drawn on August 20, 2013. The loan, which was approved by the Independent Committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors, matures on the fourth anniversary of the draw down date, on August 20, 2017 and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 5% per annum. Under the agreement, we also receive a back-end fee equal to 1.25% per annum on the outstanding amount, receivable on the repayment date of such amount. The unsecured loan is guaranteed by Diana Containerships, and Diana Containerships and its subsidiaries may not incur additional indebtedness during the term of the loan without our prior consent.

For 2014 and 2013, income from interest and fees amounted to $3.2 and $1.2, respectively, and is included in Interest and other income in the respective consolidated statements of operations. As at December 31, 2014 and the date of this report, the loan receivable from Diana Containerships amounted to $50.0 million.

C.              Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not Applicable.

Item 8. Financial information

A. Consolidated statements and other financial information

See Item 18.

Legal Proceedings

On August 8, 2013, DSS was found guilty on felony counts and on December 5, 2013 was sentenced by the United States District Court in Norfolk, Virginia to a fine of $1.1 million and a period of probation of three years and six months, as a result of a conviction in which DSS was held vicariously liable for the actions of the chief engineer and second assistant engineer of the M/V  Thetis , who were found guilty by the Court of violating several U.S. statutes and regulations in failing to properly handle waste oils, maintain required records and for obstruction of justice. In addition, the sentence includes a requirement for the duration of the probation period to maintain an enhanced system subject to independent audit for managing waste oils on each vessel managed by DSS. We do not expect that the implementation of the enhanced monitoring system will result in a material increase in costs during the probation period of three years and six months.
84



Except as described above, we have not been involved in any legal proceedings which may have, or have had, a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity, nor are we aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened which may have a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. We expect that these claims would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. Those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

Dividend Policy

Our board of directors reviews and amends our dividend policy from time to time in light of our plans for future growth and other factors.  As of November 2008, our board of directors has suspended the payment of dividends on our common shares, with the exception of a stock dividend of 2,667,015 shares of Diana Containerships, or 80% of our interest at that date, distributed to all shareholders on a pro-rata basis as a result of the partial spin-off of Diana Containerships, effective January 19, 2011.

We believe that the suspension of dividend payments has positioned us better in a deteriorating market and enhances our flexibility by permitting cash flow that would have been devoted to dividends to be used for opportunities that may arise in the current marketplace, such as funding our operations, acquiring vessels or servicing our debt.

Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus or when a company is insolvent or if the payment of the dividend would render the company insolvent. Also, our credit facilities prohibit the payment of dividends should an event of default arise.

We believe that, under current law, any dividends that we have paid and may pay in the future from earnings and profits constitute "qualified dividend income" and as such are generally subject to a 15% United States federal income tax rate with respect to non-corporate United States shareholders. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of a United States shareholder's tax basis in its common stock on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. We note that legislation was previously introduced in the United States Congress, which, if enacted in its present form, would preclude dividends received after the date of enactment from qualifying as "qualified dividend income." Please see the section of this annual report entitled "Taxation" under Item 10.E for additional information relating to the tax treatment of our dividend payments.

Dividends on our Series B Preferred Shares accrue and are cumulative from the date the Series B Preferred Shares are originally issued and are payable on each January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, which we refer to as Dividend Payment Dates, when, as and if declared by our board of directors or any authorized committee thereof out of legally available funds for such purpose. The dividend rate for our Series B Preferred Shares is 8.875% per annum per $25.00 of liquidation preference per share (equal to $2.21875 per annum per share) and is not subject to adjustment. At any time on or after February 14, 2019, we may redeem, in whole or from time to time in part, the Series B Preferred Shares at a redemption price of $25.00 per share plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption, whether or not declared.

Marshall Islands law provides that we may pay dividends on and redeem the Series B Preferred Shares only to the extent that assets are legally available for such purposes. Legally available assets generally are limited to our surplus, which essentially represents our retained earnings and the excess of consideration received by us for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares. In addition, under Marshall Islands law we may not pay dividends on or redeem Series B Preferred Shares if we are insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend or the making of such redemption.
85




B.              Significant Changes

There have been no significant changes since the date of the annual consolidated financial statements included in this annual report, other than those described in note 17 "Subsequent events"  of our annual consolidated financial statements.
 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing
 
The trading market for shares of our common stock is the New York Stock Exchange, on which our shares trade under the symbol "DSX". The following table sets forth the required disclosure with respect to the high and low closing prices for shares of our common stock, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange:

   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
Period
 
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
 
Annual
 
$
7.24
   
$
6.31
   
$
13.55
   
$
6.31
   
$
13.64
   
$
7.47
   
$
9.87
   
$
6.31
   
$
12.64
   
$
6.93
   
$
16.27
   
$
11.19
 
                                                                                                 
1st quarter
                 
$
13.55
   
$
11.61
   
$
10.71
   
$
7.47
                                                 
2nd quarter
                   
12.26
     
10.68
     
10.79
     
9.12
                                                 
3rd quarter
                   
11.13
     
8.94
     
12.83
     
9.65
                                                 
4th quarter
                   
9.03
     
6.31
     
13.64
     
10.49
                                                 
                                                                                                 
September
                 
$
10.61
   
$
8.94
                                                                 
October
                   
9.03
     
8.04
                                                                 
November
                   
8.51
     
7.48
                                                                 
December
                   
7.09
     
6.31
                                                                 
January
 
$
6.80
   
$
6.31
                                                                                 
February
   
7.24
     
6.63
                                                                                 
March*
   
7.02
     
6.37
                                                                                 
                                                                                                 
* For the period from March 1, 2015 until March 20, 2015.
                                                 

86



Our Series B Preferred Stock has been trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "DSXPRB" since February 21, 2014. The following table shows the high and low closing sales prices for our Series B Preferred Stock:

Period
 
High
   
Low
 
         
2015
 
$
25.43
   
$
24.08
 
Period from January 1, 2015 to March 20, 2015
 
$
25.43
   
$
24.08
 
                 
January 2015
 
$
25.43
   
$
24.35
 
February 2015
   
25.00
     
24.08
 
March 2015
   
25.38
     
24.85
 
                 
2014
 
$
26.98
   
$
22.76
 
                 
1st quarter 2014
 
$
25.35
   
$
24.57
 
2nd quarter 2014
   
26.98
     
25.37
 
3rd quarter 2014
   
26.89
     
25.89
 
4th quarter 2014
   
26.74
     
22.76
 
                 
August 2014
 
$
26.39
   
$
26.03
 
September 2014
   
26.27
     
25.89
 
October 2014
   
26.74
     
24.69
 
November 2014
   
26.15
     
25.48
 
December 2014
   
25.45
     
22.76
 
 

Item 10. Additional Information

 
A.              Share Capital

Not Applicable.

B.              Memorandum and Articles of Association 

Our current amended and restated articles of incorporation have been filed as exhibit 1 to our Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 29, 2008 with file number 001-32458, and our current amended and restated bylaws have been filed as exhibit 3.2 to our Form F-3 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2009 with file number 333 - 159016. The information contained in these exhibits is incorporated by reference herein. 
 
87



Information regarding the rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of our common shares is described in section "Description of Capital Stock" in our Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 23, 2005 with file number 333-129726, provided that since the date of that Registration Statement, the number of our outstanding shares of common stock has increased to 81,859,821. For additional information about our Series B Preferred Shares, please see the section entitled "Description of Registrant's Securities to be Registered" of our registration statement on Form 8-A filed with the SEC on February 13, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein.   We have also filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission our amended and restated stockholders rights agreement as exhibit 4.5 to our Form 8-A12B/A filed on October 7, 2008 and amended on October 10, 2008, with file number 001-32458.

C.              Material Contracts

Attached as exhibits to this annual report are the contracts we consider to be both material and not entered into in the ordinary course of business. Other than these agreements, we have no material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which the Company or any member of the group is a party. A description of these is included in our description of our agreements generally: we refer you to Item 5.B for a discussion of our loan facilities, and Item 7.B for a discussion of our agreements with companies controlled by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Simeon Palios and Diana Containerships.

D.              Exchange Controls

Under Marshall Islands, Panamanian, Cypriot and Greek law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common stock.

E.              Taxation

The following is a discussion of the material Marshall Islands and U.S. federal income tax considerations of the ownership and disposition by a U.S. Holder and a Non-U.S. Holder, each as defined below, with respect to the common stock. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning common stock to all categories of investors, some of which, such as dealers in securities or commodities, financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, U.S. expatriates, persons liable for the alternative minimum tax, persons who hold common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or integrated investment, U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the United States dollar and investors that own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of the Company's common stock, may be subject to special rules. This discussion deals only with holders who hold the common stock as a capital asset. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under U.S. federal, state, local or foreign law of the ownership of common stock.

Marshall Islands Tax Considerations
 
The Company is incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Under current Marshall Islands law, the company is not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payments of dividends by us to our shareholders. 
88



United States Federal Income Taxation
 
The following discussion is based upon the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Department regulations, (the "Treasury Regulations"), administrative rulings, pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as of the date of this Annual Report.  This discussion assumes that we do not have an office or other fixed place of business in the United States. Unless the context otherwise requires, the reference to Company below shall be meant to refer to both the Company and its vessel owning and operating subsidiaries.
 
Taxation of the Company's Shipping Income

In General
 
The Company anticipates that it will derive substantially all of its gross income from the use and operation of vessels in international commerce and that this income will principally consist of freights from the transportation of cargoes, hire or lease from time or voyage charters and the performance of services directly related thereto, which the Company refers to as "Shipping Income." 

Shipping Income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States will be considered to be 50% derived from sources within the United States. Shipping Income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States will be considered to be 100% derived from sources within the United States. The Company is not permitted by law to engage in transportation that gives rise to 100% U.S. source Shipping Income. Shipping Income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Shipping Income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.
 
Based upon the Company's anticipated shipping operations, the Company's vessels will operate in various parts of the world, including to or from U.S. ports. Unless exempt from U.S. federal income taxation under Section 883 of the Code, the Company will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, in the manner discussed below, to the extent its Shipping Income is considered derived from sources within the United States.
 
In the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 7.0% of the Company's shipping income was attributable to the transportation of cargoes either to or from a U.S. port. Accordingly, 3.5% of the Company's shipping income would be treated as derived from U.S. sources for the year ended December 31, 2014. In the absence of exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code, the Company would have been subject to a 4% tax on its gross U.S. source Shipping Income, equal to approximately $246,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014.
 
Application of Exemption under Section 883 of the Code
 
Under the relevant provisions of Section 883 of the Code and the final Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, a foreign corporation will be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation on its U.S. source Shipping Income if:

(1) It is organized in a qualified foreign country which, as defined, is one that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States in respect of the Shipping Income for which exemption is being claimed under Section 883 of the Code, or the "Country of Organization Requirement"; and
89



(2) It can satisfy any one of the following two stock ownership requirements:

· more than 50% of its stock, in terms of value, is beneficially owned by qualified shareholders which, as defined, includes individuals who are residents of a qualified foreign country, or the "50% Ownership Test"; or

· its stock is "primarily and regularly" traded on an established securities market located in the United States or a qualified foreign country, or the "Publicly Traded Test".
 
The U.S. Treasury Department has recognized the Marshall Islands, Panama and Cyprus the countries of incorporation of each of the Company and its subsidiaries that earns Shipping Income, as a qualified foreign country. Accordingly, the Company and each of the subsidiaries satisfy the Country of Organization Requirement.  
 
For the 2014 taxable year, the Company believes that it is unlikely that the 50% Ownership Test was satisfied. Therefore, the eligibility of the Company and each subsidiary to qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code is wholly dependent upon the Company's ability to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test.  
 
Under the Treasury Regulations, stock of a foreign corporation is considered "primarily traded" on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that is traded during the taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that is traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country.  The Company's common stock, which is the sole class of issued and outstanding stock, was "primarily traded" on the New York Stock Exchange, or "NYSE", during the 2014 taxable year.
 
Under the Treasury Regulations, the Company's common stock will be considered to be "regularly traded" on the NYSE if: (1) more than 50% of its common stock, by voting power and total value, is listed on the NYSE, referred to as the "Listing Threshold", (2) its common stock is traded on the NYSE, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year (or one-sixth of the days during a short taxable year), which is referred to as the "Trading Frequency Test"; and (3) the aggregate number of shares of its common stock traded on the NYSE during the taxable year is at least 10% of the average number of shares of its common stock outstanding during such taxable year (as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year), which is referred to as the "Trading Volume Test".  The Trading Frequency Test and Trading Volume Test are deemed to be satisfied under the Treasury Regulations if the Company's common stock is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in the common stock.

The Company believes that its common stock has satisfied the Listing Threshold, as well as the Trading Frequency Test and Trading Volume Tests, during the 2014 taxable year.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Treasury Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that stock of a foreign corporation will not be considered to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market for any taxable year during which 50% or more of such stock is owned, actually or constructively under specified stock attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons, or "5% Shareholders", who each own 5% or more of the value of such stock, or the "5% Override Rule."  For purposes of determining the persons who are 5% Shareholders, a foreign corporation may rely on Schedules 13D and 13G filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
90



Based on Schedules 13D and 13G filings, during the 2014 taxable year, less than 50% of the Company's common stock was owned by 5% Shareholders. Therefore, the Company believes that it is not subject to the 5% Override Rule and thus has satisfied the Publicly Traded Test for the 2014 taxable year.  However, there is no assurance that the Company will continue to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test in future taxable years. For example, the Company could be subject to the 5% Override Rule if another 5% Shareholder in combination with the Company's existing 5% Shareholders were to own 50% or more of the Company's common stock.  In such a case, the Company would be subject to the 5% Override Rule unless it could establish that, among the shares of the common stock owned by the 5% Shareholders, sufficient shares are owned by qualified shareholders, for purposes of Section 883 of the Code, to preclude non-qualified shareholders from owning 50% or more of the Company's common stock for more than half the number of days during the taxable year.  The requirements of establishing this exception to the 5% Override Rule are onerous and there is no assurance the Company will be able to satisfy them.

Based on the foregoing, the Company believes that it satisfied the Publicly Traded Test and therefore believes that it was exempt from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code, during the 2014 taxable year, and intends to take this position on its 2014 U.S. federal income tax returns.
 
Taxation in Absence of Exemption Under Section 883 of the Code
 
To the extent the benefits of Section 883 of the Code are unavailable with respect to any item of U.S. source Shipping Income, the Company and each of its subsidiaries would be subject to a 4% tax imposed on such income by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions, which is referred to as the "4% Gross Basis Tax Regime". Since under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of the Company's Shipping Income would be treated as being derived from U.S. sources, the maximum effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on the Company's Shipping Income would never exceed 2% under the 4% Gross Basis Tax Regime.

Based on its U.S. source Shipping Income for the 2014 taxable year and in the absence of exemption under Section 883 of the Code, the Company would be subject to approximately $246,000 of U.S. federal income tax under the 4% Gross Basis Tax Regime.

The 4% Gross Basis Tax Regime would not apply to U.S. source Shipping Income to the extent considered to be "effectively connected" with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.  In the absence of exemption under Section 883 of the Code, such "effectively connected" U.S. source Shipping Income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to U.S. federal income tax currently imposed at corporate rates of up to 35%.  In addition, earnings "effectively connected" with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of the U.S. trade or business may be subject to U.S. federal branch profits tax imposed at a rate of 30%.  The Company's U.S. source Shipping Income would be considered "effectively connected" with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business only if: (1) the Company has, or is considered to have, a fixed place or business in the United States involved in the earning of Shipping Income; and (2) substantially all of the Company's U.S. source Shipping Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that followed a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States, or, in the case of income from the chartering of a vessel, is attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States.  We do not intend to have, or permit circumstances that would result in having a vessel operating to the United States on a regularly scheduled basis.  Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, we believe that none of our U.S. source Shipping Income will be effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
91



Gain on Sale of Vessels
 
Regardless of whether we qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles.  In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States.  It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside of the United States.
 
United States Taxation of U.S. Holders
 
The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to an investment decision by a U.S. Holder, as defined below, with respect to our common stock. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning our common stock to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under U.S. federal, state, local or foreign law of the ownership of our common stock.
 
As used herein, the term "U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of our common stock that (i) is a U.S. citizen or resident, a U.S. corporation or other U.S. entity taxable as a corporation, an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust and (ii) owns the common stock as a capital asset, generally, for investment purposes.
 
If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, you are encouraged to consult your own tax advisor on this issue.
 
Distributions
 
Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, any distributions made by the Company with respect to its common stock to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or "qualified dividend income" as described in more detail below, to the extent of the Company's current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of the Company's earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder's tax basis in his common stock on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Because the Company is not a U.S. corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will not be entitled to claim a dividends-received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from the Company.
92



Dividends paid to a U.S. Holder which is an individual, trust, or estate, referred to herein as a "U.S. Non-Corporate Holder," will generally be treated as "qualified dividend income" that is taxable to Holders at preferential U.S. federal income tax rates, provided that (1) the common stock is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NYSE on which the common stock is listed); (2) the Company is not a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which the Company does not believe it is, has been or will be); (3) the U.S. Non-Corporate Holder has owned the common stock for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common stock becomes ex-dividend; and (4) the U.S. Non-Corporate Holder is not under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.  There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common stock will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Non-Corporate Holder. Any dividends paid by the Company which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Non-Corporate Holder. Special rules may apply to any "extraordinary dividend," generally, a dividend paid by us in an amount which is equal to or in excess of ten percent of a U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis, or fair market value in certain circumstances, in a share of our common stock. If we pay an "extraordinary dividend" on our common stock that is treated as "qualified dividend income," then any loss derived by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such common stock will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.

Sale , Exchange or other Disposition of Common Stock
 
Subject to the discussion of the PFIC rules below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of the Company's common stock in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder's tax basis in such stock. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder's holding period in the common stock is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Long-term capital gain of a U.S. Non-Corporate Holder is taxable at preferential U.S. Federal income tax rates. A U.S. Holder's ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate, or, in certain cases, a trust, will generally be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) the U.S. Holder's net investment income for the taxable year and (2) the excess of the U.S. Holder's modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals is between $125,000 and $250,000).  A U.S. Holder's net investment income will generally include distributions made by the Company which constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes and gain realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock.  This tax is in addition to any income taxes due on such investment income.

If you are a U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate or trust, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisors regarding the applicability of the 3.8% tax on net investment income to the ownership and disposition of our common stock.
 
93



PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences
 
Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds stock in a foreign corporation classified as a passive foreign investment company, or a "PFIC", for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, the Company will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such Holder held the Company's common stock, either:

· at least 75% of the Company's gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), or

· at least 50% of the average value of the assets held by the corporation during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, such passive income.
 
For purposes of determining whether the Company is a PFIC, the Company will be treated as earning and owning its proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of its subsidiary corporations in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary's stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by the Company in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute passive income unless the Company is treated under specific rules as deriving its rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.
 
Based on the Company's current operations and future projections, the Company does not believe that it is, nor does it expect to become, a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. Although there is no legal authority directly on point, the Company's belief is based principally on the position that, for purposes of determining whether the Company is a PFIC, the gross income the Company derives or is deemed to derive from the time chartering and voyage chartering activities of its wholly-owned subsidiaries should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, the Company believes that such income does not constitute passive income, and the assets that the Company or its wholly-owned subsidiaries own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, do not constitute assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income for purposes of determining whether the Company is a PFIC.  The Company believes there is substantial legal authority supporting its position consisting of case law and Internal Revenue Service, or the "IRS", pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes.  However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes.  It should be noted that in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with this position. In addition, although the Company intends to conduct its affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, there can be no assurance that the nature of its operations will not change in the future.
 
As discussed more fully below, if the Company were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different U.S. federal income taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat the Company as a "Qualified Electing Fund," which election is referred to as a "QEF Election." As discussed below, as an alternative to making a QEF Election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a "mark-to-market" election with respect to the common stock, which election is referred to as a "Mark-to-Market Election". If the Company were to be treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder would be required to file with respect to taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2014 IRS Form 8621 to report certain information regarding the Company.
 
94



Taxation of   U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election
 
If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF Election, which U.S. Holder is referred to as an "Electing Holder", the Electing Holder must report each year for U.S. federal income tax purposes his pro rata share of the Company's ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for the Company's taxable year that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether or not distributions were received by the Electing Holder from the Company. The Electing Holder's adjusted tax basis in the common stock will be increased to reflect amounts included in the Electing Holder's income.  Distributions received by an Electing Holder that had been previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in the common stock and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock.
 
Taxation of  U.S. Holders Making a Mark-to-Market Election
 
Alternatively, if the Company were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as anticipated, the common stock is treated as "marketable stock," a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to the Company's common stock. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common stock at the end of the taxable year over such Holder's adjusted tax basis in the common stock. The U.S. Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the common stock over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the Mark-to-Market Election. A U.S. Holder's tax basis in his common stock would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount. Gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the U.S. Holder.
 
Taxation of  U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF Election or Mark-to-Market Election
 
Finally, if the Company were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election for that year, whom is referred to as a "Non-Electing Holder", would be subject to special U.S. federal income tax rules with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on the common stock in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three (3) preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder's holding period for the common stock), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock. Under these special rules:

· the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder's aggregate holding period for the common stock;

· the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable years before the Company became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income; and

· the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax  deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.
 
95



These penalties would not apply to a pension or profit sharing trust or other tax-exempt organization that did not borrow funds or otherwise utilize leverage in connection with its acquisition of the common stock.  If a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning the common stock, such Holder's successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such stock.
 
U.S. Federal Income Taxation of "Non-U.S. Holders"
 
A beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a U.S. Holder (other than a partnership) is referred to herein as a "Non-U.S. Holder."
 
Dividends on Common Stock
 
Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our common stock, unless that income is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of a U.S. income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income is taxable in the United States only if attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States.
 
Sale , Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock
 
Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

· the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of a U.S. income tax treaty with respect to that gain, the gain is taxable in the United States only if attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States; or

· the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met.
 
If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the income from our common stock, including dividends and the gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock, that is effectively connected with the conduct of that U.S. trade or business will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of U.S. Holders. In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, such Holder's earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional U.S. federal branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty.
96



Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, made within the United States to a holder will be subject to U.S. federal information reporting requirements. Such payments will also be subject to U.S. federal "backup withholding" if paid to a non-corporate U.S. holder who:

· fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

· is notified by the IRS that he has failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on his U.S. federal income tax returns; or

· in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.
 
Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on an applicable IRS Form W-8.

If a holder sells his common stock to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless the holder establishes an exemption. If a holder sells his common stock through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the sales proceeds are paid to the holder outside the United States, then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, including a payment made to a holder outside the United States, if the holder sells his common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has some other contacts with the United States.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a taxpayer generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed the taxpayer's U.S. federal income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS.

Pursuant to recently enacted legislation, U.S. Holders who are individuals (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, certain U.S. entities) who hold "specified foreign financial assets" (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code) are required to file IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as prescribed by applicable Treasury Regulations).  Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, our common stock, unless the common stock is held through an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event a U.S. Holder who is an individual (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three (3) years after the date that the required information is filed. 
 
97



F.              Dividends and paying agents

Not Applicable.

G.              Statement by experts

Not Applicable.

H.              Documents on display

We file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this annual report and the accompanying exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, or from the SEC's website http://www.sec.gov . You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330 and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates.

I.              Subsidiary information

Not Applicable.
 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Interest Rates

We are exposed to market risks associated with changes in interest rates relating to our loan facilities, according to which we pay interest at LIBOR plus a margin; and as such increases in interest rates could affect our results of operations. An increase of 1% in interest rates during 2014 could have increased our interest cost (including capitalized interest) from $8.2 million to $12.8 million.

We will continue to have debt outstanding, which could impact our results of operations and financial condition. We expect to manage any exposure in interest rates through our regular operating and financing activities and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments.

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of the date of this annual report, we did not and have not designated any financial instruments as accounting hedging instruments. In May 2009, we entered into a five-year zero cost collar agreement, novated in March 2012, with a floor at 1% and a cap at 7.8% of a notional amount of $100.0 million to manage our exposure to interest rate changes related to our borrowings. The collar agreement which was terminated on May 27, 2014 was considered as an economic hedge agreement as it did not meet the criteria for hedge accounting; therefore, the change in its fair value was recognized in our results of operations. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 the fair value of the swap was nil and $0.4 million, respectively. Also we incurred unrealized gain of $0.4 million in 2014, $0.6 million in 2013 and $36,495 in 2012. Realized loss was $0.3 million for 2014, $0.7 million for 2013 and $0.6 million for 2012.
98



Currency and Exchange Rates

We generate all of our revenues in U.S. dollars but currently incur about half of our operating expenses (around 51% in 2014 and 48% in 2013) and a significant portion of our general and administrative expenses (around 53% in 2014 and 40% in 2013) in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the Euro. For accounting purposes, including throughout this annual report, expenses incurred in Euros are converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of each transaction. Because a significant portion of our expenses are incurred in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our expenses may from time to time increase relative to our revenues as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates, particularly between the U.S. dollar and the Euro, which could affect our results of operations in future periods. Currently, we do not consider the risk from exchange rate fluctuations to be material for our results of operations, as during 2014 and 2013, these non US dollar expenses represented 32% and 28%, respectively of our revenues and therefore, we are not engaged in extensive derivative instruments to hedge a considerable part of those expenses.

While we historically have not mitigated the risk associated with exchange rate fluctuations through the use of financial derivatives, we may determine to employ such instruments from time to time in the future in order to minimize this risk. Our use of financial derivatives would involve certain risks, including the risk that losses on a hedged position could exceed the nominal amount invested in the instrument and the risk that the counterparty to the derivative transaction may be unable or unwilling to satisfy its contractual obligations, which could have an adverse effect on our results.
 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
 
Not Applicable.

99




             PART II
 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
 
None.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
None.
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
 
a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms.

b) Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company's financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Management has conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework). Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 is effective.

The registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this annual report containing the disclosure required by this Item has issued an attestation report on management's assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.
100



c)  Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The attestation report on the Company's internal control over financial reporting issued by the registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements, Ernst Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors Accountants S.A., appears under Item 18, and such report is incorporated herein by reference.

d) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

None.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.
 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
 
Our Board of Directors has determined that both the members of our Audit Committee, Mr. William Lawes and Mr. Apostolos Kontoyannis, qualify as "Audit Committee financial experts" and they are both considered to be "independent" according to the SEC rules.
 

Item 16B. Code of Ethics
 
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to officers and employees. Our code of ethics is posted in our website:  http://www.dianashippinginc.com , under "Corporate Governance" and was filed as Exhibit 11.1 to the 2004 annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 29, 2005 with number 001-32458.  Copies of our Code of Ethics are available in print, free of charge, upon request to Diana Shipping Inc., Pendelis 16, 175 64 Palaio Faliro, Athens, Greece. We intend to satisfy any disclosure requirements regarding any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this Code of Ethics by posting such information on our website.
101

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Our principal Accountants, Ernst and Young (Hellas), Certified Auditors Accountants S.A., have billed us for audit services.

Audit fees in 2014 and 2013 amounted to € 465,000 and € 373,000, or approximately $649,781 and $494,289, respectively , and relate to audit services provided in connection with timely SAS 100 reviews, the audit of our consolidated financial statements, the audit of internal control over financial reporting, as well as audit services for Company's filings with the SEC .

The Audit Committee is responsible for the appointment, replacement, compensation, evaluation and oversight of the work of the independent auditors. As part of this responsibility, the Audit Committee pre-approves the audit and non-audit services performed by the independent auditors in order to assure that they do not impair the auditor's independence from the Company. The Audit Committee has adopted a policy which sets forth the procedures and the conditions pursuant to which services proposed to be performed by the independent auditors may be pre-approved.
 

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Our Audit Committee consists of two independent members of our Board of Directors. Otherwise, our Audit Committee conforms to each other requirement applicable to audit committees as required by the applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
 
Issuer purchases of equity securities for the year ended December 31, 2014
 
 Period
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased
   
Average Price Paid Per Share
   
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
   
Maximum Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan or Programs
 
January, 2014
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
February, 2014
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
March, 2014
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
April, 2014
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
May, 2014
   
-
     
-
     
-
   
$
100,000,000
 
June, 2014
   
-
     
-
     
-
   
$
100,000,000
 
July, 2014
   
-
     
-
     
-
   
$
100,000,000
 
August, 2014
   
606,782
   
$
9.63
     
606,782
   
  94,159,374
 
September, 2014
   
431,863
   
$
9.68
     
431,863
   
89,979,233
 
October, 2014
   
1,760,488
   
$
8.54
     
1,760,488
   
74,952,833
 
November, 2014
   
-
     
-
     
-
   
74,952,833
 
December, 2014
   
46,416
   
$
6.50
     
46,416
   
74,650,986
 
                               
 Total
   
2,845,549
   
$
8.91
     
2,845,549
    $  
74,650,986 
 

 
102



On May 23, 2014, we announced that the Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase plan for up to US$100 million of the Company's common shares. The plan does not have an expiration date and as of the date of this report, we had made additional purchases of 413,804 for $2.7 million and an average price of $6.46 per share.
Item 16F. Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.
 
Item 16G. Corporate Governance
 
Statement of Significant Differences between Diana Shipping Inc.'s Corporate Governance Practices and the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the "NYSE") Corporate Governance Standards

Overview

Pursuant to an exception for foreign private issuers, Diana Shipping Inc., a Marshall Islands company (the "Company") is not required to comply with the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NYSE listing standards.  However, pursuant to Section 303.A.11 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, we are required to state any significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the practices required by the NYSE.  We believe that our established practices in the area of corporate governance are in line with the spirit of the NYSE standards and provide adequate protection to our shareholders.  In fact, we have voluntarily adopted NYSE required practices, such as (a) having a majority of independent directors, (b) establishing audit and compensation committees and (c) adopting a Code of Ethics.  The significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the NYSE standards are set forth below. 

Executive Sessions

The NYSE requires that non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management.  The NYSE also requires that all independent directors meet in an executive session at least once a year.  As permitted under Marshall Islands law and our bylaws, our non-management directors do not regularly hold executive sessions without management and we do not expect them to do so in the future.

Nominating / Corporate Governance Committee  

The NYSE requires that a listed company have a nominating/corporate governance committee of independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee. As permitted under Marshall Islands law and our bylaws, we do not currently have a nominating or corporate governance committee. 

Audit Committee

The NYSE requires, among other things, that a company have an audit committee with a minimum of three members.  Our Audit Committee consists of two independent members of our Board of Directors. Our Audit Committee conforms to every other requirement applicable to audit committees set forth in the listing standards of the NYSE.
103



Shareholder Approval of Equity Compensation Plans

The NYSE requires listed companies to obtain prior shareholder approval to adopt or materially revise any equity compensation plan. As permitted under Marshall Islands law and our amended and restated bylaws, we do not need prior shareholder approval to adopt or revise equity compensation plans, including our equity incentive plan.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

The NYSE requires companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines.  The guidelines must address, among other things: director qualification standards, director responsibilities, director access to management and independent advisers, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and an annual performance evaluation.  We are not required to adopt such guidelines under Marshall Islands law and we have not adopted such guidelines. 
Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.
104



             PART III
 
 

 

Item 17. Financial Statements
See Item 18.
Item 18. Financial Statements
The following financial statements beginning on page F-1 are filed as a part of this annual report.
Item 19. Exhibits
                          
Note:

Exhibit
Number
   Description  
1.1
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Diana Shipping Inc. (originally known as Diana Shipping Investment Corp.) (1)
1.2
Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (2)
1.3
Statement of Designation of the 8.875% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares (13)
2.1
Form of Share Certificate (10)
4.1
Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Rights Agreement dated October 7, 2008 (4)
4.2
Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (6)
4.3
2011 Stock Incentive Plan (11)
4.4
Form of Technical Manager Purchase Option Agreement (5)
4.5
Form of Management Agreement (3)
4.6
Loan Agreement with Royal Bank of Scotland dated February 18, 2005 (5)
4.7
Amending and Restating Loan Agreement with Royal Bank of Scotland dated May 24, 2006 (8)
4.8
Supplemental Agreement with the Royal Bank of Scotland dated January 30, 2007 (7)
4.9
Sales Agency Financing Agreement dated April 23, 2008 (9)
4.10
Loan Agreement with Deutsche Bank dated October 8, 2009 (10)
4.11
Loan Agreement with Bremer Landesbank dated October 22, 2009 (10)
4.12
Loan Agreement with the Export-Import Bank of China and DnB Nor Bank ASA dated October 2, 2010 (10)
4.13
Loan Agreement with Emporiki Bank of Greece S.A. dated September 13, 2011 (11)
4.14
Loan Agreement with Nordea Bank Finland Plc dated February 7, 2012 (11)
4.15
Supplemental Loan Agreement with Nordea Bank Finland Plc dated June 21, 2012 (12)
4.16
Loan Agreement with Nordea Bank Finland Plc dated December 20, 2012 (12)
4.17
Loan Agreement, dated June 18, 2013, by and among Tuvalu Shipping Company Inc., Jabat Shipping Company Inc., and Deutsche Bank AG dated June 18, 2013 (14)
105


4.18
Loan Agreement, dated May 24, 2013, by and among Erikub Shipping Company Inc., Wotho Shipping Company Inc., DNB Bank ASA, and Export-Import Bank of China (14)
4.19
Loan Agreement, dated January 9, 2014, by and among Taka Shipping Company Inc., Fayo Shipping Company Inc., and  Commonwealth Bank of Australia (14)
4.20
Loan Agreement, dated May 20, 2013, by and between Eluk Shipping Company Inc. and Diana Shipping Inc. (14)
4.21
Loan Agreement, dated December 18, 2014, by and among Weno Shipping Company Inc., Pulap Shipping Company Inc., the Banks and Financial Insitutions listed therein and BNP Paribas
4.22
Loan Agreement, dated March 17, 2015, by and among Knox Shipping Company Inc., Bokak Shipping Company Inc., Jemo Shipping Company Inc., Guam Shipping Company Inc., Palau Shipping Company Inc., Makur Shipping Company Inc., Mandaringina Inc., Vesta Commercial, S.A., the Banks and Financial Institutions listed therein, Nordea Bank Finland Plc and Nordea Bank AB, London Branch
4.23
Administrative Services Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, by and between Diana Shipping Inc. and Diana Shipping Services S.A. (14)
4.24
Brokerage Services Agreement, dated March 15, 2013, by and between Diana Shipping Services S.A. and Diana Enterprises Inc. (14)
4.25
Brokerage Services Agreement, dated March 4, 2014, by and between Diana Shipping Services S.A. and Diana Enterprises Inc. (14)
4.26
Brokerage Services Agreement, dated April 9, 2014,  by and between Diana Shipping Inc. and Diana Enterprises Inc.
4.27
Amended and Restated Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between Diana Shipping Inc. and Diana Containerships Inc. (14)
8.1
Subsidiaries of the Company
11.1
Code of Ethics (10)
12.1
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer
12.2
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer
13.1
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.2
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
15.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
101
The following materials from the Company's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014; and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1) Filed as Exhibit 1 to the Company's Form 6-K filed on May 29, 2008.
(2) Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 6-K filed on February 13, 2014.
(3) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Amended Registration Statement (File No. 123052) on March 15, 2005.
(4) Filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Form 8-A12B/A filed on October 7, 2008 and amended on October 10, 2008 (File No. 001-32458).
(5) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Registration Statement (File No. 123052) on March 1, 2005.
(6) Filed as Exhibit 1 to the Company's Form 6-K filed on October 27, 2008.
(7) Filed as Exhibit VI to the Company's Form 6-K filed on March 19, 2007.
(8) Filed as Exhibit 4.10 to the Company's 2007 Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-32458) on March 14, 2008.
(9) Filed as Exhibit 2 to the Company's Form 6-K filed on April 24, 2008.
(10) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report filed on Form 20-F on March 30, 2010.
(11) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report filed on Form 20-F on April 20, 2012.
(12) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report filed on Form 20-F on March 22, 2013.
(13) Filed as an Exhibit 3.3 to the Company's Form 8-A filed on February 13, 2014.
(14) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report filed on Form 20-F on March 27, 2014.
106


SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

DIANA SHIPPING INC.



/s/ Andreas Michalopoulos
Andreas Michalopoulos
Chief Financial Officer
Dated: March 24, 2015
107

DIANA SHIPPING INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



   
Page
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
F-2
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
F-3
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013
 
F-4
     
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31,  2014, 2013 and 2012
 
F-5
     
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income / (Loss) for the years ended December 31,  2014, 2013 and 2012
 
F-5
     
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
 
F-6
     
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
 
F-7
     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
F-8
     
     
F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Diana Shipping Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Diana Shipping Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income/ (loss), stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Diana Shipping Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Diana Shipping Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 24, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A.

Athens, Greece
March 24, 2015
F-2


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Diana Shipping Inc.

We have audited Diana Shipping Inc.'s (the "Company") internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Diana Shipping Inc.'s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Diana Shipping Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria .

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Diana Shipping Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income/ (loss), stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 of Diana Shipping Inc. and our report dated March 24, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A.

Athens, Greece
March 24, 2015
F-3

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
       
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
       
December 31, 2014 and 2013
       
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except for share and per share data)
       
         
   
2014
   
2013
 
ASSETS
       
CURRENT ASSETS:
       
 Cash and cash equivalents  (Note 2(e))
 
$
218,901
   
$
240,633
 
 Accounts receivable, trade (Note 2(f))
   
6,383
     
701
 
 Due from related parties (Notes 2(g) and 4(b))
   
57
     
86
 
 Inventories (Note 2(h))
   
7,313
     
5,959
 
 Prepaid expenses and other assets
   
5,580
     
4,489
 
Total current assets
   
238,234
     
251,868
 
                 
FIXED ASSETS:
               
 Advances for vessels under construction and acquisitions and other vessel costs (Note 5)
   
29,500
     
38,862
 
                 
 Vessels (Note 6)
   
1,807,654
     
1,686,590
 
 Accumulated depreciation (Note 6)
   
(434,521
)
   
(366,215
)
 Vessels' net book value  (Note 6)
   
1,373,133
     
1,320,375
 
Property and equipment, net (Note 7)
   
23,887
     
22,826
 
Total fixed assets
   
1,426,520
     
1,382,063
 
OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
               
 Due from related parties, non-current (Notes 2(g) and 4(b))
   
50,866
     
50,233
 
 Investment in Diana Containerships Inc. (Note 3)
   
67,546
     
15,640
 
 Other non-current assets
   
-
     
793
 
 Deferred charges, net
   
3,956
     
1,384
 
Total assets
 
$
1,787,122
   
$
1,701,981
 
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
               
 Current portion of long-term debt, net of deferred financing costs, current (Note 9)
 
$
78,734
   
$
46,077
 
 Accounts payable, trade and other
   
9,702
     
7,409
 
 Due to related parties (Note 4)
   
281
     
221
 
 Accrued liabilities
   
6,012
     
4,805
 
 Deferred revenue
   
3,279
     
3,278
 
 Fair value of derivative instruments (Note 16)
   
-
     
378
 
 Other current liabilities
   
84
     
129
 
Total current liabilities
   
98,092
     
62,297
 
                 
Long-term debt, net of current portion and deferred financing costs, non-current (Note 9)
   
405,522
     
385,480
 
Other non-current liabilities
   
1,282
     
812
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
   
-
     
-
 
                 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
               
Preferred stock (Note 11(a))
   
26
     
-
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized and 81,859,821 and 82,841,370 issued and outstanding at 2014 and 2013, respectively (Note 11(b))
   
819
     
828
 
Additional paid-in capital
   
971,280
     
926,204
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income / (loss)
   
(747
)
   
164
 
Retained earnings
   
310,848
     
326,196
 
Total stockholders' equity
   
1,282,226
     
1,253,392
 
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
 
$
1,787,122
   
$
1,701,981
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
F-4



DIANA SHIPPING INC.
           
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
         
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
     
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except for share and per share data)
         
             
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
REVENUES:
           
Time charter revenues
 
$
175,576
   
$
164,005
   
$
220,785
 
Other revenues (Note 4(b))
   
-
     
447
     
2,447
 
                         
EXPENSES:
                       
Voyage expenses (Note 12)
   
10,665
     
8,119
     
8,274
 
Vessel operating expenses (Note 12)
   
86,923
     
77,211
     
66,293
 
Depreciation and amortization of deferred charges  (Notes 2(m) and 2(n))
   
70,503
     
64,741
     
62,010
 
General and administrative expenses
   
26,217
     
23,724
     
24,913
 
Foreign currency gain
   
(528
)
   
(690
)
   
(1,374
)
Operating income / (loss)
 
$
(18,204
)
 
$
(8,653
)
 
$
63,116
 
                         
OTHER INCOME / (EXPENSES):
                       
Interest and finance costs (Note 13)
   
(8,427
)
   
(8,140
)
   
(7,618
)
Interest and other income (Note 4(b))
   
3,627
     
1,800
     
1,432
 
Income / (loss) from derivative instruments (Note 16)
   
68
     
(118
)
   
(518
)
Income / (loss) from investment in Diana Containerships Inc. (Note 3)
   
12,668
     
(6,094
)
   
(1,773
)
Total other income / (expenses), net
 
$
7,936
   
$
(12,552
)
 
$
(8,477
)
                         
Net income / (loss)
 
$
(10,268
)
 
$
(21,205
)
 
$
54,639
 
                         
Dividends on series B preferred shares (Notes 11(a) and 14)
   
(5,080
)
   
-
     
-
 
                         
Net income / (loss) attributed to common stockholders
 
$
(15,348
)
 
$
(21,205
)
 
$
54,639
 
                         
Earnings / (loss) per common share, basic and diluted (Note 14)
 
$
(0.19
)
 
$
(0.26
)
 
$
0.67
 
                         
Weighted average number of common shares, basic and diluted (Note 14)
   
81,292,290
     
81,328,390
     
81,083,485
 
                         
 
 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
           
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS)
         
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
     
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars)
         
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Net income / (loss)
 
$
(10,268
)
 
$
(21,205
)
 
$
54,639
 
                         
Other comprehensive income / (loss) (Actuarial gain / (loss))
   
(911
)
   
(30
)
   
306
 
                         
Comprehensive income / (loss)
 
$
(11,179
)
 
$
(21,235
)
 
$
54,945
 
                         
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
F-5



DIANA SHIPPING INC.
                 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
 
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except for share and per share data)
 
                                 
    
Preferred Stock
   
Common Stock
   
Additional Paid-in Capital
   
Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss)
   
Retained Earnings
   
Total Equity
 
 
    
# of Shares
   
Par Value
   
# of Shares
   
Par Value
 
BALANCE, December 31,  2011
           
82,419,417
   
$
824
   
$
915,404
   
$
(112
)
 
$
292,762
   
$
1,208,878
 
 
                                                       
Net income
           
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
54,639
   
$
54,639
 
Issuance of restricted stock and compensation cost
           
667,614
     
7
     
8,638
     
-
     
-
     
8,645
 
Stock repurchased and retired
           
(853,607
)
   
(9
)
   
(6,035
)
   
-
     
-
     
(6,044
)
Other comprehensive income
           
-
     
-
     
-
     
306
     
-
     
306
 
BALANCE, December 31,  2012
           
82,233,424
   
$
822
   
$
918,007
   
$
194
   
$
347,401
   
$
1,266,424
 
 
                                                       
Net loss
           
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
(21,205
)
 
$
(21,205
)
Issuance of restricted stock and compensation cost
           
607,946
     
6
     
8,197
     
-
     
-
     
8,203
 
Other comprehensive loss
           
-
     
-
     
-
     
(30
)
   
-
     
(30
)
BALANCE, December 31,  2013
           
82,841,370
   
$
828
   
$
926,204
   
$
164
   
$
326,196
   
$
1,253,392
 
Net loss
   
-
   
$
-
     
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
(10,268
)
 
$
(10,268
)
Issuance of series B preferred stock (Note 11(a))
   
2,600,000
     
26
     
-
     
-
     
62,672
     
-
     
-
     
62,698
 
Issuance of restricted stock and compensation cost (Note 11(c))
                   
1,864,000
     
19
     
7,725
     
-
     
-
     
7,744
 
Dividends on series B preferred stock (Note 11(a))
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(5,080
)
   
(5,080
)
Stock repurchased and retired (Note 11(d))
   
-
     
-
     
(2,845,549
)
   
(28
)
   
(25,321
)
   
-
     
-
     
(25,349
)
Other comprehensive loss
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(911
)
   
-
     
(911
)
BALANCE, December 31,  2014
   
2,600,000
   
$
26
     
81,859,821
   
$
819
   
$
971,280
   
$
(747
)
 
$
310,848
   
$
1,282,226
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-6



DIANA SHIPPING INC.
         
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
     
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
     
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars)
         
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
 Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
           
Net income / (loss)
 
$
(10,268
)
 
$
(21,205
)
 
$
54,639
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income / (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization of deferred charges
   
70,503
     
64,741
     
62,010
 
Amortization of financing costs (Note 13)
   
519
     
473
     
379
 
Amortization of free lubricants benefit
   
(129
)
   
(98
)
   
(180
)
Compensation cost on restricted stock (Note 11(c))
   
7,744
     
8,203
     
8,645
 
Actuarial gain / (loss)
   
(911
)
   
(30
)
   
306
 
Change in fair value of derivative instruments
   
(378
)
   
(616
)
   
(36
)
(Income) / loss from investment in Diana Containerships Inc., net of dividends (Note 3)
   
(12,668
)
   
5,094
     
2,273
 
 (Increase) / Decrease in:
                       
Receivables
   
(5,682
)
   
5,889
     
(1,022
)
Due from related parties
   
(604
)
   
294
     
(350
)
Inventories
   
(1,354
)
   
(684
)
   
(467
)
Prepaid expenses and other assets
   
(1,091
)
   
345
     
(2,514
)
Prepaid charter revenue (Notes 2(k) and 8)
   
-
     
5,353
     
3,056
 
Other non-current assets
   
793
     
(793
)
   
-
 
 Increase / (Decrease) in:
                       
Accounts payable
   
2,293
     
416
     
(134
)
Due to related parties
   
60
     
(43
)
   
38
 
Accrued liabilities, net of accrued preferred dividends
   
(11
)
   
(479
)
   
533
 
Deferred revenue
   
1
     
451
     
(5,309
)
Other liabilities
   
554
     
135
     
99
 
Drydock costs
   
(4,461
)
   
(46
)
   
(2,080
)
 Net Cash provided by Operating Activities
 
$
44,910
   
$
67,400
   
$
119,886
 
                         
 Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
                       
Payments for vessel acquisitions, improvements and construction (Notes 5 and 6)
   
(111,702
)
   
(198,581
)
   
(171,195
)
Acquisition of additional interest in Diana Containerships Inc. (Note 3)
   
(40,000
)
   
-
     
-
 
Cash dividends from investment in Diana Containerships Inc. (Note 3)
   
763
     
4,000
     
2,835
 
Loan to Diana Containerships Inc. (Note 4(b))
   
-
     
(50,000
)
   
-
 
Payments for plant, property and equipment (Note 7)
   
(1,574
)
   
(575
)
   
(1,553
)
 Net Cash used in Investing Activities
 
$
(152,513
)
 
$
(245,156
)
 
$
(169,913
)
                         
 Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
                       
Proceeds from long-term debt  (Note 9)
   
101,500
     
18,000
     
118,550
 
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of expenses (Note 11(a))
   
62,698
     
-
     
-
 
Cash dividends on preferred stock
   
(3,862
)
   
-
     
-
 
Payments for repurchase of common stock (Note 11(d))
   
(25,349
)
   
-
     
(6,044
)
Financing costs
   
(527
)
   
(452
)
   
(557
)
Loan payments (Note 9)
   
(48,589
)
   
(45,783
)
   
(31,972
)
 Net Cash provided by / (used in) Financing Activities
 
$
85,871
   
$
(28,235
)
 
$
79,977
 
                         
 Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
   
(21,732
)
   
(205,991
)
   
29,950
 
                         
 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
   
240,633
     
446,624
     
416,674
 
                         
 Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
 
$
218,901
   
$
240,633
   
$
446,624
 
                         
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest, net of amounts capitalized
 
$
8,180
   
$
7,169
   
$
6,709
 
                         
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
F-7

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)
 
 
1. Basis of Presentation and General Information

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Diana Shipping Inc. ("Diana" or "DSI") and its wholly-owned and beneficially-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company"). Diana was formed on March 8, 1999 as Diana Shipping Investment Corp. under the laws of the Republic of Liberia. In February 2005, the Company's articles of incorporation were amended. Under the amended articles of incorporation, the Company was renamed Diana Shipping Inc. and was re-domiciled from the Republic of Liberia to the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

The Company is engaged in the ocean transportation of dry bulk cargoes worldwide mainly through the ownership of dry bulk carrier vessels. The Company also operates its own fleet through Diana Shipping Services S.A., a wholly owned subsidiary. As at December 31, 2014, the following are subsidiaries with operations that are included in the consolidation:

a/a
Company
Vessel
Flag
Dwt
Date Built
Date Acquired
Place of Incorporation
PANAMAX VESSELS
Panama Compania Armadora SA
Oceanis
Bahamas
 75,211 
May 2001
May 2001
Panama
Husky Trading SA
Triton
Bahamas
 75,336 
Mar 2001
Mar 2001
Panama
Changame Compania Armadora SA
Thetis
Bahamas
 73,583 
Aug 2004
Nov 2005
Panama
Buenos Aires Compania Armadora SA
Alcyon
Bahamas
 75,247 
Feb 2001
Feb 2001
Panama
Skyvan Shipping Company SA
Nirefs
Bahamas
 75,311 
Jan 2001
Jan 2001
Panama
Cypres Enterprises Corp.
Protefs
Bahamas
 73,630 
Aug 2004
Aug 2004
Panama
Urbina Bay Trading SA
Erato
Bahamas
 74,444 
Aug 2004
Nov 2005
Panama
Chorrera Compania Armadora SA
Dione
Greek
 75,172 
Jan 2001
May 2003
Panama
Darien Compania Armadora SA
Calipso
Bahamas
 73,691 
Feb 2005
Feb 2005
Panama
10 
Texford Maritime SA
Clio
Bahamas
 73,691 
May 2005
May 2005
Panama
11 
Eaton Marine SA
Danae
Greek
 75,106 
Jan 2001
Jul 2003
Panama
12 
Vesta Commercial SA
Coronis
Marshall Islands
 74,381 
Jan 2006
Jan 2006
Panama
13 
Ailuk Shipping Company Inc.
Naias
Marshall Islands
 73,546 
Jun 2006
Aug 2006
Marshall Islands
14 
Taka Shipping Company Inc.
Melite
Marshall Islands
 76,436 
Oct 2004
Jan 2010
Marshall Islands
15 
Bikar Shipping Company Inc.
Arethusa
Greek
 73,593 
Jan 2007
Jul 2011
Marshall Islands
16 
Mandaringina Inc.
Melia
Marshall Islands
 76,225 
Feb 2005
May 2012
Marshall Islands
17 
Jemo Shipping Company Inc.
Leto
Marshall Islands
 81,297 
Feb 2010
Jan 2012
Marshall Islands
18 
Fayo Shipping Company Inc.
Artemis
Marshall Islands
 76,942 
Sep 2006
Aug 2013
Marshall Islands
19 
Erikub Shipping Company Inc. (Note 6)
Crystalia
Greek
 77,525 
Feb 2014
Feb 2014
Marshall Islands
20 
Wotho Shipping Company Inc. (Note 6)
Atalandi
Greek
 77,529 
May 2014
May 2014
Marshall Islands
KAMSARMAX  VESSELS
21 
Tuvalu Shipping Company Inc.
Myrto
Marshall Islands
 82,131 
Jan 2013
Jan 2013
Marshall Islands
22 
Jabat Shipping Company Inc.
Maia
Marshall Islands
 82,193 
Aug 2009
Feb 2013
Marshall Islands
23 
Makur Shipping Company Inc.
Myrsini
Marshall Islands
 82,117 
Mar 2010
Oct 2013
Marshall Islands
POST-PANAMAX VESSELS
24 
Majuro Shipping Company Inc.
Alcmene
Marshall Islands
 93,193 
Jan 2010
Nov 2010
Marshall Islands
25 
Guam Shipping Company Inc
Amphitrite
Marshall Islands
 98,697 
Aug 2012
Aug 2012
Marshall Islands
26 
Palau Shipping Company Inc.
Polymnia
Marshall Islands
 98,704 
Nov 2012
Nov 2012
Marshall Islands
F-8

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 
CAPESIZE VESSELS
27 
Jaluit Shipping Company Inc.
Sideris GS
Marshall Islands
 174,186 
Nov 2006
Nov 2006
Marshall Islands
28 
Bikini Shipping Company Inc.
New York
Marshall Islands
 177,773 
Mar 2010
Mar 2010
Marshall Islands
29 
Gala Properties Inc.
Houston
Marshall Islands
 177,729 
Oct 2009
Oct 2009
Marshall Islands
30 
Kili Shipping Company Inc.
Semirio
Marshall Islands
 174,261 
Jun 2007
Jun 2007
Marshall Islands
31 
Knox Shipping Company Inc.
Aliki
Marshall Islands
 180,235 
Mar 2005
Apr 2007
Marshall Islands
32 
Lib Shipping Company Inc.
Boston
Marshall Islands
 177,828 
Nov 2007
Nov 2007
Marshall Islands
33 
Marfort Navigation Company Ltd.
Salt Lake City
Cyprus
 171,810 
Sep 2005
Dec 2007
Cyprus
34 
Silver Chandra Shipping Company Ltd.
Norfolk
Cyprus
 164,218 
Aug 2002
Feb 2008
Cyprus
35 
Bokak Shipping Company Inc.
Baltimore
Marshall Islands
 177,243 
Mar 2005
Jun 2013
Marshall Islands
36 
Pulap Shipping Company Inc.
PS Palios
Marshall Islands
 179,134 
Jan 2013
Dec 2013
Marshall Islands
37 
Weno Shipping Company Inc. (Note 6)
GP Zafirakis
Marshall Islands
 179,492 
Aug 2014
Aug 2014
Marshall Islands
38 
Lelu Shipping Company Inc. (Notes 5, 10 and 17)
Santa Barbara
Marshall Islands
 179,426 
Jan 2015
Jan 2015
Marshall Islands
NEWCASTLEMAX VESSELS
39 
Lae Shipping Company Inc.
Los Angeles
Marshall Islands
 206,104 
Feb 2012
Feb 2012
Marshall Islands
40 
Namu Shipping Company Inc.
Philadelphia
Marshall Islands
 206,040 
May 2012
May 2012
Marshall Islands
UNDER CONSTRUCTION
41 
Aster Shipping Company Inc. (Notes 5, 10 and 17)
H2548
-
 208,500 
-
Expected in 2016
Marshall Islands
42 
Aerik Shipping Company Inc. (Notes 5 and 10)
H2549
-
 208,500 
-
Expected in 2016
Marshall Islands
43 
Houk Shipping Company Inc. (Notes 5 and 10)
DY6006
-
 82,000 
-
Expected in 2016
Marshall Islands
OTHER SUBSIDIARIES
44 
Diana Shipping Services SA
Management company
       
Panama
45 
Bulk Carriers (USA) LLC
Company's representative in the US
Delaware - USA

Diana Shipping Services S.A. (the "Manager" or "DSS")   provides the Company and its vessels with management services since November 12, 2004, pursuant to management agreements and since October 1, 2013 administrative services with regards to services related to the holding company's operations and its subsidiaries. Such costs are eliminated in consolidation. Since April 2010 and until February 28, 2013, DSS provided to Diana Containerships Inc. (or "Diana Containerships") and its vessels, administrative services and since June 2010 and until February 28, 2013, technical and commercial services (Note 4(b)).
F-9

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

During 2014, 2013 , and 2012 charterers that individually accounted for 10% or more of the Company's time charter revenues were as follows:

Charterer
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
A
   
18
%
   
17
%
   
18
%
B
   
15
%
   
19
%
   
10
%
C
   
12
%
               
D
   
10
%
               
E
           
11
%
       
F
           
11
%
       
G
                   
12
%

2. Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Principles of Consolidation : The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and include the accounts of Diana Shipping Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries referred to in Note 1 above. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

(b) Use of Estimates: The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(c) Other Comprehensive Income / (loss): The Company separately presents certain transactions, which are recorded directly as components of stockholders' equity. Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss) is presented in a separate statement.

(d) Foreign Currency Translation: The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar because the Company's vessels operate in international shipping markets, and therefore primarily transact business in U.S. Dollars. The Company's accounting records are maintained in U.S. Dollars. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the balance sheet dates, monetary assets and liabilities which are denominated in other currencies are translated into U.S. Dollars at the year-end exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are reflected separately in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

(e) Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers highly liquid investments such as time deposits, certificates of deposit and their equivalents with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents may also include compensating cash balances kept against the Company's loan facilities that are not deemed to be sufficiently material to require segregation on the balance sheet.  Such balances at December 31, 2014 and 2013 amounted to $19,500 and $18,000 in the aggregate and consisted of minimum cash deposits required to be maintained at all times under the Company's loan facilities (Note 9).
F-10

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 


(f) Accounts Receivable, Trade: The amount shown as accounts receivable, trade, at each balance sheet date, includes receivables from charterers for hire, ballast bonus billings, if any, hold cleanings and extra voyage insurance, net of any provision for doubtful accounts. At each balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for purposes of determining the appropriate provision for doubtful accounts. No provision for doubtful accounts was established as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

(g) Loan Receivable from Related Parties : The amounts shown as Due from related parties, current and non-current, in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2014 and 2013, (Note 4(b)) represent amounts receivable from Diana Containerships Inc. with respect to a loan agreement with a wholly owned subsidiary of Diana Containerships Inc., net of any provision for credit losses. Interest income and fees, deriving from the agreement are recorded in the accounts as incurred. Costs incurred for the loan documentation were expensed as incurred. At each balance sheet date, amounts due under the aforementioned loan agreement are assessed for purposes of determining the appropriate provision for credit losses. In order to estimate the allowance for credit losses, the Company assesses at each period end the ability of Diana Containerships to meet its obligations under the loan agreement by taking into consideration existing economic conditions, the current financial condition of Diana Containerships Inc. and historical losses, if any, and any other risks/factors that may affect its future financial condition and its ability to meet its obligations. No provision for credit losses was established as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, since there was no indication that Diana Containerships Inc. will not be able to meet its obligations under the loan agreement.

(h) Inventories : Inventories consist of lubricants and victualling which are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first in, first out method. Inventories may also consist of bunkers when on the balance sheet date a vessel remains idle. Bunkers are also stated at the lower of cost or market and cost is determined by the first in, first out method.

(i) Vessel Cost: Vessels are stated at cost which consists of the contract price and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition or during construction. Expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when they appreciably extend the life, increase the earning capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels; otherwise these amounts are charged to expense as incurred. Interest cost incurred during the assets' construction periods that theoretically could have been avoided if expenditure for the assets had not been made is also capitalized. The capitalization rate, applied on accumulated expenditures for the vessel, is based on interest rates applicable to outstanding borrowings of the period.

(j) Property and equipment: The Company owns the land and building where its offices are located. Land is presented in its fair value on the date of acquisition and it is not subject to depreciation. The building has an estimated useful life of 55 years with no residual value. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis. Equipment consists of office furniture and equipment, computer software and hardware and vehicles which consist of motor scooters and a car. The useful life of the car is 10 years, of the office furniture, equipment and the scooters is 5 years; and of the computer software and hardware is 3 years. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis.
F-11

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 


(k) Prepaid Charter Revenue : When the Company acquires a vessel with a time charter attached and the present value of the contractual cash flows of the time charter assumed is greater than its current fair value with reference to market data, the difference, capped to the vessel's fair value on a charter free basis, is recorded as prepaid charter revenue.  Prepaid charter revenue is amortized to revenue over the period of the time charter assumed and is tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable.

(l) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: Long-lived assets (vessels, land, and building) and certain identifiable intangibles held and used by an entity are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as market conditions, obsolesce or damage to the asset, potential sales and other business plans) indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. When the estimate of undiscounted projected net operating cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use of the asset over its remaining useful life and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount, the Company should evaluate the asset for an impairment loss. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset. The Company determines the fair value of its assets based on management estimates and assumptions and by making use of available market data and taking into consideration third party valuations.

With respect to the vessels, the Company determines undiscounted projected net operating cash flows for each vessel by considering the historical and estimated vessels' performance and utilization, assuming (i) future revenues calculated for the fixed days, using the fixed charter rate of each vessel from existing time charters and for the unfixed days, the most recent 10 year average historical 1 year time charter rates available for each type of vessel over the remaining estimated life of each vessel, net of brokerage commissions. Historical ten-year blended average one-year time charter rates are in line with the Company's overall chartering strategy, they reflect the full operating history of vessels of the same type and particulars with the Company's operating fleet and they cover at least a full business cycle; (ii) expected outflows for scheduled vessels' maintenance; (iii) vessel operating expenses increasing annually by an annual inflation rate of 3%, which approximates current projections for global inflation rate; (iv) effective fleet utilization of 98% taking into account the period each vessel is expected to remain off hire for scheduled maintenance (dry docking and special surveys) and 1% off hire days (other than for dry docking and special surveys) each year, assumptions in line with the Company's historical performance and its expectations for future fleet utilization under its current fleet deployment strategy.

The Company concluded based on this exercise that step two of the impairment analysis was not required and has not identified any facts or circumstances that would require the write down of vessel values as at December 31, 2014 or in the near future and no impairment loss has been identified or recorded for 2014, 2013 and 2012.

With respect to the land and building, the Company determines undiscounted projected net operating cash flows by considering an estimated monthly rent the Company would have to pay in order to lease a similar property, during the useful life of the building. As at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, no impairment loss was identified or recorded and the Company has not identified any other facts or circumstances that would require the write down of the value of its land or building in the near future.
F-12

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 


(m) Vessel Depreciation : Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the vessels, after considering the estimated salvage (scrap) value.  Each vessel's salvage value is equal to the product of its lightweight tonnage and estimated scrap rate. Management estimates the useful life of the Company's vessels to be 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. Second hand vessels are depreciated from the date of their acquisition through their remaining estimated useful life. When regulations place limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, its remaining useful life is adjusted at the date such regulations are adopted.

(n) Accounting for Dry-Docking Costs : The Company follows the deferral method of accounting for dry-docking costs whereby actual costs incurred are deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period through the date the next dry-docking is scheduled to become due. Unamortized dry-docking costs of vessels that are sold are written off and included in the calculation of the resulting gain or loss in the year of the vessel's sale.

(o) Financing Costs : Fees paid to lenders for obtaining new loans or refinancing existing ones are deferred and recorded as a contra to debt. Other fees paid for obtaining loan facilities not used at the balance sheet date are capitalized as deferred financing costs. Fees relating to drawn loan facilities are amortized to interest and finance costs over the life of the related debt using the effective interest method and fees incurred for loan facilities not used at the balance sheet date are amortized using the straight line method according to their availability terms. Unamortized fees relating to loans repaid or refinanced as debt extinguishment are expensed as interest and finance costs in the period the repayment or extinguishment is made. Loan commitment fees are charged to expense in the period incurred, unless they relate to loans obtained to finance vessels under construction, in which case they are capitalized to the vessels' cost. An amount of $455, representing the current portion of deferred financing costs as at December 31, 2013 was reclassified to the Current portion of long-term debt of the respective year, for comparability purposes with the December 31, 2014 consolidated balance sheet.

(p) Concentration of Credit Risk: Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash, trade accounts receivable and the loan receivable from a related party. The Company places its temporary cash investments, consisting mostly of deposits, with various qualified financial institutions and performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of those financial institutions that are considered in the Company's investment strategy. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require collateral for its accounts receivable and does not have any agreements to mitigate credit risk. The Company limits its credit risk with the loan receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of Diana Containerships' financial condition. The loan agreement is guaranteed by Diana Containerships but does not have any collateral and the Company has not entered into any agreement to mitigate credit risk.
F-13

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 


(q) Accounting for Revenues and Expenses: Revenues are generated from time charter agreements and are usually paid fifteen days in advance. Time charter agreements with the same charterer are accounted for as separate agreements according to the terms and conditions of each agreement. Time charter revenues are recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided. Income representing ballast bonus payments by the charterer to the vessel owner is recognized in the period earned. Revenues from time charter agreements providing for varying annual rates over their term are accounted for on a straight line basis.  Deferred revenue includes cash received prior to the balance sheet date for which all criteria to recognize as revenue have not been met. Deferred revenue may also include deferred revenue resulting from charter agreements providing for varying annual rates, which are accounted for on a straight line basis, or the unamortized balance of the liability associated with the acquisition of second-hand vessels with time charters attached which were acquired at values below fair market value at the date the acquisition agreement is consummated. Voyage expenses, primarily consisting of commissions, port, canal and bunker expenses that are unique to a particular charter, are paid for by the charterer under time charter arrangements, except for commissions, which are always paid for by the Company, regardless of charter type. All voyage and vessel operating expenses are expensed as incurred, except for commissions. Commissions are deferred over the related voyage charter period to the extent revenue has been deferred since commissions are due as the Company's revenues are earned.

(r) Repairs and Maintenance: All repair and maintenance expenses including underwater inspection expenses are expensed in the year incurred. Such costs are included in vessel operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

(s) Earnings / (loss) per Common Share: Basic earnings / (loss) per common share are computed by dividing net income / (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per common share, reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised.

(t) Segmental Reporting: The Company has determined that it operates under one reportable segment, relating to its operations of the dry-bulk vessels. The Company reports financial information and evaluates the operations of the segment by charter revenues and not by the length of ship employment for its customers, i.e. spot or time charters. The Company does not use discrete financial information to evaluate the operating results for each such type of charter. Although revenue can be identified for these types of charters, management cannot and does not identify expenses, profitability or other financial information for these charters. As a result, management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet. Furthermore, when the Company charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free to trade the vessel worldwide and, as a result, the disclosure of geographic information is impracticable.

(u) Variable Interest Entities: The Company evaluates financial instruments, service contracts, and other arrangements to determine if any variable interests relating to an entity exist, as the primary beneficiary would be required to include assets, liabilities, and the results of operations of the variable interest entity in its financial statements. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, no such interests were identified.
F-14

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 


(v) Fair Value Measurements : The Company classifies and discloses its assets and liabilities carried at the fair value in one of the following categories:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2: Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data;
Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

(w) Share Based Payments: The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award (with limited exceptions). That cost is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award—the requisite service period (usually the vesting period). No compensation cost is recognized for equity instruments for which employees do not render the requisite service. Employee share purchase plans will not result in recognition of compensation cost if certain conditions are met. The Company initially measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award or liability instrument based on its current fair value; the fair value of that award or liability instrument is re-measured subsequently at each reporting date through the settlement date. Changes in fair value during the requisite service period are recognized as compensation cost over that period with the exception of awards granted in the form of restricted shares which are measured at their grant date fair value and are not subsequently re-measured. The grant-date fair value of employee share options and similar instruments are estimated using option-pricing models adjusted for the unique characteristics of those instruments (unless observable market prices for the same or similar instruments are available). If an equity award is modified after the grant date, incremental compensation cost will be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the fair value of the modified award over the fair value of the original award immediately before the modification.

(x) Derivatives: The Company is exposed to interest rate fluctuations associated with its variable rate borrowings and its objective is to manage the impact of such fluctuations on earnings and cash flows of its borrowings. In this respect, in May 2009, the Company entered into a five-year zero cost collar agreement, novated in March 2012, and terminated in May 2014, to manage its exposure to interest rate changes related to its borrowings. The collar agreement was considered as an economic hedge agreement as it did not meet the criteria of hedge accounting; therefore, the changes in its fair value were recognized in earnings (Note 16).

(y) Equity method investments: Investments in common stock in entities over which the Company exercises significant influence, but does not exercise control are accounted for by the equity method of accounting. Under this method, the Company records such an investment at cost and adjusts the carrying amount for its share of the earnings or losses of the entity subsequent to the date of investment and reports the recognized earnings or losses in income. The Company also evaluates whether a loss in value of an investment that is other than a temporary decline should be recognized. Evidence of a loss in value might include absence of an ability to recover the carrying amount of the investment or inability of the investee to sustain an earnings capacity that would justify the carrying amount of the investment. Dividends received reduce the carrying amount of the investment. When the Company's share of losses in an entity accounted for by the equity method equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, the Company does not recognize further losses, unless the Company has made advances, incurred obligations and made payments on behalf of the entity.
F-15

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-15 – Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern. ASU 2014-15 provides guidance about management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. ASU 2014-15 requires an entity's management to evaluate at each reporting period based on the relevant conditions and events that are known at the date of financial statements are issued, whether there are conditions or events, that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued and to disclose the necessary information. ASU 2014-15 is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted.

3.              Investment in Diana Containerships Inc.

As at December 31, 2013, the Company owned 9.51% of the share capital of Diana Containerships Inc. ("Diana Containerships") and its investment has been accounted for under the equity method on the basis of the significant influence that was exercised over Diana Containerships through its shareholding, its common executive Board , until March 1, 2013 through Diana Shipping Services and since May 2013 through a loan agreement (Note 4(b)). On July 29, 2014, the Company purchased through a Securities Purchase Agreement 15,936,255 additional shares for $40,000 , increasing its ownership in the share capital of Diana Containerships as at December 31, 2014 to 26.34%.

As at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the investment in Diana Containerships amounted to $67,546 and $15,640, respectively, and is separately reflected in Investment in Diana Containerships Inc. in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As at December 31, 2014, the market value of the investment was $36,227 based on Diana Containerships' closing price on Nasdaq of $1.88.

For 2014, 2013, and 2012, the investment in Diana Containerships resulted in a gain of $12,668, and loss of $6,094 and $1,773, respectively, which are separately presented in Income/(loss) from investment in Diana Containerships Inc. in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Also during 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company received dividends from Diana Containerships amounting to $763, $4,000, and $2,835, respectively.

4. Transactions with Related Parties

(a) Altair Travel Agency S.A. ("Altair"): The Company uses the services of an affiliated travel agent, Altair, which is controlled by the Company's CEO and Chairman. Travel expenses for 2014, 2013, and 2012, amounted to $2,765, $2,640, and $2,957, respectively, and are included in Vessels, Advances for vessels under construction and acquisitions and other vessel costs, Vessel operating expenses and General and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, an amount of $281 and $196, respectively, was payable to Altair and is included in Due to related parties in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
F-16

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 


(b) Diana Containerships Inc. ("Diana Containerships"): Until February 28, 2013, DSS received from Diana Containerships management fees of $15 per month for each vessel in operation and $20 per month for each laid-up vessel, 1% commissions on the gross hire and freight earned by each vessel and $10 per month for administrative fees pursuant to management and administrative services agreements between Diana Containerships, its vessel owning companies and DSS, which were terminated on March 1, 2013. For 2014, 2013, and 2012, revenues derived from the agreements with Diana Containerships amounted to $0, $447, and $2,447, respectively, and they are separately presented as Other revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As at December 31, 2014 and 2013, there was no amount due to or from Diana Containerships and its vessels, relating to these management agreements.

On May 20, 2013, the Company's Independent Committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors approved to provide to Eluk Shipping Company Inc., a subsidiary of Diana Containerships, an unsecured loan of up to $50,000 to be used for general corporate purposes and working capital, which was drawn on August 20, 2013. The loan matures on the fourth anniversary of the draw down date, or on August 20, 2017, bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 5% per annum. The loan also bears a back-end fee equal to 1.25% per annum on the outstanding amount, receivable on the repayment date of such amount. The unsecured loan is guaranteed by Diana Containerships, and Diana Containerships and its subsidiaries may not incur additional indebtedness during the term of the loan without the prior consent of the Company.

As at December 31, 2014, there was an amount of $57 of interest and $50,866 of loan and fees due from Diana Containerships, separately presented in Due from related parties, current and non-current, respectively, in the related accompanying consolidated balance sheet. As at December 31, 2013, similarly, there was an amount of $86 of interest and $50,233 of loan and fees due from Diana Containerships.

For 2014 and for the period from August 20, 2013 (drawdown date) to December 31, 2013, income from interest and fees amounted to $3,246, and $1,196, respectively, and is included in Interest and other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

(c) Diana Enterprises Inc. ("Diana Enterprises"): Diana Enterprises is a company controlled by the Company's CEO and Chairman. On March 4, 2014 DSS entered into an agreement with Diana Enterprises to provide brokerage services to DSI for a monthly fee of $104, payable quarterly in advance, effective from January 1, 2014 and until March 31, 2015, which however was terminated on June 30, 2014, as on April 9, 2014, an agreement between Diana Shipping Inc and Diana Enterprises, was signed to replace the previous one, with all other terms being the same, and which became effective on July 1, 2014. Previously, an agreement dated March 15, 2013 was in effect, with a monthly fee of $208, payable quarterly in advance from March 1, 2013 (effective date) until its termination on January 1, 2014. Prior to that, there was an agreement in effect since February 22, 2012, having an annual fee of $2,834. For 2014, 2013, and 2012, brokerage fees amounted to $1,250, $2,481, and $2,384 respectively, and are included in General and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there was an amount of $0 and $25, respectively, due to Diana Enterprises included in Due to related parties, in the accompanying balance sheets. Until March 1, 2013, DSS had an agreement with Diana Enterprises to provide brokerage services to Diana Containerships, which was terminated when DSS ceased from being the management company of the Diana Containerships' group.
F-17

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 


5. Advances for Vessels under Construction and Acquisitions and Other Vessel Costs

In May 2013, Aster and Aerik, each entered into a shipbuilding contract with unrelated third parties for the construction of a Newcastlemax dry bulk carrier for the aggregate price of $97,400. The vessels are expected to be delivered in 2016.

In January 2014, Houk entered into a shipbuilding contract with unrelated third parties for the construction of a Kamsarmax dry bulk carrier for a contract price of $28,825. The vessel is expected to be delivered in 2016.

In December 2014, Lelu entered into a memorandum of agreement with an unrelated third party to acquire a Capesize dry bulk carrier for the purchase price of $50,000. As at December 31, 2014, the Company had paid an amount of $10,066, including the advance to the seller and additional acquisition costs. The vessel was delivered in January 2015 (Note 17).

As at December 31, 2014, the remaining contractual obligations for all of the above contracts amounted to $147,291 (Note 10) .

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets include payments to sellers of vessels or, in the case of vessels under construction, to the shipyards and other costs capitalized in accordance with the accounting policy as discussed in Note 2(i). The movement of the account during 2014 and 2013 was as follows:

   
2014
   
2013
 
Beginning balance
 
$
38,862
   
$
11,502
 
 - Advances for vessels under construction and other vessel costs
   
43,160
     
30,053
 
 - Advances for vessel acquisitions and other vessel costs
   
10,066
     
23,983
 
 - Transferred to vessel cost (Note 6)
   
(62,588
)
   
(26,676
)
Ending balance
 
$
29,500
   
$
38,862
 

6. Vessels

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

   
Vessel Cost
   
Accumulated Depreciation
   
Net Book Value
 
 
           
Balance, December 31, 2012
 
$
1,515,370
   
$
(304,232
)
 
$
1,211,138
 
 
                       
- Transfer from advances for vessels under construction and acquisition and other vessel costs  (Note 5)
   
26,676
     
-
     
26,676
 
- Acquisition, improvements and other vessel costs
   
144,544
     
-
     
144,544
 
- Depreciation for the year
   
-
     
(61,983
)
   
(61,983
)
Balance, December 31, 2013
 
$
1,686,590
   
$
(366,215
)
 
$
1,320,375
 
 
                       
- Transfer from advances for vessels under construction and acquisition and other vessel costs  (Note 5)
   
62,588
     
-
     
62,588
 
- Acquisitions, improvements and other vessel costs
   
58,476
     
-
     
58,476
 
- Depreciation for the year
   
-
     
(68,306
)
   
(68,306
)
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
$
1,807,654
   
$
(434,521
)
 
$
1,373,133
 

F-18

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

In January 2013, the vessel Myrto was delivered to the Company from an unrelated third party for the purchase price of $26,500 according to a memorandum of agreement that Tuvalu had entered in 2012.

During 2013, the Company, through subsidiaries entered into memoranda of agreement to purchase from unaffiliated third parties five vessels, one Panamax, two Kamsarmaxes and two Capesize vessels for an aggregate price of $141,423.

During 2014, the Company took delivery of "Crystalia" and "Atalandi", which until then were under construction and additionally acquired the Capesize dry bulk carrier "GP Zafirakis" for $58,000, which was delivered in August 2014.

7. Property and equipment, net

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

   
Property and Equipment
   
Accumulated Depreciation
   
Net Book Value
 
 
           
Balance, December 31, 2012
 
$
24,105
   
$
(1,331
)
 
$
22,774
 
 
                       
- Additions in equipment and building improvements
   
575
     
-
     
575
 
- Depreciation for the year
   
-
     
(523
)
   
(523
)
Balance, December 31, 2013
 
$
24,680
   
$
(1,854
)
 
$
22,826
 
 
                       
- Write off of fully depreciated assets
   
(100
)
   
100
     
-
 
- Additions in property and equipment
   
1,574
     
-
     
1,574
 
- Depreciation for the year
   
-
     
(513
)
   
(513
)
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
$
26,154
   
$
(2,267
)
 
$
23,887
 

In December 2014, DSS acquired jointly with two other related entities, from unrelated individuals, a plot of land for an aggregate purchase price of €2.0 million or $2,489 (based on the exchange rate of $ to Euro as of the date of acquisition). DSS paid 1/3 of the purchase price amounting to $886, including additional purchase costs incurred. The plot is under the common ownership of the joint purchasers.

8. Prepaid charter revenue

In May 2009, on the acquisition of the vessel "Houston", Gala paid an amount in excess of the predelivery installments for the construction of the vessel, which was recognized in assets as Prepaid charter revenue. This amount had been amortized in revenues since the delivery of the vessel to the time charterers. On November 26, 2013, the charterers terminated the charter earlier than the termination date determined under the terms of the charter party and redelivered the vessel to the owners, who started arbitration proceedings against the charterers seeking to mitigate their losses as a result of the early termination. As a result of this earlier termination of the charter party, the unamortized balance of prepaid charter revenue was fully amortized against Time charter revenues during 2013.

The amortization of prepaid charter revenue for 2013 (from January 1, until termination) and 2012 amounted to $5,353, and $3,056, respectively, and is included in Time charter revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
F-19

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 


9.              Long-term debt, current and non-current

The amount of long-term debt shown in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is analyzed as follows:

   
2014
   
2013
 
Revolving credit facility
 
$
210,000
   
$
240,000
 
Secured term loans
   
276,008
     
193,096
 
Total debt outstanding
 
$
486,008
   
$
433,096
 
Less related deferred financing costs
   
(1,752
)
   
(1,539
)
Total debt, net of deferred financing costs
 
$
484,256
   
$
431,557
 
Less: Current portion of long term debt, net of deferred financing costs current
   
(78,734
)
   
(46,077
)
Long-term debt, net of current portion and deferred financing costs, non-current
 
$
405,522
   
$
385,480
 

Revolving credit facility : On February 18, 2005, the Company entered into a secured revolving credit facility with the Royal Bank of Scotland for $230,000 which was increased to $300,000 on May 24, 2006 with an amended agreement. The amended facility was available in full until May 24, 2012. Since that date, the available amount is reducing in semi-annual amounts of $15,000 with a final reduction of $165,000 together with the last semi-annual reduction on May 24, 2016. The credit facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 0.75% to 0.85%. The weighted average interest rate of the facility as at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 0.95% and 1.08%, respectively.

The credit facility is secured by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on 18 vessels of the Company's fleet, assignment of all freights, earnings, insurances and requisition compensation. The lenders may also require additional security in the event the Company breaches certain covenants under the credit facility, including a shortfall in the hull cover ratio.

The credit facility contains covenants including restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the vessels, additional indebtedness, minimum liquidity for each vessel mortgaged under or financed through the credit facility and other financial covenants . As at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the minimum liquidity requirement amounted to $7,600 and $7,600, respectively. Furthermore, the Company is not permitted to pay any dividends that would result in a breach of the financial covenants of the facility.

Secured Term Loans: The Company, through its subsidiaries, has entered into various long term loan agreements with bank institutions to partly finance or, as the case may be, refinance part of the acquisition cost of certain of its fleet vessels. The loan agreements are repayable in quarterly or semi-annual installments plus one balloon installment per loan agreement to be paid together with the last installment and bear interest at LIBOR plus margin ranging from 1% to 3%. The weighted average interest rate of the Secured Term Loans as at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 2.68% and 2.67%, respectively.
F-20

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 


Their maturities start from March 10, 2015 the earliest to May 18, 2022 the latest.

On June 18, 2013, Tuvalu and Jabat, entered into a loan agreement with Deutsche for a loan facility of $18,000 to finance part of the acquisition cost of the vessels "Maia" and "Myrto", drawn on June 20, 2013. The loan is repayable in 20 consecutive equal quarterly installments of $375 and a balloon payment of $10,500 payable together with the final quarterly installment on June 20, 2018. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0%.

On May 24, 2013, Erikub and Wotho entered into a loan agreement with Export-Import Bank of China and DnB to finance part of the construction cost of the "Crystalia" and the "Atalandi", for an amount of up to $15,000 for each vessel, drawn on May 22, 2014. Each advance is repayable in 19 quarterly installments of $250 and a balloon of $10,250 payable together with the last installment on February 22, 2019. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0% per annum.

On January 9, 2014, Taka and Fayo entered into a loan agreement with Commonwealth Bank of Australia, London Branch, for a loan facility of up to $18,000, drawn on January 13, 2014, to finance part of the acquisition cost of the "Melite" and "Artemis". The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%. The loan was drawn in Tranche A of $8,500 and Tranche B of $9,500. Tranche A is repayable in 24 equal consecutive quarterly installments of about $196 each and a balloon of $3,800 payable together with the last installment on January 13, 2020. Tranche B is repayable in 32 equal consecutive quarterly installments of about $156 each and a balloon of $4,500 payable on together with the last installment on January 13, 2022.

On December 18, 2014, Pulap and Weno entered into a loan agreement with BNP Paribas, for a loan facility of up to $55,000, of which $53,500 was drawn on December 19, 2014. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2% and is repayable in 14 equal semi-annual installments of approximately $1,574 and a balloon of $31,464 payable on November 30, 2021.

Under the secured long term debt agreements mentioned above, 17 vessels of the Company's fleet are mortgaged with first preferred or second preferred ship mortgage, where applicable. Additional securities required by the banks include first priority assignment of all earnings, insurances, first assignment of time charter contracts with duration of more than 12 months, pledge over the shares of the borrowers, manager's undertaking and subordination and requisition compensation and a corporate guarantee by DSI (the "Guarantor"), financial covenants, as well as operating account assignments. The lenders may also require additional security in the future in the event the borrowers breach certain covenants under the loan agreements and include restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the vessels, additional indebtedness, as well as minimum requirements regarding hull cover ratio and minimum liquidity per vessel owned by the borrowers or the Guarantor maintained in the bank accounts of the borrowers. Furthermore, certain of the Secured Term Loans contain cross default provisions and additionally the Company is not permitted to pay any dividends from the earnings of the vessel following the occurrence of an event of default.

As at December 31, 2014, part of the Company's fleet (except of vessels Coronis, Aliki , Baltimore, Myrsini), having an aggregate carrying value of $1,222,877 has been provided as collateral to secure the debt facilities.

As at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the maximum amount required by the banks as compensating cash balance amounted to $19,500 and $18,000, respectively.
F-21

 
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 


The maturities of the Company's debt facilities described above, as at December 31, 2014, and throughout their term, are as follows, and do not include the right of lenders of a secured term loan to demand repayment of the balance of the loan outstanding within the first semester of 2018, subject however to written notification by the lender(s) to the borrower(s) no earlier than within calendar year 2016 and not later than within calendar year 2017:
 
Period
 
Principal Repayment
 
January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015
 
$
79,288
 
January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016
   
200,689
 
January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017
   
49,930
 
January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018
   
27,242
 
January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019
   
38,992
 
January 1, 2020 and thereafter
   
89,867
 
Total
 
$
486,008
 
 
 
10. Commitments and Contingencies

a) Various claims, suits, and complaints, including those involving government regulations and product liability, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, agents, insurance and other claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Company's vessels. The Company accrues for the cost of environmental and other liabilities when management becomes aware that a liability is probable and is able to reasonably estimate the probable exposure.

The Company's vessels are covered for pollution in the amount of $1 billion per vessel per incident, by the P&I Association in which the Company's vessels are entered. The Company's vessels are subject to calls payable to their P&I Association and may be subject to supplemental calls which are based on estimates of premium income and anticipated and paid claims. Such estimates are adjusted each year by the Board of Directors of the P&I Association until the closing of the relevant policy year, which generally occurs within three years from the end of the policy year. Supplemental calls, if any, are expensed when they are announced and according to the period they relate to. The Company is not aware of any supplemental calls in respect of any policy year that should be recorded in its consolidated financial statements.

b) The Company has shipbuilding contracts for the construction of two Newcastlemax dry bulk carriers and one Kamsarmax dry bulk carrier and a contract to acquire a Capesize dry bulk carrier (Note 5). As at December 31, 2014, the total obligations under these contracts amounted to $147,291, which subsequently were reduced (Note 17).

c) As at December 31, 2014, the minimum contractual gross charter revenues expected to be generated from fixed and non-cancelable time charter contracts existing as at December 31, 2014 and until their expiration were as follows:

Period
 
Amount
 
Year 1
 
$
100,652
 
Year 2
   
11,854
 
   Total
 
$
112,506
 
F-22

DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)


11. Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts

(a) Preferred stock : As at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company's authorized preferred stock consists of 25,000,000 shares (all in registered form) of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which as at December 31, 2014, 1,000,000 were designated as Series A Participating Preferred Shares; and 5,000,000 were designated as Series B Preferred Shares.

On February 24, 2014, the Company completed a public offering of 2,600,000 shares of Series B Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Shares, par value $0.01 per share, at $25.00 per share and with liquidation preference at $25.0 per share. The net proceeds from the offering (after the underwriting discount and other offering expenses payable by the Company) were $62,698.

Holders of series B preferred shares have no voting rights other than the ability, subject to certain exceptions, to elect one director if dividends for six quarterly dividend periods (whether or not consecutive) are in arrears and certain other limited protective voting rights. Also, holders of series B preferred shares, rank prior to the holders of common shares with respect to dividends, distributions and payments upon liquidation. As at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had 2,600,000 and none, respectively, of Series B Preferred Shares issued and outstanding and none issued and outstanding of Series A Preferred Shares .

Dividends on the Series B preferred shares are cumulative from the date of original issue and are payable on the 15th day of January, April, July and October of each year at the dividend rate of 8.875% per annum , or $2 . 21875 per annum per share. As at December 31, 2014, dividends on Series B preferred shares, both accrued and paid amounted to $5,080. At any time on or after February 14, 2019, the Company may redeem, in whole or in part, the series B preferred shares at a redemption price of $25.00 per share plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption, whether or not declared.

(b) Common Stock: The Company's authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares (all in registered form) of common stock, par value $0.01 per share. The holders of the common shares are entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and to receive all dividends, if any.

(c) Incentive plan : In February 2005, the Company adopted an equity incentive plan (the "Plan") for 2,800,000 common shares, which was amended and restated on October 21, 2008 and terminated in 2012 as all shares reserved had been issued. In May 2011, the Company's board of directors approved to adopt the Diana Shipping Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, with substantially the same terms and provisions as the Company's Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.  Under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, an aggregate of 5,000,000 common shares were reserved for issuance, of which as at December 31, 2014 2,484,759 remained reserved for issuance. In November 2014, the Company's board of directors approved to adopt the Diana Shipping Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, for 5,000,000 additional shares.
F-23

DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)


The plan entitles the Company's employees, officers and directors to receive options to acquire the Company's common stock and is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board Directors or such other committee of the Board as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan. Under the terms of the plan, the Company's Board of Directors is able to grant a) incentive stock options, b) non-qualified stock options, c) stock appreciation rights, d) dividend equivalent rights, e) restricted stock, f) unrestricted stock, g) restricted stock units, and h) performance shares. No options, stock appreciation rights or restricted stock units can be exercisable prior to the first anniversary or subsequent to the tenth anniversary of the date on which such award was granted.

The Company follows the provisions in ASC 718 "Compensation – Stock Compensation", for purposes of accounting for such share-based payments. All share-based compensation provided to employees is recognized in accordance with the relevant guidance, and is included in General and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Restricted stock during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is analysed as follows:

   
Number of Shares
   
Weighted Average Grant Date Price
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
   
1,384,062
   
$
14.07
 
Granted
   
667,614
     
9.13
 
Vested
   
(600,051
)
   
13.83
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2012
   
1,451,625
   
$
11.90
 
Granted
   
607,946
     
9.06
 
Vested
   
(701,198
)
   
12.64
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2013
   
1,358,373
     
10.25
 
Granted
   
1,864,000
     
9.38
 
Vested
   
(730,539
)
   
11.25
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2014
   
2,491,834
   
$
9.30
 

The fair value of the restricted shares has been determined with reference to the closing price of the Company's stock on the date the agreements were signed. The aggregate compensation cost is being recognized ratably in the consolidated statement of operations over the respective vesting periods. For 2014, 2013, and 2012, an amount of $7,744, $8,203, and $8,645, respectively, was recognized in General and administrative expenses presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations .

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total unrecognized cost relating to restricted share awards was $17,698 and $7,966, respectively. At December 31, 2014, the weighted-average period over which the total compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized is expected to be recognized is 2.15 years.

(d) Share Repurchase Agreement: On May 22, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase plan for up to $100,000 worth of shares of the Company's common stock, under which, as at December 31, 2014, the Company had repurchased and retired 2,845,549 shares at an aggregate cost of approximately $25,349 (Note 17).
F-24

DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)


12. Voyage and Vessel Operating Expenses

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations are analyzed as follows:

   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Voyage Expenses
           
Bunkers
 
$
2,026
   
$
(62
)
 
$
(2,149
)
Commissions charged by third parties
   
8,245
     
7,939
     
10,273
 
Miscellaneous
   
394
     
242
     
150
 
Total
 
$
10,665
   
$
8,119
   
$
8,274
 
                         
Vessel Operating Expenses
                       
Crew wages and related costs
 
$
50,442
   
$
45,451
   
$
37,351
 
Insurance
   
6,723
     
6,438
     
4,747
 
Spares and consumable stores
   
17,106
     
14,825
     
14,996
 
Repairs and maintenance
   
8,379
     
5,548
     
6,609
 
Tonnage taxes (Note 15)
   
2,109
     
1,040
     
361
 
Environmental costs
   
1,314
     
2
     
-
 
Other operating expenses
   
850
     
3,907
     
2,229
 
Total
 
$
86,923
   
$
77,211
   
$
66,293
 

13. Interest and Finance Costs

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations are analyzed as follows:

   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Interest expense
 
$
7,815
   
$
7,600
   
$
7,021
 
Amortization of financing costs
   
519
     
473
     
379
 
Commitment fees and other costs
   
93
     
67
     
218
 
Total
 
$
8,427
   
$
8,140
   
$
7,618
 

Total interest incurred on long-term debt for 2014, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $8,221, $8,068, and $7,342, respectively. Of the above amounts, $406 in 2014, $468 in 2013 and $321 in 2012, were capitalized and included in Vessels and in Advances for vessels under construction and acquisitions and other vessel costs.

14. Earnings / (loss) per Share

All common shares issued (including the restricted shares issued under the Company's Incentive Plan) are the Company's common stock and have equal rights to vote and participate in dividends upon their vesting. The calculation of basic earnings/(loss) per share does not treat the non-vested shares (not considered participating securities) as outstanding until the time/service-based vesting restriction has lapsed. For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share the weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding includes the incremental shares assumed issued determined in accordance with the treasury stock method. For 2014 and 2013, and on the basis that the Company incurred losses, the effect of incremental shares would be anti-dilutive and therefore basic and diluted loss per share was the same.
F-25


DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)


For 2012, there were no incremental shares assumed issued under the treasury stock method weighted for the periods the non-vested shares were outstanding.

Profit or loss attributable to common equity holders is adjusted by the amount of dividends paid and accrued on Series B Preferred Stock which for 2014 amounted to $5,080.

   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
             
Net income / (loss)
 
$
(10,268
)
 
$
(21,205
)
 
$
54,639
 
Less dividends on series B preferred shares
 
$
(5,080
)
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
Net income / (loss) attributed to common stockholders
   
(15,348
)
   
(21,205
)
   
54,639
 
                         
                         
Weighted average number of common shares, basic  and diluted
   
81,292,290
     
81,328,390
     
81,083,485
 
                         
Earnings / (loss) per share, basic and diluted
 
$
(0.19
)
 
$
(0.26
)
 
$
0.67
 
                         

15. Income Taxes

Under the laws of the countries of the companies' incorporation and / or vessels' registration, the companies are not subject to tax on international shipping income; however, they are subject to registration and tonnage taxes, which are included in vessel operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (Note 12).

Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of the United States (the "Code"), U.S. source income from the international operations of ships is generally exempt from U.S. tax if the company operating the ships meets both of the following requirements, (a) the Company is organized in a foreign country that grants an equivalent exception to corporations organized in the United States and (b) either (i) more than 50% of the value of the Company's stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals who are "residents" of the Company's country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an "equivalent exemption" to corporations organized in the United States (50% Ownership Test) or (ii) the Company's stock is "primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market" in its country of organization, in another country that grants an "equivalent exemption" to United States corporations, or in the United States (Publicly‑Traded Test).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the regulations provide, in pertinent part, that each class of the Company's stock will not be considered to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified stock attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the value of such class of the Company's outstanding stock, ("5 Percent Override Rule").
F-26

DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)


The Company and each of its subsidiaries expects to  qualify for this statutory tax exemption for the 2014, 2013 and 2012 taxable years, and the Company takes this position for United States federal income tax return reporting purposes.  However, there are factual circumstances beyond the Company's control that could cause it to lose the benefit of this tax exemption in future years and thereby become subject to United States federal income tax on its United States source income such as  if, for a particular taxable year, other shareholders with a five percent or greater interest in the Company's stock were, in combination with the Company's existing 5% shareholders, to own 50% or more of the Company's outstanding shares of its stock on more than half the days during the taxable year.

The Company estimates that since no more than the 50% of its shipping income would be treated as being United States source income, the effective tax rate is expected to be 2% and accordingly it anticipates that the impact on its results of operations will not be material. The Company believes that it satisfies the Publicly-Traded Test and all of its United States source shipping income is exempt from U.S. federal income tax. Based on its U.S. source Shipping Income for 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company would be subject to U.S. federal income tax of approximately $246, $238 and $289, respectively, in the absence of an exemption under Section 883.

16. Financial Instruments

The carrying values of temporary cash investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments. The fair values of long-term bank loans approximate the recorded values, due to their variable interest rates. The fair value of long-term loan receivable from Diana Containerships also approximates its recorded value, due to its variable interest rate.

The Company is exposed to interest rate fluctuations associated with its variable rate borrowings and its objective is to manage the impact of such fluctuations on earnings and cash flows of its borrowings. In May 2009 the Company entered into a five-year zero cost collar agreement (novated in March 2012), with a floor at 1% and a cap at 7.8% of a notional amount of $100,000 to manage its exposure to interest rate changes related to its borrowings. The collar agreement, which matured on May 27, 2014, was used as an economic hedge agreement and did not meet the criteria for hedge accounting; therefore, the changes in its fair value were recognized in earnings.

As at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of the swap was $0 and $378, respectively, both separately presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. For 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company incurred from the swap gain of $68 and loss of $118, and $518, respectively, and is separately presented as Income / (loss) from derivative instruments in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the collar agreement determined through Level 2 inputs of the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820-10-35-47 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure, Subsequent Re-measurement of FASB Accounting Standard Codification (ASC), is derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Inputs include interest rates, yield curves and other items that allow value to be determined.
F-27

DIANA SHIPPING INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars – except share, per share data, unless otherwise stated)


17. Subsequent Events

(a) Delivery of vessel and payment of construction installment: On January 12, 2015, the Company took delivery of Santa Barbara, a vessel that Lelu had agreed to acquire.  In addition, on February 2, 2015, the Company paid an installment for the construction of hull H2548 owned by Aster (Note 5). As a result of the two events, the Company's purchase obligations for the acquisition and or construction of vessels (Note 10), subsequently to December 31, 2014 reduced to $99,986.

(b) Series B Preferred Stock Dividends: On January 15, 2015, the Company paid a dividend on its series B preferred stock, amounting to $0.5546875 per share, or $1,442, to its stockholders of record as of January 14, 2015.

(c) Repurchase and Retirement of Common Stock: Under the repurchase program (Note 11), the Company, subsequently to December 31, 2014, repurchased and retired an additional number of 413,804 shares for an aggregate cost of $2,673.

(d) New Loan Agreements: On March 17, 2015, the Company, through eight separate wholly owned subsidiaries, entered into a loan agreement with Nordea Bank for a secured term loan facility of up to $110,000, to refinance the existing indebtedness with the bank and for general corporate and working capital purposes. On March 19, 2015, we drew down $93,080 and we repaid the then existing indebtedness with the bank amounting to $38,345.

(e) Termination of Loan Agreements: On March 10 and on March 20, 2015, the Company repaid in full the then outstanding indebtedness with Deutsche Bank for the vessels i) "New York" and ii) "Myrto" and "Maia", respectively, and the related agreements were terminated.

(f) Loan Commitment: On February 27, 2015, the Company entered into a commitment letter with Danish Ship Finance for a loan facility of $30,000 to finance the acquisition cost of the vessel "Santa Barbara". On March 12, 2015, the Company was offered a term sheet from ABN AMRO Bank NV for a loan facility of up to $53,000 to re-finance the acquisition cost of the vessels "New York", "Myrto" and "Maia", subject to signing the loan agreement by May 01, 2015.

(g) Annual Incentive Bonus : On March 3, 2015 the Company's Board of Directors approved a cash bonus of about $1,714 to all employees and executive management of the Company, which had been accrued as at December 31, 2014, and 1,100,000 shares of restricted common stock awards to executive management and non-executive directors, pursuant to the Company's 2011 equity incentive plan. The fair value of the restricted shares based on the closing price on the date of the Board of Directors' approval was $7,601 and will be recognized in income ratably over the restricted shares vesting period which will be 3 years.




F-28
Exhibit 4.21
 

 
Dated 18 December 2014
WENO SHIPPING COMPANY INC. and
PULAP SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
as joint and several Borrowers
and
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Schedule 1
as Lenders
and
BNP PARIBAS
as Agent
and as Security Trustee
and
BNP PARIBAS
as Swap Bank
LOAN AGREEMENT
relating to a US$55,000,000 facility to refinance
part of the acquisition cost of two Capesize dry bulk carriers
named "G.P. ZAFIRAKIS" and "P.S. PALIOS"
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


WATSON FARLEY
&
WILLIAMS


Index

Clause
 
Page
     
     
1
Interpretation
 1
2
Loan Facility and Designated Transactions
 17
3
Position of the Lenders and the swap bank
17
4
Drawdown
18
5
Interest
 19
6
Interest Periods
23
7
Default Interest
24
8
Repayment and Prepayment
25
9
Conditions Precedent
27
10
Representations and Warranties
 28
11
General Undertakings
 31
12
Corporate Undertakings
36
13
Insurance
37
14
Ship Covenants
42
15
Security cover
47
16
Payments and Calculations
49
17
Application of Receipts
 51
18
Application of Earnings
 52
19
Events of Default
 53
20
Fees and Expenses
58
21
Indemnities
 59
22
No Set-Off or Tax Deduction
62
23
Illegality, etc
64
24
Increased Costs
65
25
Set-Off
67
26
Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices
67
27
Variations and Waivers
71
28
Notices
72
29
Joint and Several Liability
 76
30
Supplemental
77
31
Law and Jurisdiction
79
Schedule 1 Lenders and Commitments
80
Schedule 2 Drawdown Notice
81
Schedule 3 Condition Precedent Documents
82
Schedule 4 Transfer Certificate
85
Schedule 5 Designation Notice
89
Execution Page
90


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 18 December 2014
BETWEEN
(1) WENO SHIPPING COMPANY INC. and PULAP SHIPPING COMPANY INC. , each a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 as joint and several Borrowers ;
(2) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders ;
(3) BNP PARIBAS acting through its office at 16 Boulevard des Italiens, 75009 Paris, France as Agent and Security Trustee .
(4) BNP PARIBAS acting through its office at 3 rue Taitbout, 75009 Paris, France as Swap Bank .
BACKGROUND
(A) The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrowers a senior secured term loan facility of up to $55,000,000 in two Advances in the amounts and for the purposes referred to below:
(i) Advance A shall be in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $29,000,000 and (b) 55 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of Ship A which shall be made available for the purpose of refinancing the acquisition cost of Ship A; and
(ii) Advance B shall be in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $26,000,000 and (b) 55 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of Ship B which shall be made available for the purpose of refinancing the acquisition cost of Ship B.
(B) The Borrowers may from time to time hedge their exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations by entering into Designated Transactions with the Swap Bank.
(C) The Lenders and the Swap Bank have agreed to share pari passu in the security to be granted to the Security Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1 INTERPRETATION
1.1 Definitions
Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:
" Account Bank "   means BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA, acting through its office at Place de Hollande 2, CP CH-1211, Geneva 11, Switzerland;
" Account Pledge "   means a deed of pledge of each Earnings Account in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means both of them;
" Advance A "   means an amount equal to the lesser of (i) $29,000,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of Ship A, to be made available to the Borrowers in a single amount for the purpose of refinancing part of the acquisition cost of Ship A;
" Advance B "   means an amount equal to the lesser of (i) $26,000,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of Ship B, to be made available to the Borrowers in a single amount for the purpose of refinancing part of the acquisition cost of Ship B;

" Advances "   means, together, Advance A and Advance B or the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrowers under this Agreement and, in the singular, means either of them;
" Affected Lender "   has the meaning given in Clause 5.7;
" Agency and Trust Agreement "   means the agency and trust agreement dated the same date as this Agreement and made between the same parties in such form as the Agent may approve or require;
" Agent "   means BNP Paribas acting through its office at 16 Boulevard des Italiens, 75009 Paris France or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;
" Agreed Form "   means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provisions of any Finance Document;
" Applicable Person "   has the meaning given in Clause 30.5;
" Approved Broker "   means any of Clarkson, Fearnleys, Gibsons, Arrow, Galbraith's, Breamar Seascope, Maersk Brokers., B.S. Platou, Simpson Spence & Young (to include, in each case, their successors or assigns and such subsidiary or other company in the same corporate group through which valuations are commonly issued by each of these brokers), or such other first-class independent broker as the Borrowers and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may agree in writing form time to time;
" Approved Manager "   means, in relation to a Ship, Diana Shipping Services S.A., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Panama having its registered office at Edificio Universal, Piso 12, Avenida Federico Boyd, Panama, Republic of Panama and maintaining an office at 16 Pendelis Street, 175 64, Palaio Faliro, Greece or any other company which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve from time to time as the technical or, as the case may be, commercial manager of that Ship (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or unduly delayed);
" Approved Flag "   means, in relation to a Ship, the Marshall Islands flag, or any other flag which the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, approve as the flag on which that Ship may be registered;
" Approved Flag State "   means the Republic of the Marshall Islands, or any country in which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve that that Ship may be registered;
" Approved Manager's Undertaking "   means, in relation to a Ship, a letter of undertaking executed or to be executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Security Trustee in the terms required by the Security Trustee agreeing certain matters in relation to the Approved Manager serving as the manager of that Ship and subordinating the rights of the Approved Manager against that Ship and the Borrower owning that Ship to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents, in the Agreed Form;
" Availability Period "   means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:
(a) 31 December 2014 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, agree with the Borrowers); or
2

(b) if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;
" Balloon Instalment "   has the meaning given in Clause 8.1(b);
" Basel III Framework "   means:
(a) the agreements on capital requirements, leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time;
(b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time; and
(c) any further guidance or standards published from time to time by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III";
" Borrower "   means each of Borrower A and Borrower B and, in the plural, means both of them;
" Borrower A "   means Weno Shipping Company Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;
" Borrower B "   means Pulap Shipping Company Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;
" Business Day "   means a day on which banks are open in London, Athens, Paris and Geneva and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York City;
" Change of Control "   means the occurrence of any act, event or circumstance that results in the shareholder of either Borrower as of the date of this Agreement no longer holding, either directly or indirectly, the ownership of any of the shares in such Borrower and/or the control of the voting rights attaching to any of those shares;
" Charterparty "   means, in relation to a Ship, any charterparty in respect of that Ship of a duration exceeding 12 months or capable of exceeding a duration of 12 months, made on terms and with a charterer acceptable in all respects to Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders);
" Charterparty Assignment "   means, in respect of a Charterparty, the deed of assignment of that Charterparty in favour of the Security Trustee, in the Agreed Form;
" CISADA "   means the United States Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act of 2010 as it applies to non-US persons;
" Code "   means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
" Commitment "   means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer
3

Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and " Total Commitments "   means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders);
" Confidential Rate "   means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank or any Funding Rate;
" Confirmation "   and " Early Termination Date " , in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, have the meanings given in the Master Agreement;
" Contractual Currency "   has the meaning given in Clause 21.4;
" Contribution "   means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;
" Corporate Guarantee "   means the guarantee to be given by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee, guaranteeing the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Finance Documents, in the Agreed Form;
" Corporate Guarantor "   means Diana Shipping Inc., a corporation domesticated and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, MH96960, Majuro, Marshall Islands;
" CRD IV "   means:
(a) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and
(b) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms;
" Creditor Party "   means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Swap Bank or any Lender, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time;
" Designated Transaction "   means a Transaction which fulfils the following requirements:
(a) it is entered into by the Borrowers pursuant to the Master Agreement with the Swap Bank; and
(b) its purpose is the hedging of the Borrowers' exposure under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later than the final Repayment Date;
" Dollars "   and " $ " means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;
" Drawdown Date "   means, in relation to an Advance, the date requested by the Borrowers for the Advance to be made, or (as the context requires) the date on which the Advance is actually made;
" Drawdown Notice "   means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);
" Earnings "   means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower owning that Ship or the Security

4

Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):
(a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b);
(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;
(ii) compensation payable to either Borrower or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of a Ship for hire;
(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;
(iv) demurrage and detention moneys ;
(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of a Ship; and
(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and
(b) if and whenever a Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;
" Earnings Account "   means, in relation to a Ship, an account in the name of the Borrower owning that Ship with the Account Bank in Switzerland designated "[Borrower's name] - Earnings Account", or any other account (with the Account Bank or with an office of the Agent) which is designated by the Agent in writing as the Earnings Account in relation to that Ship for the purposes of this Agreement;
" Environmental Claim "   means:
(a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or
(b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,
and " claim "   means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;
" Environmental Incident "   means:
(a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from a Ship; or
(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than a Ship and which involves a collision between a Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Ship and/or either Borrower and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or
5

(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where either Borrower and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;
" Environmental Law "   means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;
" Environmentally Sensitive Material "   means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;
" Event of Default "   means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1;
" FATCA "   means:
(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;
(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or
(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;
" FATCA Deduction "   means a deduction or withholding from a payment under any Finance Document required by or under FATCA;
" FATCA Exempt Party "   means a party to a Finance Document that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;
" FATCA FFI " means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if any Creditor Party is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction;
" Fee Letter "   means a letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrowers setting out the amount of the structuring fee referred to in Clause 20.1;
" Finance Documents "   means:
(a) this Agreement;
(b) the Agency and Trust Agreement;
(c) the Master Agreement;
(d) the Master Agreement Assignment;
(e) the Corporate Guarantee;
(f) the General Assignments;
(g) the Mortgages;
6

(h) the Account Pledges;
(i) any Charterparty Assignments;
(j) the Approved Manager's Undertaking;
(k) the Fee Letter; and
(l) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by either Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders and/or the Swap Bank under this Agreement or the Master Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition;
" Financial Indebtedness "   means, in relation to a person (the " debtor " ), a liability of the debtor:
(a) for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;
(b) under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;
(c) under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or dematerialised equivalent made available to the debtor;
(d) under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;
(e) under any foreign exchange transaction, any interest or currency swap or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount; or
(f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing; or
(g) in connection with any receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis); or
(h) under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within paragraphs (a) to (g) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;
" Fleet Vessels "   means all of the vessels (including, but not limited to, the Ships) from time to time wholly owned by members of the Group (each a " Fleet Vessel " );
" Funding Rate "   means any rate notified to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to Clause 5.12;
" GAAP "   means generally accepted international accounting principles as from time to time in effect in the United States of America;
" General Assignment "   means, in relation to a Ship, a general assignment of the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in the Agreed Form;
7

" Group "   means the Corporate Guarantor and all its subsidiaries (including, but not limited to, the Borrowers) from time to time during the Security Period and a "member of the Group" shall be construed accordingly;
" IACS "   means the International Association of Classification Societies;
" Initial Market Value "   means, in relation to a Ship, the Market Value of that Ship calculated in accordance with the valuation received relative thereto referred to in paragraph 4 of Schedule 3, Part B;
" Insurances "   means, in relation to a Ship:
(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of the Ship, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to it whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and
(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement;
" Interest Period "   means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;
" Interpolated Screen Rate "   means, in relation to LIBOR for an Interest Period, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:
(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than that Interest Period; and
(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds that Interest Period,
each as of 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Day for the currency of the Loan;
" ISM Code "   means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;
" ISPS Code "   means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organisation as the same may be amended, supplemented or superseded from time to time;
" ISSC " means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;
" ITF "   means the International Transport Workers' Federation;
" Lender "   means, subject to Clause 26.6:
(a) a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 1 and acting through its branch or office indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Borrowers under Clause 26.14) unless it has delivered a Transfer Certificate or Certificates covering the entire amounts of its Commitment and its Contribution; and
(b) the holder for the time being of a Transfer Certificate;
8

" LIBOR "   means, for an Interest Period:
(a) the applicable Screen Rate;
(b) (if no Screen Rate is available for that Interest Period) the Interpolated Screen Rate; or
(c) if:
(i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of the Loan; or
(ii) no Screen Rate is available for that Interest Period and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate,
(iii) the Reference Bank Rate,
as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Day for the currency of the Loan and for a period equal in length to that Interest Period and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero;
" Loan "   means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement;
" Major Casualty "   means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to the Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;
" Majority Lenders "   means:
(a) before an Advance has been made, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and
(b) after an Advance has been made, Lenders whose Contributions total 66.66 per cent. of the Loan;
" Mandatory Cost " means, in relation to the Loan, the cost calculated as a percentage rate per annum incurred by a Lender as a result of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank, as may be determined by a Lender and notified to the Agent from time to time and notified in turn by the Agent to the Borrowers;
" Margin "   means 2 per cent. per annum;
" Market Value "   means, in relation to a Ship, the market value of that Ship determined from time to time in accordance with Clause 15.4;
" Master Agreement "   means the master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Master Agreement) made or to be made between the Borrowers and the Swap Bank and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged thereunder;
" Master Agreement Assignment "   means the assignment of the Master Agreement in favour of the Security Trustee executed or to be executed by the Borrowers, in the Agreed Form;
" Material Adverse Effect "   means, a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on:
9

(a) the financial condition, assets, prospects or business of either Borrower and/or the Corporate Guarantor or on the consolidated financial condition, assets, prospects or business of the Group; or
(b) the ability of a Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor to perform and comply with its obligations under any Finance Documents;
" Mortgage "   means, in relation to a Ship, a first preferred or, as the case may be, priority ship mortgage on that Ship (and, if required pursuant to the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State, a deed of covenant collateral thereto) in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means both of them;
" Negotiation Period "   has the meaning given in Clause 5.10;
" Notifying Lender "   has the meaning given in Clause 23.1 or Clause 24.1 as the context requires;
" Payment Currency "   has the meaning given in Clause 21.5;
" Permitted Security Interests "   means:
(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;
(b) liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;
(c) liens for salvage;
(d) liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months' prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;
(e) liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the relevant Borrower in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(g);
(f) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses while a Borrower is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; and
(g) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;
" Pertinent Jurisdiction " , in relation to a company, means:
(a) England and Wales;
(b) the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;
(c) a country in which the company has the centre of its main interests or which the company's central management and control is or has recently been exercised;
(d) a country in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;
10

(e) a country in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which the company maintains a branch or permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; and
(f) a country the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company, whether as a main or territorial or ancillary proceedings, or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c);
" Potential Event of Default "   means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, a determination of the Majority Lenders and/or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default;
" Quotation Date "   means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the day which is 2 Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days);
" Reference Banks "   means subject to Clause 26.16, the London branch of BNP Paribas and any of its successors or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent after consultation with the Borrowers;
" Reference Bank Rate "   means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks, as the rate at which the Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market, in the relevant currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.
" Relevant Party "   means, for the purpose of Clauses 10.15 and 10.18, either Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Approved Manager, the other Security Parties and any charterer which is a party to a Charterparty or any sub-charterer of a Ship;
" Relevant Person "   has the meaning given in Clause 19.9;
" Repayment Date "   means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;
" Requisition Compensation "   includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of "Total Loss";
" Restricted Party "   means a person:
(a) that is listed on, owned or controlled by a person listed on, or acting on behalf of a person listed on, any Sanctions List; or
(b) is located, organised or resident in a Sanctioned Country; or
(c) otherwise a target of Sanctions (being a person with whom a US person or other national of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities or against whom Sanctions are otherwise directed);
11

" Sanctioned Country "   means a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions broadly prohibiting dealings with such government, country or territory (including, without limitation, currently, Cuba, Iran, Burma, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).
" Sanctions "   means any economic or trade sanctions, laws, regulations, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or restrictive measures:
(a) administered, enacted, enforced or imposed by the United States Government (including CISADA), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or its Member States (including, without limitation, the United Kingdom and/or the French Republic), Switzerland or the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), the United States Department of State, and Her Majesty's Treasury (HMT) and the State Secretariat for Economic Affairs of Switzerland (SECO) (together, the "Sanctions Authorities"); or
(b) otherwise imposed by any law or regulation;
" Sanctions List "   means the Specially Designated Nationals ( " SDN " ) list, the Sectoral Sanctions Identification list ("SSI") and the Foreign Sanctions Evadors list ( " FSE " ) maintained by OFAC, the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets maintained by Her Majesty's Treasury, or any similar list maintained or made public by the United Nations Security Council or any of the Sanctions Authorities;"
" Screen Rate "   means the London interbank offered rate administrated by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR03. or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters). If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrowers;
" Secured Liabilities "   means all liabilities which the Borrowers, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any judgment relating to any Finance Document; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;
" Security Interest "   means:
(a) a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;
(b) the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem in which the vessel concerned has been arrested or a writ has been issued or similar step taken; and
(c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;
" Security Party "   means the Corporate Guarantor, the Approved Manager and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any
12

subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the final paragraph of the definition of "Finance Documents";
" Security Period "   means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which:
(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by either Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;
(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;
(c) neither either of the Borrowers nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clauses 20, 21 or 22 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
" Security Trustee "   means BNP Paribas acting through its office at 16 Boulevard des Italiens, 75009 Paris, France or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;
" Ship "   means each of Ship A and Ship B and, in the plural, means both of them;
" Ship A "   means the 2014-built Capesize dry bulk carrier of approximately 180,000 deadweight tons by Beihai Shipbuilding Heavy Industry, Qingdao, registered in the ownership of Borrower A under an Approved Flag in accordance with the laws of the relevant Approved Flag State with the name "G.P.ZAFIRAKIS";
" Ship B "   means the 2013-built Capesize dry bulk carrier of approximately 179,134 deadweight tons by Hyundai Heavy Industries Co. Ltd., registered in the ownership of Borrower B under an Approved Flag in accordance with the laws of the relevant Approved Flag State with the name "P.S. PALIOS";
" Swap Bank "   means BNP Paribas acting through its office at 3 rue Taitbout, 75009 Paris, France;
" Swap Exposure "   means, as at any relevant date the amount certified by the Swap Bank to the Agent to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrowers to the Swap Bank under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions entered into between the Borrowers and the Swap Bank;
" Total Loss "   means, in relation to a Ship:
(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship;
(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding 1 year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the full control of the Borrower owning that Ship; and
(c) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the full control of the Borrower owning that Ship;
13

" Total Loss Date "   means, in relation to a Ship:
(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;
(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earliest of:
(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers;
(ii) any condemnation of that Ship by any tribunal or by any person or person claiming to be a tribunal; and
(iii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower owning that Ship with that Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and
(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred;
" Transaction "   has the meaning given in the Master Agreement;
" Transfer Certificate "   has the meaning given in Clause 26.2;
" Trust Property "   has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Agreement; and
" US Tax Obligor "   means:
(a) a person which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or
(b) a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes.
1.2 Construction of certain terms
In this Agreement:
" administration notice " means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in connection with, the appointment of an administrator;
" approved " means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent;
" asset " includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;
"company" includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;
" consent " includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;
" contingent liability " means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;
" document " includes a deed; also a letter or fax;

14



" excess risks " means, in relation to a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of the Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;
" expense " means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;
" law " includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;
" legal or administrative action " means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;
" liability " includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;
" months " shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;
" obligatory insurances " means, in relation to a Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Borrower owning the Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
" parent company " has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;
" person " includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;
" policy ", in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;
" protection and indemnity risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks, freight demurrage and defence risks, strike and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation therein of clause 1 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/10/83) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;
" regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (either having the force of law or compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of the party concerned) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational] body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
" subsidiary " has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;
" successor " includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any other person's rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganisation of it or any other person;
" tax " includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and
15



" war risks " means the risks according to Institute War and Strike Clauses (Hull Time) (1/10/83) or (1/11/95), or equivalent conditions, including, but not limited to risk of mines, blocking and trapping, missing vessel, confiscation, piracy and all risks excluded from the standard form of English or other marine policy.
1.3 Meaning of "month"
A period of one or more " months " ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started ("the numerically corresponding day"), but:
(a) on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or
(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,
and " month " and " monthly " shall be construed accordingly.
1.4 Meaning of "subsidiary"
A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:
(a) a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P ; or
(b) P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attached to the issued shares of 5; or
(c) P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or
(d) P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P,
and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.
1.5 General Interpretation
 In this Agreement:
(a) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
(b) references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
(c) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and
(d) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears ; and
(e) A Potential Event of Default (other than an Event of Default) is " continuing " if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been waived.

16

 
1.6 Headings
In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.
2 LOAN FACILITY AND DESIGNATED TRANSACTIONS
2.1 Amount of facility
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrowers a secured term loan facility in an amount of up to the lesser of (i) $55,000,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the aggregate Initial Market Value of the Ships, in two Advances.
2.2 Lenders' participations in Advances
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in each Advance in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.
2.3 Purpose of Advances
The Borrowers undertake with each Creditor Party to use each Advance only for the purpose stated in the preamble to this Agreement.
2.4 Designated Transactions under the Master Agreement
At any time during the Security Period, the Borrowers may request the Swap Bank to conclude Designated Transactions for the purpose of hedging exposure to interest rate fluctuations in the context of their interest payment obligations under this Agreement. The entry by the Swap Bank into the Master Agreement does not commit the Swap Bank to conclude Designated Transactions, or even to offer terms for doing so, but does provide a contractual framework within which Designated Transactions may be concluded and secured, assuming that the Swap Bank is willing to conclude any Designated Transaction at the relevant time and that, if that is the case, mutually acceptable terms can be agreed at the relevant time.
3 POSITION OF THE LENDERS AND THE SWAP BANK
3.1 Interests of Creditor Parties several
The rights of the Creditor Parties under this Agreement and the Master Agreement are several.
3.2 Individual Creditor Parties' right of action
Each Creditor Party shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrowers to it under this Agreement and the Master Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party as additional parties in the proceedings.
3.3 Proceedings by individual Creditor Party
However, without the prior consent of the Lenders, no Creditor Party may bring proceedings in respect of:
(a) any other liability or obligation of a Borrower or a Security Party under or connected with a Finance Document; or

17



(b) any misrepresentation or breach of warranty by either Borrower or a Security Party in or connected with a Finance Document.
3.4 Obligations of Creditor Parties several
The obligations of the Lenders and the Swap Bank under this Agreement and the Master Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender and the Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or (as the case may be) the Master Agreement shall not result in:
(a) the obligations of the other Lenders or the Swap Bank being increased; nor
(b) either Borrower, any Security Party or any other Lender or the Swap Bank being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any of the Finance Documents,
and in no circumstances shall a Lender or the Swap Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement or under the Master Agreement.
3.5 Parties bound by certain actions of Lenders
Every Lender, each Borrower and each Security Party shall be bound by:
(a) any determination made, or action taken, by the Lenders under any provision of a Finance Document;
(b) any instruction or authorisation given by the Lenders to the Agent or the Security Trustee under or in connection with any Finance Document; and
(c) any action taken (or in good faith purportedly taken) by the Agent or the Security Trustee in accordance with such an instruction or authorisation.
3.6 Reliance on action of Agent
However, each Borrower and each Security Party:
(a) shall be entitled to assume that the Lenders have duly given any instruction or authorisation which, under any provision of a Finance Document, is required in relation to any action which the Agent has taken or is about to take; and
(b) shall not be entitled to require any evidence that such an instruction or authorisation has been given.
3.7 Construction
In Clauses 3.4 and 3.5 references to action taken include (without limitation) the granting of any waiver or consent, an approval of any document and an agreement to any matter.
4 DRAWDOWN
4.1 Request for Advance
Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may request an Advance to be made by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (Paris time) 5 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date.

18



4.2 Availability
The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:
(a) a Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period;
(b) the amount of Advance A shall not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (i) $29,000,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of Ship A and shall be used in refinancing part of the acquisition cost of Ship A;
(c) the amount of Advance B shall not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (i) $26,000,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of Ship B and shall be used in refinancing part of the acquisition cost of Ship B; and
(d) the aggregate amount of the Advances shall not exceed the Total Commitments.
4.3 Notification to Lenders of receipt of a Drawdown Notice
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received a Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:
(a) the amount of the Advance and the Drawdown Date;
(b) the amount of that Lender's participation in the Advance; and
(c) the duration of the first Interest Period.
4.4 Drawdown Notice irrevocable
A Drawdown Notice must be signed by an authorised representative of a Borrower; and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.
4.5 Lenders to make available Contributions
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on each Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent the amount due from that Lender on that Drawdown Date under Clause 2.2.
4.6 Disbursement of Advance
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on each Drawdown Date pay to the Borrowers the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrowers shall be made:
(a) to the account which the Borrowers specify in the Drawdown Notice; and
(b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.
5 INTEREST
5.1 Payment of normal interest
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on the Loan in respect of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrowers on the last day of that Interest Period.

19





5.2 Normal rate of interest
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on each Advance in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of (i) the Margin, (ii) the Mandatory Cost (if any) and (iii) LIBOR for that Interest Period subject to Clauses 5.6 and 5.7.
5.3 Payment of accrued interest
In the case of an Interest Period longer than 6 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 6 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.4 Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest
                The Agent shall notify the Borrowers and each Lender of:   
(a) each rate of interest; and
(b) the duration of each Interest Period,
as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.
5.5 Obligation of Reference Banks to quote
Each Reference Bank which is a Lender shall use all reasonable efforts to supply the quotation required of it for the purposes of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement unless that Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender pursuant to Clause 26.16.
5.6 Absence of quotations by Reference Banks
If any Reference Bank fails to supply a quotation, the relevant rate of interest shall be set in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 5.
5.7 Market disruption
The following provisions of this Clause 5 apply if:
(a) LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and no Reference Bank does, before 1.00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for an Interest Period, provide quotations to the Agent in order to fix LIBOR; or
(b) at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, a Lender may notify the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to that Lender of funding its respective Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the Interest Period; or
(c) at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Agent is notified by a Lender (the "Affected Lender") that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.
5.8 Notification of market disruption
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and each of the Lenders stating the circumstances falling within Clause 5.7 which have caused its notice to be given.

20



5.9 Suspension of drawdown
If the Agent's notice under Clause 5.8 is served before an Advance is made:
(a) in a case falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 5.7, the Lenders' obligations to make the Advance; and
(b) in a case falling within Clause 5.7(c), the Affected Lender's obligation to participate in the Advance,
shall be suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Agent's notice continue.
5.10 Negotiation of alternative rate of interest
If the Agent's notice under Clause 5.8 is served after an Advance is made, the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, within the 30 days after the date on which the Agent serves its notice under Clause 5.8 (the " Negotiation Period " ), an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender to fund or continue to fund their or its Contribution during the Interest Period concerned.
5.11 Application of agreed alternative rate of interest
Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.
5.12 Alternative rate of interest in absence of agreement
If an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender, set an interest period and interest rate representing the cost of funding of the Lenders concerned or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender in Dollars or in any available currency of their or its Contribution plus the Margin and the Mandatory Costs (if any); and the procedure provided for by this Clause 5.12 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the interest period so set by the Agent. The Agent shall promptly notify the Swap Bank the new interest rate agreed between the Agent (acting on behalf of the Lenders) and the Borrowers.
5.13 Notice of prepayment
If the Borrowers do not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 5.12, the Borrowers may give the Agent not less than 15 Business Days' notice of their intention to prepay at the end of the interest period set by the Agent.
5.14 Prepayment; termination of Commitments
A notice under Clause 5.13 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders or (as the case may require) the Affected Lender of the Borrowers' notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments or (as the case may require) the Commitment of the Affected Lender shall be cancelled; and
(b) on the last Business Day of the interest period set by the Agent, the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender's Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Costs (if any).

21



5.15 Confidential Rates
(a) The Agent and the Borrowers agree to keep each Confidential Rate confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.
(b) The Agent may disclose:
(i) any Funding Rate to the Borrowers pursuant to clause 5.4; and
(ii) any Confidential Rate to any person appointed by it to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (ii) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Rate is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Reference Bank or Lender, as the case may be.
(c) The Agent may disclose any Confidential Rate, and the Borrowers may disclose any Funding Rate, to:
(i) any of its affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners, delegates, agents, managers, administrators, nominees, attorneys, trustees or custodians if any person to whom that Confidential Rate is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that the Confidential Rate may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Confidential Rate or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to that Confidential Rate;
(ii) any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Confidential Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that the Confidential Rate may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the Borrowers, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
(iii) any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Confidential Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that the Confidential Rate may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Borrower, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and
(iv) any person with the consent of the relevant Reference Bank or Lender, as the case may be.
(d) The Agent's obligations in this Clause 5.16 relating to quotations provided by Reference Banks are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under clause 5.4 provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual quotation provided by a Reference Bank as part of any such notification.

22



(e) The Agent and the Borrowers acknowledge that each Confidential Rate is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such a Confidential Rate may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and the Borrowers undertake not to use any Confidential Rate for any unlawful purpose.
(f) The Agent and the Borrowers agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Reference Bank or Lender, as the case may be:
(i) of the circumstances of any disclosure of any Confidential Rate made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) above except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and
(ii) upon becoming aware that any Confidential Rate has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 5.16.
5.16 Application of prepayment
The provisions of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
6 INTEREST PERIODS
6.1 Commencement of Interest Periods
The first Interest Period applicable to an Advance shall commence on the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.
6.2 Duration of normal Interest Periods
Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period shall be:
(a) subject to sub-paragraph (b) below, 1, 3 or 6 months as notified by the Borrowers to the Agent not later than 11.00 a.m. (Paris time) 5 Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period; or
(b) in the case of the first Interest Period applicable to the second Advance, a period ending on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the first Advance then current, whereupon both Advances shall be consolidated and treated as a single Advance;
(c) 3 months, if the Borrowers fail to notify the Agent by the time specified in paragraph (a); or
(d) such other period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree with the Borrowers.
6.3 Duration of Interest Periods for Repayment Instalments
In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.
6.4 Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected
If, after the Borrowers have selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than 6 months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the

23



London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of 6 months.
7 DEFAULT INTEREST
7.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts
The Borrowers shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by the Borrowers under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:
(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or
(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or
(c) if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.
7.2 Default rate of interest
Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2 per cent. above:
(a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 7.3; or
(b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).
7.3 Calculation of default rate of interest
                The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:   
(a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period applicable to it);
(b) the aggregate of the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any) plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Agent may select from time to time:
(i) LIBOR; or
(ii) if the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Bank) determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to the Reference Bank by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Reference Bank from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Bank) may from time to time determine.
7.4 Notification of Interest Periods and default rates
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrowers are liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent's notification.

24



7.5 Payment of accrued default interest
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.
7.6 Compounding of default interest
Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.
7.7 Application to Master Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt this Clause 7 does not apply to any amount payable under the Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Designated Transaction as to which section 2(e) (Default Interest, Other Amounts) of the Master Agreement shall apply.
8. REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT
8.1 Amount of Repayment Instalments
The Borrowers shall repay the Loan by:
(a) 14 equal consecutive six-monthly instalments of $1,618,000 each (the " Repayment Instalments " and each a " Repayment Instalment "); and
(b) a balloon instalment of $32,348,000 (the " Balloon Instalment " ),
Provided that if the amount of the Loan drawn down hereunder is less than $55,000,000, each of the Repayment Instalments and the Balloon Instalment shall be reduced pro rata by an amount in aggregate equal to the undrawn balance.
8.2 Repayment Dates
The first Repayment Instalment shall be repaid on the date falling six months after the last Drawdown Date with the remaining Repayment Instalments to be repaid at 6-monthly intervals thereafter and the last Repayment Instalment together with the Balloon Instalment shall be paid on the earlier of:
(a) the seventh anniversary after the last Drawdown Date to occur under this Agreement; and
(b) 30 November 2021.
8.3 Final Repayment Date
On the final Repayment Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.
8.4 Voluntary prepayment
Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan on the last day of an Interest Period.
8.5 Conditions for voluntary prepayment
The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:
25



(a) a partial prepayment shall be $1,000,000 or a multiple of $1,000,000;
(b) the Agent has received from the Borrowers at least 10 Business Days' prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made;
(c) the Borrowers have provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by either of the Borrowers or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any official regulation relevant to this Agreement which affects either Borrower or any Security Party has been complied with;
(d) the Borrowers have complied with Clause 8.12 on or prior to the date of prepayment; and
(e) the Borrowers have provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that they have sufficient funds to pay any breakage costs and/or any other amounts that may become payable under this Agreement and the Master Agreement in connection with the prepayment.
8.6 Effect of notice of prepayment
A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrowers on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.
8.7 Notification of notice of prepayment
The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrowers under Clause 8.5(c).
8.8 Mandatory prepayment
The Borrowers shall be obliged to prepay the Relevant Amount if a Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss and comply with Clause 8.12:
(a) in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the relevant Ship to the buyer; or
(b) in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.
In this Clause 8.8, " Relevant Amount " means an amount equal to the higher of (i) such part of the Loan as is equal to the ratio of the Market Value of the Ship lost or sold, as the case may be, to the aggregate sum of the Market Values of both Ships and (ii) an amount which, after the application of the prepayment to be made pursuant to this Clause 8.8, results in the security cover ratio under Clause 15.1 being equal to 120 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan and the Swap Exposure.
8.9 Amounts payable on prepayment
A prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 21 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid and, if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 21.1(b) but without premium or penalty.
8.10 Application of partial prepayment
Each partial prepayment shall be applied:
26



(a) if made pursuant to Clause 8.4, pro rata against the then outstanding Repayment Instalments and the Balloon Instalment or as otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent;
(b) if made pursuant to Clause 8.8:
(i) FIRSTLY: pro rata towards repayment of any overdue interest, any breakage costs, any accrued interest relating to the Loan, any other costs, fees, expenses, commissions due under this Agreement and any periodical payments (other than any payments arising out of a termination or closing out) under the Master Agreement; and
(ii) SECONDLY: pro rata against the then outstanding Repayment Instalments and the Balloon Instalment and any Swap Exposure under the Master Agreement.
8.11 No reborrowing
No amount repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed.
8.12 Unwinding of Designated Transactions
On or prior to any repayment or prepayment of the Loan or any part thereof under this Clause 8 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not exceed the amount of the Loan following such repayment or prepayment and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Loan as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 8.1.
8.13 Prepayment of Swap benefit
If a Designated Transaction is terminated in circumstances where the Swap Bank would be obliged to pay an amount to the Borrowers under the Master Agreement, the Borrowers hereby agree that such payment shall be applied in accordance with Clause 17.1 and authorise the Swap Bank to pay such amount to the Agent for such purpose.
9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
9.1 Documents, fees and no default
Each Lender's obligation to contribute to an Advance is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a) that, on or before the date of this Agreement, the Agent receives:
(i) the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;
(ii) the structuring fee referred to in Clause 20.1; and
(iii) payment in full of any expenses payable pursuant to Clause 20.2 which are due and payable on the date of this Agreement;
(b) that, on each Drawdown Date but prior to the making of the relevant Advance, the Lender receives or is satisfied that it will receive on the relevant Drawdown Date the documents described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;
27



(c) the documents described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to it and its lawyers;
(d) that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:
(i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the Advance;
(ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10.1 and those of either Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing; and
(iii) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.7 has occurred and is continuing; and
(iv) there has been no Material Adverse Effect since 31 December 2013;
(e) that, if the ratio set out in Clause 15.1 were applied immediately following the making of the Advance, the Borrowers would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Loan under that Clause; and
(f) that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrowers prior to the Drawdown Date.
9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent
If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 3 Business Days after the Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, specify).
9.3 Condition Subsequent
As soon as possible after the activation of each Earnings Account with the Account Bank and in any case not later than the date falling 30 days following drawdown of each of the first and the second Tranche respectively, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent:
(a) an original of each of the Pledges relating to each Earnings Account held in the name of each Borrower with the Account Bank; and
(b) such other documents equivalent to those referred to at paragraphs 3, 4, 5 and 6 of Schedule 3, Part A as the Agent may require
10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
10.1 General
Each Borrower represents and warrants (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be repeated throughout the Security Period on the first day of each Interest Period with respect to the facts and circumstances then existing) to each Creditor Party as follows.
28



10.2 Status
Each Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
10.3 Shares capital and ownership
Each Borrower is authorised to issue 500 registered shares with a par value of $0.01 each, all of which shares have been issued fully paid, and the legal title and beneficial ownership of all those shares is held, free of any Security Interest or other claim, by the Corporate Guarantor.
10.4 Corporate power
Each Borrower has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:
(a) to register the Ship owned by it under an Approved Flag;
(b) to execute the Finance Documents to which that Borrower is a party; and
(c) to borrow under this Agreement and to enter into Designated Transactions under the Master Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, the Finance Documents to which the Borrowers is a party and the Master Agreement.
10.5 Consents in force
All   the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.
10.6 Legal validity; effective Security Interests
The Finance Documents to which each Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):
(a) constitute that Borrower's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against that Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and
(b) create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate,
subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors' rights generally.
10.7 No third party Security Interests
Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:
(a) each Borrower which is a party to that Finance Document will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and
(b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.

29



10.8 No conflicts
The execution by each Borrower of each Finance Document to which it is a party, and the borrowing by that Borrower of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document to which it is a party will not involve or lead to a contravention of:
(a) any law or regulation; or
(b) the constitutional documents of that Borrower; or
(c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on that Borrower or any of its assets.
10.9 No withholding taxes
All payments which each Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.
10.10 No default
No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or would result from the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document.
10.11 Information
All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7; and there has been no Material Adverse Effect since 31 December 2013.
10.12 No litigation
No legal or administrative action involving either Borrower (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to either Borrower's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken.
10.13 Compliance with certain undertakings
At the date of this Agreement, the Borrowers are in compliance with Clauses 11.2, 11.4, 11.9 and 11.13.
10.14 Taxes paid
Each Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to that Borrower, its business or the Ship owned by it.
10.15 No money laundering
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrowers of the Loan, the performance and discharge of their obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which a Borrower is a party, the Borrowers confirm (i) that they are acting for their own account; (ii) that they will use the proceeds of the Loan for their own benefit, under their full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; and (iii) that no Relevant Party nor any of their subsidiaries, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, (nor, to the
30



knowledge of such Relevant Party, any of their affiliates, agents or representatives) has engaged in any activity or conduct which would violate any applicable anti-bribery, anti­corruption or anti-money laundering laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction and that each Relevant Party has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designated to prevent violation of such laws, regulations and rules; and (iv) that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat "money laundering" (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council).
10.16 ISM Code, ISPS Code Compliance and Environmental Laws
All requirements of the ISM Code, ISPS Code and Environmental Laws as they relate to each Borrower, the Approved Manager and each Ship have been complied with.
10.17 No immunity
Neither the Borrowers, nor any of their assets are entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (which shall include, without limitation, suit attachment prior to judgement, execution or other enforcement).
10.18 Sanctions
(a) No Relevant Party nor any of their subsidiaries, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees (nor, to the knowledge of such Relevant Party, any of their affiliates, agents or representatives):
(i) is a Restricted Party;
(ii) is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Restricted Party, and none of such persons owns or controls a Restricted Party;
(iii) owns or controls a Restricted Party; or
(iv) has received notice of or is aware of or is subject to any claim, proceedings, formal notice or investigation with respect to Sanctions.
(b) No proceeds of the Loan or any part thereof shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person to fund any trade, business or other activities involving or for the benefit of a Restricted Party or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is a Sanctioned Country nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by a Creditor Party or any Security Party or for any purpose prohibited by Sanctions.
(c) No Relevant Party nor any of their subsidiaries, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees (nor, to the knowledge of such Relevant Party, any of their affiliates, agents or representatives) has taken any action resulting in a violation by such persons of Sanctions or which constitutes or would constitute any such violation by the Borrower, a Creditor Party or any Security Party.
11 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
11.1 General
Each Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit in writing.
31



11.2 Title; negative pledge
Each Borrower will:
(a) hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in the Ship owned by it, her Insurances and Earnings, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents; and
(b) not create or permit to arise any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) over any other asset, present or future including, but not limited to, each Borrower's rights, against the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement or all or any part of each Borrower's interest in any amount payable to the Borrower by the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement; and
(c) procure that its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is party do and will rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law.
11.3 No disposal of assets
No Borrower will transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:
(a) all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or
(b) any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation,
but paragraph (a) does not apply to any charter of a Ship as to which Clause 14.13 applies.
11.4 No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred
No Borrower will incur any liability or obligation except:
(a) liabilities and obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
(b) liabilities or obligations reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating and chartering the Ship owned by it; and
(c) Financial Indebtedness to the Corporate Guarantor or any other member of the Group or any of their affiliates (the "Relevant Entity") Provided that such Financial Indebtedness shall be fully subordinated to the Loan and the Swap Exposure and each Borrower shall, promptly following the Agent's demand, execute or procure the execution of any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain the subordination of the rights of the Relevant Entity against that Borrower to those of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents on terms in all respects acceptable to the Agent (acting with the authorisation of the Lenders).
11.5 Information provided to be accurate
All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of a Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true, correct, accurate and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.
11.6 Provision of financial statements
Each Borrower will send, or procure there are sent, to the Agent:
32



(a) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each financial year of the Corporate Guarantor (commencing with the financial year ending on 31 December 2014), the audited consolidated financial statements of the Corporate Guarantor;
(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each financial half-year in each financial year of the Corporate Guarantor ending on 30 June, the semi-annual unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Corporate Guarantor in the form in which they were published in the relevant press release; and
(c) promptly after each request by the Agent, such further financial information about the Borrowers, the Ships, the Fleet Vessels, any Security Party or the Group or any member thereof (including but not limited to, information regarding charter arrangements, Financial Indebtedness and operating expenses) as the Agent may require.
11.7 Form of financial statements
All accounts (audited and unaudited) delivered under Clause 11.6 will:
(a) be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP consistently applied; and
(b) give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group at the date of those accounts and of their profit for the period to which those accounts relate.
11.8 Shareholder and creditor notices
Each Borrower will send the Agent, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all communications which are despatched to that Borrower's shareholders or creditors or any class of them.
11.9 Consents
Each Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, all consents required:
(a) for that Borrower to perform its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party;
(b) for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document to which it is a party;
(c)
for that Borrower to continue to own and operate the Ship owned by it,
 
and that Borrower will comply with the terms of all such consents.
11.10 11.10 Maintenance of Security Interests
Each Borrower will:
(a) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and
(b) without limiting the generality of paragraph (a) above, at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.

33



11.11 Notification of litigation
Each Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving that Borrower, any Security Party, the Approved Manager or the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to that Borrower that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.
11.12 Principal place of business
Neither Borrower will establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in any country other than the Marshall Islands or Greece.
11.13 Confirmation of no default
Each Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by 2 directors of that Borrower and which:
(a) states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or
(b) states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.
The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.13 from time to time; and this Clause 11.14 does not affect the Borrowers' obligations under Clause 11.14.
11.14 Notification of default
Each Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as that Borrower becomes aware of:
(a) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or
(b) any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred,
and will keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.
11.15 Provision of further information
Each Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating:
(a) to either Borrower, either Ship, the Earnings, the Insurances, any Charterparty, the Approved Manager, any Fleet Vessel, the Corporate Guarantor and any other member of the Group; or
(b) to any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,(including, without limitation, any information requested in connection with the Creditor Parties' "Know your customer" regulations, including but not limited to information required pursuant to all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the laws of the European Union, Switzerland and the United States of America in connection with each Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party and their respective beneficial owners),
which may be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Swap Bank or any Lender at any time.
34



11.16 Provision of copies and translation of documents
Each Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrowers will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
11.17 "Know your customer" checks
If:
(a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;
(b) any change in the status of the Borrowers or any Security Party after the date of this Agreement; or
(c) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,
obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrowers shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
11.18 Designated Transactions
The Borrowers undertake to serve to the Agent a notice of designation in the form set out in Schedule 5 prior to entering into a Transaction with the Swap Bank pursuant to the Master Agreement. Failure by the Borrowers to serve such notice shall not preclude a Transaction from being designated as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents.
11.19 Borrower's Minimum liquidity
Each Borrower will maintain to the credit of account(s) held by it with the Account Bank (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Earnings Account) as from the Drawdown Date of the Advance relevant to the Ship owned by it and at all times thereafter during the Security Period an amount of not less than $250,000.
11.20 Sanctions
(a) The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor shall not, and shall procure that no other Security Party will, directly or indirectly use, lend, make payments of, contribute or otherwise make available, all or any part of the proceeds of the Loan or other transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement to fund any trade, business or other activities (i) involving or for the benefit of any Restricted Party or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is a Sanctioned Country or (ii) in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in the Borrower, any Security Party or any Creditor Party being in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party;
35



(b) The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor shall not permit or authorise and shall prevent (and shall procure that the other Security Parties will not permit or authorise and will prevent) the Ship being used directly or indirectly (i) by or for the benefit of any Restricted Party or in any country or territory that is a Sanctioned Country and/or (ii) in any trade which will expose the Ship, any Creditor Party, the Approved Manager, crew or insurers to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions; and
(c) The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor shall, and shall procure that any other Security Parties shall, ensure that neither its assets nor the assets subject to the Finance Documents shall be used directly or indirectly by or for the benefit of any Restricted Party or otherwise used in any manner which may breach any applicable Sanctions.
12 CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS
12.1 General
Each Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit in writing.
12.2 Maintenance of status
Each Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
12.3 Negative undertakings
No Borrower will:
(a) carry on any business other than the ownership, chartering and operation of the Ship owned by it; or
(b) pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of its shares (the " Distribution " ) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at such time or would occur as a result of payment of such Distribution; or
(c) provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:
(i) a person who is directly or indirectly interested in that Borrower's share or loan capital; or
(ii) any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected,
or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to that Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or
(d) open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except accounts with the Agent and the Security Trustee for the purposes of the Finance Documents; or
(e) issue, allot or grant any person a right to any of its shares or repurchase or reduce its issued shares; or
(f) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or enter into any transaction in a derivative (other than the Designated Transactions under the Master Agreement); or
36



(g) enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation.
13 INSURANCE
13.1 General
Each Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit in writing.
13.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances
Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at the expense of that Borrower against:
(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);
(b) war risks;
(c) protection and indemnity risks in excess of the limit of cover for oil pollution liability risks included within the protection and indemnity risks; and
(d) any other risks against which the Lenders consider, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Lenders be reasonable for that Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to that Borrower.
13.3 Terms of obligatory insurances
Each Borrower shall effect such insurances:
(a) in Dollars;
(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in such amounts, on an agreed value basis, as shall from time to time be approved by the Agent but in any event in an amount not less than the greater of (i) the Market Value of the Ship and (ii) 120 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan and the Swap Exposure;
(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry with the international group of protection and indemnity clubs) and in the international marine insurance market (currently $1,000,000,000);
(d) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the relevant Ship's full value and full tonnage;
(e) on such terms as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Agent (including, without limitation, a blocking and trapping clause); and
(f) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations which are members of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations.
37



13.4 Further protections for the Creditor Parties
In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, each Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances effected by it shall:
(a) except in relation to risks referred to in Clause 13.2(c) and protection and indemnity risks), if the Security Trustee so requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as mortgagee for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Trustee, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;
(b) name the Security Trustee as sole loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;
(c) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;
(d) provide that the insurers shall waive, to the fullest extent permitted by English law, their entitlement (if any) (whether by statute, common law, equity, or otherwise) to be subrogated to the rights and remedies of the Security Trustee in respect of any rights or interests (secured or not) held by or available to the Security Trustee in respect of the Secured Liabilities, until the Secured Liabilities shall have been fully repaid and discharged, except that the insurers shall not be restricted by the terms of this paragraph (d) from making personal claims against persons (other than the Borrowers or any Creditor Party) in circumstances where the insurers have fully discharged their liabilities and obligations under the relevant obligatory insurances;
(e) provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party;
(f) provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so; and
(g) provide that if any obligatory insurance is cancelled, or if any substantial change is made in the coverage which adversely affects the interest of the Security Trustee, or if any obligatory insurance is allowed to lapse for non-payment of premium, such cancellation, charge or lapse shall not be effective with respect to the Security Trustee for 30 days (or 7 days in the case of war risks) after receipt by the Security Trustee of prior written notice from the insurers of such cancellation, change or lapse.
13.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances
               Each Borrower shall:
(a) at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:
(i) notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Borrower proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and
(ii) obtain the Lenders' approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);
(b) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Lenders' approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and
38



(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.
13.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking
Each Borrower shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Lenders and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:
(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4;
(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;
(c) they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;
(d) they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Borrower or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and
(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.
13.7 Copies of certificates of entry
Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Security Trustee with:
(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;
(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Lenders; and
(c) where required to be issued under the terms of insurance/indemnity provided by the relevant Borrower's protection and indemnity association, a certified copy of each United States of America voyage quarterly declaration (or other similar document or documents) made by that Borrower in relation to the Ship owned by it in accordance with the requirements of such protection and indemnity association; and
(d) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.
13.8 Deposit of original policies
Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.
39



13.9 Payment of premiums
Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.
13.10 Guarantees
Each Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.
13.11 Compliance with terms of insurances
No Borrower shall do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:
(a) each Borrower shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;
(b) no Borrower shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;
(c) each Borrower shall make (and promptly supply copies to the Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and
(d) no Borrower shall employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances (including but not limited to any applicable laws and Sanctions), without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.
13.12 Alteration to terms of insurances
No Borrower shall either make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.
13.13 Settlement of claims
No Borrower shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.
13.14 Provision of copies of communications
Each Borrower shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all written communications between that Borrower and:
(a) the approved brokers;
40



(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and
(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:
(i) that Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and
(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.
13.15 Provision of information
In addition, each Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:
(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker appointed by the Agent as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or
(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.16 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,
and the Borrowers shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).
13.16 Restrictions on employment
Neither of the Borrowers shall employ the Ship owned by it, nor permit her to be employed, outside the cover provided by any obligatory insurances.
13.17 Mortgagee's interest and additional perils insurances
The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew all or any of the following insurances in such amounts, on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Lenders may from time to time consider appropriate:
(a) a mortgagee's interest marine insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan and the Swap Exposure, providing for the indemnification of the Security Trustee for any losses under or in connection with any Finance Document which directly or indirectly result from loss of or damage to a Ship or a liability of that Ship or of the Borrower owing that Ship, being a loss or damage which is prima facie covered by an obligatory insurance but in respect of which there is a non-payment (or reduced payment) by the underwriters by reason of, or on the basis of an allegation concerning:
(i) any act or omission on the part of the Borrower owning that Ship, of any operator, charterer, manager or sub-manager of that Ship or of any officer, employee or agent of that Borrower or of any such person, including any breach of warranty or condition or any non-disclosure relating to such obligatory insurance;
(ii) any act or omission, whether deliberate, negligent or accidental, or any knowledge or privity of the Borrower owning that Ship, any other person referred to in paragraph (i) above, or of any officer, employee or agent of that Borrower or of such
41



a person, including the casting away or damaging of that Ship and/or that Ship being unseaworthy; and/or
(iii) any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee's interest marine insurance policy whether or not similar to the foregoing;
(b) a mortgagee's interest additional perils policy in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan and the Swap Exposure, providing for the indemnification of the Security Trustee against, among other things, any possible losses or other consequences of any Environmental Claim, including the risk of expropriation, arrest or any form of detention of a Ship, the imposition of any Security Interest over the Ship and/or any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee's interest additional perils policy whether or not similar to the foregoing,
and the Borrowers shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.
13.18 Review of insurance requirements
The Lenders shall be entitled to review the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the opinion of the Lenders, significant and capable of affecting either of the Borrowers or either of the Ships and its or their insurance (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the either of the Borrowers may be subject), and may appoint insurance consultants in relation to this review at the cost of the Borrowers, such review to be carried out before the Drawdown Date and, at the Agent's request, at any time during the Security Period if the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) considers necessary (fees of the insurance consultants to conduct such review shall be deducted from the Earnings Account in relation to the relevant Ship and each Borrower hereby irrevocably authorises the Agent to debit each Earnings Account in order to pay such fees).
13.19 Modification of insurance requirements
The Security Trustee shall notify the Borrowers of any proposed modification under Clause 13.18 to the requirements of this Clause 13 which the Lenders consider appropriate in the circumstances, and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrowers as an amendment to this Clause 13 and shall bind the Borrowers accordingly.
13.20 Compliance with mortgagee's instructions
The Security Trustee shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require the Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Security Trustee until the Borrowers implement any amendments to the terms of the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 13.19.
14 SHIP COVENANTS
14.1 General
Each Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may otherwise permit.
42



14.2 Ship's name and registration
Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of the Ship owned by it.
14.3 Repair and classification
Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:
(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;
(b) so as to maintain the highest class with a first-class classification society which is a member of IACS acceptable to the Agent (acting with the authorisation of the Lenders) free of overdue recommendations and conditions of such classification society; and
(c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered at ports in the Approved Flag State or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,
14.4 Classification society undertaking
Each Borrower shall instruct the classification society referred to in Clause 14.3:
(a) to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records held by the classification society in relation to that Ship;
(b) to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Borrower and that Ship either (i) in person at the offices of the classification society or (ii) electronically (through the classification society directly) and to take copies of such records
(c) to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the classification society:
(i) receives notification from that Borrower or any person that that Ship's classification society is to be changed; or
(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of that Ship's class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Borrower's or that Ship's membership of the classification society; and
(d) following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:
(i) to confirm that that Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or
(ii) if that Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society.
43



14.5 Modification
No Borrower shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, any Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.
14.6 Removal of parts
No Borrower shall remove any material part of any Ship, or any item of equipment installed on, any Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on the relevant Ship the property of the relevant Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the relevant Mortgage Provided that a Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.
14.7 Surveys
Each Borrower shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Lenders provide the Security Trustee, with copies of all survey reports.
14.8 Inspection
Each Borrower shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it up to once annually to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections and pay to the Agent the amount of all fees, costs and expenses incurred in respect of such inspections.
14.9 Prevention of and release from arrest
               Each Borrower shall promptly discharge:
(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances;
(b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances; and
(c) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances,
and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, that Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.
14.10 Compliance with laws etc.
Each Borrower shall:
(a) comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code (including, without limitation, by the Approved Manager), the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, Sanctions and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of that Borrower;
44



(b) not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code; and
(c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship's war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Lenders has been given and that Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Lenders may require.
14.11 Provision of information
Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which the Lenders request regarding:
(a) the Ship owned by it, its employment, position and engagements;
(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship owned by it;
(c) any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship owned by it and any payments made in respect of that Ship;
(d) any towages and salvages; and
(e) its compliance, the Approved Manager's compliance and the compliance of the Ship owned by it with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,
and, upon the Security Trustee's request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the Ship owned by it, of any current charter guarantee and copies of the Borrower's or the Approved Manager's Document of Compliance or any other document issued under the ISM Code.
14.12 Notification of certain events
Each Borrower shall immediately notify the Security Trustee by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:
(a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;
(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
(c) any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;
(d) any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or its Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;
(e) any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it;
(f) any Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with the Ship owned by it, or any Environmental Incident;
(g) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Borrower, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it; or

45



(h) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,
and that Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of that Borrower's, the Approved Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.
14.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.
No Borrower shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:
(a) let that Ship on demise charter for any period;
(b) enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 13 months;
(c) enter into any charter in relation to that Ship under which more than 2 months' hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;
(d) charter that Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm's length terms at the time when that Ship is fixed;
(e) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Manager's appointment;
(f) de-activate or lay up that Ship; or
(g) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.
14.14 Notice of Mortgage
Each Borrower shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority or, as the case may be, preferred mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master's cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Borrower to the Security Trustee.
14.15 Sharing of Earnings
No Borrower shall:
(a) enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings;
(b) enter into any agreement or arrangement for the postponement of any date on which any Earnings are due; the reduction of the amount of any Earnings or otherwise for the release or adverse alteration of any right of the Borrowers to any Earnings; or
(c) enter into any agreement or arrangement for the release of, or adverse alteration to, any guarantee or Security Interest relating to any Earnings.
14.16 Charter Assignment
If either Borrower enters into any Charterparty, that Borrower shall, at the request of the Agent, execute in favour of the Security Trustee a Charterparty Assignment, and shall deliver
46



to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to at paragraphs 3, 4, 5, 8 and 9 of Part A of Schedule 3 hereof as the Agent may require.
14.17 ISM Code, ISPS Code compliance and Environmental Laws
Each Borrower shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:
(a) procure that the Ship owned by that Borrower and the company responsible for that Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and
(b) maintain for that Ship an ISSC; and
(c) notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.
14.18 ITF compliance.
The Borrowers shall procure that the Approved Manager shall be approved by the ITF as and when it is required by law to maintain such approval.
14.19 Sanctions Provisions
(a) Each Borrowers shall, and shall procure that each other Security Party and each Ship shall, and, in respect of any charterer, shall use its best efforts to procure that that charterer shall, comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, including, without limitation, all national and international laws, directives, regulations, decrees, rulings and such analogous rules, including, but not limited to, rules relating to Sanctions.
(b) Each Borrower undertakes to make any charterers and operators of the Ships aware of the requirements of this Clause and of Clause 10.18 and that provisions relating to Sanctions similar to those set out under this Agreement are included in any Charterparty or any other charter and shall procure that any charterer acts in accordance with these requirements.
15 SECURITY COVER
15.1 Minimum required security cover
Clause 15.2 applies if the Agent notifies the Borrowers that:
(a) the aggregate of the Market Values of the Ships; plus
(b)
the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15,
 
is below 120 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan and the Swap Exposure.
15.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment
If the Agent serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 15.1, the Borrowers shall prepay such part (at least) of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall on or before the date falling 1 month after the date on which the Agent's notice is served under Clause 15.1 (the " Prepayment Date " ) unless at least 1 Business Day before the Prepayment Date they have provided, or ensured that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and which has been documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve or require.
In this Clause 15.2 "security" means a Security Interest over an asset or assets (whether securing the Borrowers' liabilities under the Finance Documents or a guarantee in respect of
47



those liabilities), or a guarantee, letter of credit or other security in respect of the Borrowers' liabilities under the Finance Documents.
15.3 Requirement for additional documents.
The Borrowers shall not be deemed to have complied with Clause 15.2 above until the Agent has received in connection with the additional security certified copies of documents of the kinds referred to in paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 of Schedule 3 Part A and such legal opinions in terms acceptable to the Majority Lenders from such lawyers as they may select.
15.4 Valuation of Ships
The market value of a Ship at any date is that shown by a valuation prepared:
(a) as at a date not more than 14 days previously;
(b) by an Approved Broker appointed by the Agent;
(c) with or without physical inspection of the Ship (as the Agent may require);
(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment; and
(e) after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.
15.5 Value of additional vessel security
The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.2 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.4.
15.6 Valuations binding
Any valuation under Clause 15.2, 15.4 or 15.5 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrowers, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.
15.7 Provision of information
The Borrowers shall promptly provide the Agent and any shipbroker or expert acting under Clause 15.4 or 15.5 with any information which the Agent or an Approved Broker or expert may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrowers fail to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.
15.8 Payment of valuation expenses
Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrowers' obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and 21.3, the Borrowers shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker or expert instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause.
48



15.9 Frequency of valuations
The Borrowers acknowledge and agree that the Agent may commission valuation(s) of the Ships or either of them at such times as the Agent shall deem necessary and, in any event, at least once in each calendar year.
15.10 Application of prepayment
Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.2.
16 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS
16.1 Currency and method of payments
All payments to be made:
(a) by the Lenders to the Agent; or
(b) by the Borrowers to the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender,
under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:
(i) by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;
(ii) to the account of the Agent as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties; and
(iii) in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties.
16.2 Payment on non-Business Day
If any payment by either of the Borrowers under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:
(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or
(b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day,
and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.
16.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments
All interest and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.
16.4 Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties
Subject to Clauses 16.5, 16.6 and 16.7:
(a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, the Swap Bank or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, the Swap Bank or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender, the Swap
49



Bank or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and
(b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders or the Swap Bank generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender or the Swap Bank pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.
16.5 Permitted deductions by Agent
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender or the Swap Bank, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender or the Swap Bank under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender or the Swap Bank to pay on demand.
16.6 Agent only obliged to pay when monies received
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to either of the Borrowers or any Lender or the Swap Bank any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to that Borrower or that Lender or the Swap Bank until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.
16.7 Refund to Agent of monies not received
If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to a Borrower or a Lender, without first having received that sum, that Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender concerned or the Swap Bank shall, on demand:
(a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and
(b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.
16.8 Agent may assume receipt
Clause 16.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.
16.9 Creditor Party accounts
Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrowers and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any Security Party.
16.10 Agent's memorandum account
The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrowers and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any Security Party.
50



16.11 Accounts prima facie evidence
If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.9 and 16.10 show an amount to be owing by a Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.
17 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS
17.1 Normal order of application
Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:
(a) FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents or the Master Agreement in the following proportions:
(i) first, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreement (in respect of any Designated Transactions) other than those amounts referred to at (ii) and (iii) below (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrowers under Clauses 20, 21 and 22 of this Agreement or by the Borrowers or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document or in the Master Agreement);
(ii) secondly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreement (in respect of any Designated Transactions) (and, for this purpose, the expression "interest" shall include any net amount which the Borrowers shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 2(e) (Obligations) of the Master Agreement (in respect of any Designated Transactions) but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the Swap Bank at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 17); and
(iii) thirdly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of the Loan and the Swap Exposure (in the case of the latter, calculated as at the actual Early Termination Date applying to each particular Designated Transaction, or if no such Early Termination Date shall have occurred, calculated as if an Early Termination Date occurred on the date of application or distribution hereunder);
(b) SECONDLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document or the Master Agreement (in respect of any Designated Transactions) but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrowers, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 17.1(a);
(c) THIRDLY: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts representing management fees then due and payable by the Borrowers to the Approved Manager in connection with the Ship; and
(d) FOURTHLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrowers or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.
17.2 Variation of order of application
The Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders and the Swap Bank, by notice to the Borrowers, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different
51



manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.
17.3 Notice of variation of order of application
The Agent may give notices under Clause 17.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.
17.4 Appropriation rights overridden
This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by either of the Borrowers or any Security Party.
18 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS
18.1 Payment of Earnings
Each Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period:
(a) (subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment), all the Earnings of each Ship are paid to the Earnings Account relevant for that Ship; and
(b) all payments by the Swap Bank to the Borrowers under each Designated Transaction are paid to the Earnings Account.
18.2 Earnings Accounts balances
Each Borrower undertakes with the Lenders that money from time to time credited to, or for the time being standing to the credit of, the Earnings Account held in its name shall, unless and until an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default shall have occurred (whereupon the provisions of Clause 17.1 shall be and become applicable), be available for application in the following manner:
(a) in or towards satisfaction of the Repayment Instalment due on the relevant Repayment Date; and
(b) in or towards satisfaction of all amounts of interest due on the relevant interest payment date or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties at any relevant time under the Finance Documents.
Any surplus from time to time arising on that Earnings Account following application as aforesaid, shall be freely available to that Borrower until an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred.
18.3 Location of accounts
Each Borrower shall promptly:
(a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Accounts (or either of them); and
(b) execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts.
52



18.4 Debits for expenses etc.
The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit any Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 20 or 21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 20 or 21.
18.5 Borrowers' obligations unaffected
The provisions of this Clause 18 (as distinct from a distribution effected under Clause 18.4) do not affect:
(a) the liability of the Borrowers to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or
(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrowers or any Security Party under any Finance Document.
19 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
19.1 Events of Default
An Event of Default occurs if:
(a) either of the Borrowers or any Security Party fails to pay when due or (if so payable) on demand any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document; or
(b) any breach occurs of Clause 9.2, 10.18, 11.2, 11.3, 11.19, 11.20, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2, 13.3, 14.2, 14.3, 14.11 or 15.2; or
(c) any breach by either Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 10 days after the earlier of (i) written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same and (ii) the Borrowers becoming aware of such breach; or
(d) (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by either Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or
(e) any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, a Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated ; or
(f) any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person (exceeding $500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) in the case of each Borrower and in no event exceeding $5,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) in respect of all Relevant Persons in aggregate at any relevant time):
(i) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is not paid when due or, if so payable, on demand; or
(ii) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or
53



(iii) a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or
(iv) any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or
(v) any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or
(g) any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:
(i) a Relevant Person becomes, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or
(ii) any assets of a Relevant Person are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress in respect of a sum of, or sums, exceeding in aggregate $500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) in the case of each Borrower and in no event exceeding $5,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) in respect of all Relevant Persons in aggregate at any relevant time; or
(iii) any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or
(iv) an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a Relevant Person; or
(v) any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a Relevant Person or by the directors of a Relevant Person or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person; or
(vi) a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or a winding up resolution is passed by a Relevant Person; or
(vii) a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by (aa) a Relevant Person, (bb) the members or directors of a Relevant Person, (cc) a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person, or (dd) a government minister or public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant Person, or that or another Relevant Person ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrowers or the Corporate Guarantor which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Majority Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or
(viii) an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a Relevant Person (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially
54



all of the assets of a Relevant Person) for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of a Relevant Person in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with a view to some other insolvency law procedure being implemented instead and either (aa) the application or petition is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (bb) within 30 days of the administration notice being given or filed, or the other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (aa) or (bb)) the Relevant Person will continue to carry on business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or
(ix) a Relevant Person or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a document setting out a proposal or proposed terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person, any form of moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by the filing of documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or
(x) any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person is held or summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iv) to (ix) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions materialise or fail to materialise; or
(xi) in a country other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders is similar to any of the foregoing; or
(h) either of the Borrowers ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is material in the context of this Agreement; or
(i) it becomes unlawful or impossible:
(i) for either Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document; or
(ii) for the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Lenders or the Swap Bank to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or
(j) any official consent necessary to enable either Borrower to own, operate or charter the Ship owned by it or to enable either Borrower or any Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or
(k) it appears to the Majority Lenders that, without their prior written consent, a Change of Control has occurred or probably has occurred after the date of this Agreement; or
55



(l) any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest; or
(m) Mr. Simeon Palios ceases to own (either directly or indirectly) at least 5 per cent. of the share capital of the Corporate Guarantor; or
(n) without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting with the authorisation of all Lenders) the shares of the Corporate Guarantor cease to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange;
(o) the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or
(p) an Event of Default (as defined in Section 14 of the Master Agreement) occurs; or
(q) the Master Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with the consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders; or
(r) any other event occurs or any other circumstances arise or develop including, without limitation:
(i) a change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operation, state of affairs or prospects of any Relevant Person; or
(ii) any accident or other event involving any Ship or another vessel owned, chartered or operated by a Relevant Person,
in the light of which the Majority Lenders consider that there is a significant risk that the Borrowers, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party are, or will later become, unable to discharge its liabilities under the Finance Documents as they fall due; or
(s) the Borrower or any of the Security Parties or any of its or their subsidiaries becomes a Restricted Party or becomes owned or controlled by, or acts directly or indirectly on behalf of, a Restricted Party or any of such persons becomes the owner or controller of a Restricted Party; or
(t) any proceeds of the Loan are made available, directly or indirectly, to fund any trade, business or other activities involving or for the benefit of a Restricted Party or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is a Sanctioned Country or otherwise is, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by a Creditor Party, the Borrower or any Security Party or for any purpose prohibited by Sanctions; or
(u) any of the Security Parties or any of its or their subsidiaries takes any action resulting in a violation by such persons of Sanctions or which constitutes or would constitute any such violation by a Creditor Party, the Borrower or any Security Party.
19.2 Actions following an Event of Default
On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default:
(a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:

56



(i) serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that all or part of the Commitments and of the other obligations of each Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement are terminated; and/or
(ii) serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that all or part of the Loan together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or
(iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii) above, the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or
(d) the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders in consultation with the Swap Bank, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a)(i) or (a)(ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Bank are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.
19.3 Termination of Commitments
On the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 19.2, the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement shall be terminated.
19.4 Acceleration of Loan
On the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 19.2, all or, as the case may be, the part of the Loan specified in the notice together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrowers or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.
19.5 Multiple notices; action without notice
The Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a)(i) or (a)(ii) of Clause 19.2 simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in that Clause if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.
19.6 Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties
The Agent shall send to each Lender, the Swap Bank, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrowers under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrowers, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide either of the Borrowers or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.
19.7 Creditor Party's rights unimpaired
Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders or the Swap Bank under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.
19.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party liability
No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to a Borrower or a Security Party:
57



(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or
(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,
except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party's own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver's or manager's own partners or employees.
19.9 Relevant Persons
In this Clause 19, a " Relevant Person " means either Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Approved Manager, any other Security Party and/or any other member of the Group.
19.10 Interpretation
In Clause 19.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g) " petition " includes an application.
19.11 Position of Swap Bank
Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 19, to have any regard to the requirements of the Swap Bank except to the extent that the Swap Bank is also a Lender.
20 FEES AND EXPENSES
20.1 Structuring fee
The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on the date of this Agreement, a non-refundable structuring fee in the amount set out in the Fee Letter for distribution among the Lenders pro rata to their Commitments.
20.2 Costs of negotiation, preparation etc.
The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document (including, without limitation, out of pocket expenses, legal fees and any related VAT).
20.3 Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.
The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Creditor Party concerned the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:
(a) any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document requested by a Security Party, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;
58



(b) any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Majority Lenders, the Swap Bank or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;
(c) the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security;
(d) where the Agent, in its absolute opinion, considers that there has been a material change to the insurances in respect of either of the Ships, the review of the insurances of that Ship pursuant to Clause 13.18;
(e) the opinions of the independent insurance consultant referred to in paragraph 6 of Part B, Schedule 3; and
(f) any step taken by the Creditor Party concerned with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.
There shall be recoverable under paragraph (f) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.
20.4 Documentary taxes
The Borrowers shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent's demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrowers to pay such a tax.
20.5 Certification of amounts
A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
21 INDEMNITIES
21.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan
The Borrowers shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent's demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) an Advance not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender or the Swap Bank claiming the indemnity;
(b) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period including, without limitation, where such receipt or recovery is made as a result of the voluntary or mandatory repayment or prepayment of the Loan, or any part thereof;
(c) any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrowers to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit

59



for any default interest paid by the Borrowers on the amount concerned under Clause 7); and
(d) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19,
and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income or a FATCA Deduction) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.
21.2 Breakage costs
Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:
(a) in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and
(b) in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.
21.3 Miscellaneous indemnities
The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, demands, proceedings, liabilities, taxes, losses and expenses of every kind (" liability items ") which may be made or brought against, or incurred by, a Creditor Party, in any country, in relation to:
(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document; and
(b) any other event, matter or question which occurs or arises at any time during the Security Period and which has any connection with, or any bearing on, any Finance Document, any payment or other transaction relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created (or intended to be created) by a Finance Document,
other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.
21.4 Extension of indemnities; environmental indemnity
Without prejudice to its generality, Clause 21.3 covers:
(a) any matter which would be covered by Clause 21.3 if any of the references in that Clause to a Lender were a reference to the Agent or (as the case may be) to the Security Trustee; and
(b) any liability items which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, pollution or the protection of the environment, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law.

60



21.5 Currency indemnity
If any sum due from either of the Borrowers or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the "Contractual Currency") into another currency (the "Payment Currency") for the purpose of:
(a) making or lodging any claim or proof against of the Borrowers or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or
(b) obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or
(c) enforcing any such order or judgment,
the Borrowers shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.
In this Clause 21.5 the "available rate of exchange" means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.
This Clause 21.5 creates a separate liability of the Borrowers which is distinct from their other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.
21.6 Certification of amounts
A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown of the amounts due) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
21.7 Application of Master Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 21.5 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrowers to the Swap bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of Section 8 (Contractual Currency) of the Master Agreement shall apply.
21.8 Sums deemed due to a Lender
For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrowers to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.
21.9 Sanctions
(a) Each Security Party shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by a Creditor Party, indemnify each Creditor Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of any civil penalty or fine against, and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with the defence thereof by, the Agent or any Lender as a direct result of conduct of any Security Party or any of their partners, directors, officers, employees, agents or advisors, that violates any Sanctions.

61



(b) The indemnity in Clause 21.9 above shall cover any losses incurred by each Creditor Party in any jurisdiction arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to any Sanctions.
22 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION
22.1 No deductions
All amounts due from the Borrowers under a Finance Document shall be paid:
(a) without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and
(b) free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which a Borrower is required by law to make.
22.2 Grossing-up for taxes
If a Borrower is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:
(a) that Borrower shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;
(b) that Borrower shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;
(c) the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.
22.3 Evidence of payment of taxes
Within 1 month after making any tax deduction, the Borrower concerned shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.
22.4 Exclusion of tax on overall net income
In this Clause 22 " tax deduction " means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party's overall net income or a FATCA Deduction.
22.5 Application of Master Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 22 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrowers to the Swap Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of Sections 2(d) (Deduction or Withholding for Tax), 2(c) (Netting of Payments) and 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement shall apply.
22.6 FATCA information
(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each party to the Finance Documents shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another party to the Finance Documents:
(i) confirm to that other party whether it is:
(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or
(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

62



(ii) supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party's compliance with FATCA; and
(iii) supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party's compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime;
(b) if a party to any Finance Document confirms to another party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall notify that other party reasonably promptly;
(c) paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Creditor Party, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to a Finance Document, to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:
(i) any law or regulation;
(ii) any fiduciary duty; or
(iii) any duty of confidentiality;
(d) if a party to any Finance Document fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
(e) If a Borrower or a Security Party becomes a US Tax Obligor or a FATCA FFI, it shall as soon as reasonably practicable (i) inform the Agent of the same and (ii) provide the Agent with a W-8 BEN-E form (or any successor form) or any other forms or documentation the Agent may reasonably require;
(f) Where the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA require it, the relevant Borrower or the relevant Security Party shall provide the Agent, upon request, with a W-8 BEN-E form (or any successor form) or any other forms or documentation the Agent may reasonably require, as soon as reasonably practicable. The Agent shall not be liable for any action which it takes or refrains from taking under or in connection with this paragraph (f);
(g) If a Borrower or a Security Party becomes a US Tax Obligor or a FATCA FFI, or where the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA require it, each Creditor Party shall, within 10 Business Days of the date of a request from the Agent supply to the Agent:
(i) a withholding certificate on Form W-8 or Form W-9 (or any successor form) (as applicable); and/or
(ii) any withholding statement and other documentation, authorisations and waivers as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Creditor Party under FATCA,
the Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers it receives from a Creditor Party pursuant to this paragraph (g) to the relevant Borrower or the relevant Security Party and shall be entitled to rely on any such withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers
63



provided without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action which it takes or refrains from taking under or in connection with this paragraph (g); and
(h) Each Borrower, each Security Party and each Creditor Party agrees that if any withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers provided to the Agent pursuant to paragraphs (e) to (g) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, it shall promptly update such withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers or promptly notify the Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers to the relevant Borrower or the relevant Security Party or Creditor Party. The Agent shall not be liable for any action which it takes or refrains from taking under or in connection with this paragraph (h).
22.7 FATCA Deduction
(a) Each party to a Finance Document may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and shall not be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.
(b) Each party to a Finance Document shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the party to a Finance Document to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrowers and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Creditor Parties.
23 ILLEGALITY, ETC
23.1 Illegality
This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ") notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:
(a) unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or
(b) contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,
for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.
23.2 Notification of illegality
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.
23.3 Prepayment; termination of Commitment
On the Agent notifying the Borrowers under Clause 23.2, the Notifying Lender's Commitment shall terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender's notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrowers shall prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution in accordance with Clause 8.
64



23.4 Mitigation
If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 23.1 then, without in any way limiting the rights of the Notifying Lender under Clause 23.3, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:
(a) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or
(b) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or
(c) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
24 INCREASED COSTS
24.1 Increased costs
This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ") notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:
(a) the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Lender's overall net income); or
(b) complying with any regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement,
the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an "increased cost"; or
(c) the effect of complying with the regulations set out in the "International Convergence of Capital Standards, a Revised Framework" published by the Basle Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 as implemented in the EU by the Capital Requirements Directive (2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC) is that the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an "increased cost" when compared to the cost of complying with such regulations as determined by the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) on the date of this Agreement and including any amendment taking account of incorporating any measure from the Basel III Framework or CRD IV, and CRD IV or any other law of regulation which implements Basel III and CRD IV.
24.2 Meaning of " increased cost "
In this Clause 24, " increased cost " means:
(a) an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;
65



(b) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;
(c) an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender's Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or
(d) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement,
but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Notifying Lender (aa) (or a parent company of it) or (bb) an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 21.1 or by Clause 22 or (cc) a FATCA Deduction.
For the purposes of this Clause 24.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class thereof) on such basis as it considers appropriate.
24.3 Notification to Borrowers of claim for increased costs
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.1.
24.4 Payment of increased costs
The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrowers that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.
24.5 Notice of prepayment
If the Borrowers are not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 24.4, the Borrowers may give the Agent not less than 14 days' notice of their intention to prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution at the end of an Interest Period and/or to cancel the Notifying Lender's Available Commitment.
24.6 Prepayment; termination of Commitment
A notice under Clause 24.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrowers' notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and
(b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender's Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin.
24.7 Application of prepayment
Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
66



25 SET-OFF
25.1 Application of credit balances
Each Creditor Party may without prior notice:
(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of a Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from that Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and
(b) for that purpose:
(i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of that Borrower;
(ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and
(iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.
25.2 Existing rights unaffected
No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 21.5; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).
25.3 Sums deemed due to a Lender
For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrowers to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender's proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.
25.4 No Security Interest
This Clause 25 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of either Borrower.
26 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES
26.1 Transfer by Borrowers
The Borrowers may not, without the consent of the Agent, given on the instructions of all the Lenders:
(a) transfer any of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document; or
(b) enter into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation, or carry out any other act, as a result of which any of its rights or liabilities would vest in, or pass to, another person.
26.2 Transfer by a Lender
Subject to Clause 26.4, a Lender (the "Transferor Lender") may at any time, cause:
(a) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or

67



(b) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or
(c) a combination of (a) and (b),
to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution or a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (a " Transferee Lender " ) by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a " Transfer Certificate " ) executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.
However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Agreement.
A transfer pursuant to this Clause 26.2 shall be affected:
(i) without the consent of the Borrowers:
(A) following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing; and/or
(B) if such transfer is to another Lender or an affiliate of a Lender;
(ii) in all other circumstances with the consent of the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and the Borrowers will be deemed to have given its consent 5 Business Days following the request of the Transferor Lender unless the consent is expressly refused by the Borrowers within that time.
26.3 Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification
As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):
(a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrowers, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and each of the other Lenders and the Swap Bank;
(b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to each Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it; and
(c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b) above,
but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.
26.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate
A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.
26.5 No transfer without Transfer Certificate
Except as provided in Clause 26.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, either
68



Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.
26.6 Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate
However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in another person (the "successor"), the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrowers and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the Agent's notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.
26.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate
A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:
(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender's title and of any rights or equities which either of the Borrowers or any Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;
(b) the Transferor Lender's Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;
(e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate's effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor's title and any rights or equities of either Borrower or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;
(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.7 and Clause 20, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and
(g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.
The rights and equities of either of the Borrowers or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.
69



26.8 Maintenance of register of Lenders
During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrowers during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days' prior notice.
26.9 Reliance on register of Lenders
The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.
26.10 Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates
Each Borrower, the Security Trustee, each Lender and the Swap Bank irrevocably authorise the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.
26.11 Registration fee
In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $1,500 (and all costs, fees and expenses incidental to the transfer (including, but not limited to legal fees and expenses)) from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent's option) the Transferee Lender.
26.12 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment
A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, either Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.
26.13 Disclosure of information
A Lender may disclose to a potential Transferee Lender or sub-participant any information which the Lender has received in relation to either Borrower, any Security Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless the information is clearly of a confidential nature.
The Borrowers agree that the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain confidential and shall not, or shall procure that the Corporate Guarantor shall not, disclose (whether, without limitation, in writing or orally) to third parties (other than any disclosure to the Corporate Guarantor's shareholders, officers, employees or professional advisers Provided that the person to whom disclosure is made agrees to be bound by the terms of the confidentiality undertaking in this Clause 26.13 and any disclosure imposed by law or any court order) the existence of this Agreement or the terms and conditions contained herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders.
26.14 Change of lending office
A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:
70



(a) the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and
(b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.
26.15 Notification
On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.
26.16 Replacement of Reference Bank
If any Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender or is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrowers, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrowers, shall appoint another bank (whether or not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first-mentioned Reference Bank's appointment shall cease to be effective.
26.17 Security over Lenders' rights
In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from either Borrower or any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:
(a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and
(b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities;
except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:
(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or
(ii) require any payments to be made by either of the Borrowers or any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.
26.18 If a Lender transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its lending office and, as a result of circumstances existing at the date the transfer occurs, the Borrowers would be obliged to make a payment to the Transferee Lender or Lender acting through its new lending office under Clauses 22 or 24, then the Transferee Lender or Lender acting through its new lending office is only entitled to receive payments under those Clauses to the same extent as the Transferor Lender or Lender acting through its previous lending office would have been if the transfer had not occurred.
27 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS
27.1 Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders
Subject to Clause 27.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party's rights or remedies under such a
71



provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax, by the Borrowers, by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party and if the document affects any of the rights and obligations of the Swap Bank, by the Swap Bank.
27.2 Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders
However, as regards the following, Clause 27.1 applies as if the words "by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders" were replaced by the words "by or on behalf of every Lender":
(a) a reduction in the Margin;
(b) a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement;
(c) an increase in any Lender's Commitment;
(d) a change to the definition of " Majority Lenders " ;
(e) a change to Clause 3 or this Clause 27;
(f) any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document; and
(g) any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender's consent is required.
27.3 Exclusion of other or implied variations
Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:
(a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or
(b) an Event of Default; or
(c) a breach by a Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or
(d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,
and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.
28. NOTICES
28.1 General
Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or fax; and references in the Finance Documents to
72



written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.
28.2 Addresses for communications
 
A notice shall be sent:
     
(a)
to the Borrowers:
c/o Approved Manager
16 Pendelis Street
175 64 Paleo Faliro
Athens
Greece
     
   
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
     
   
Fax No: +30 210 9470101
     
(b)
to a Lender:
At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as the case
may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate.
     
(c)
to the Agent,
Security Trustee:
BNP Paribas
16, rue de Hanovre
75078 Paris Cedex 02
France
 
Fax:   +33 (0) 1 42984355
 
E-mail: tgmo.shipping@bnpparibas.com
     
(d)
to the Swap Bank:
BNP Paribas
3 rue Taitbout
75009 Paris
France
 
Fax: +33 1401 40114 / 5577 7511
 
Attn: Legal and Transaction Management Group - ISDA
     
 
With a copy to:
BNP Paribas, London Branch
10 Harewood Avenue
NW1 6AA London
England
 
Fax: +44 207 595 5059
 
Attn: Legal and Transaction Management Group - ISDA

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrowers, the Lenders, the Swap Bank and the Security Parties.
28.3 Effective date of notices
Subject to Clauses 28.4 and 28.5:
(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered; and

73



(b) a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed.
28.4 Service outside business hours
However, if under Clause 28.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:
(a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or
(b) on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time,
the notice shall (subject to Clause 28.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.
28.5 Illegible notices
Clauses 28.3 and 28.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.
28.6 Valid notices
A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:
(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or
(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.
28.7 Electronic communication
Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender and/or a Swap Bank under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender and/or relevant Swap Bank:
(a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;
(b) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
(c) notify each other of any change to their respective addresses or any other such information supplied to them.
28.8 Effectiveness of electronic communication
Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender and/or a Swap Bank will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or a Swap Bank to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.
74



28.9 Use of websites
(a) The Agent may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the "Website Lenders") who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto the electronic website www.debtdomain.com (or such other electronic website that the Agent may designate in consultation with the Borrower) (the "Designated Website") if:
(i) the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;
(ii) the Agent and the Website Lenders are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and
(iii) the information is in a format previously agreed between the Agent and the Website Lenders.
(b) If any Lender (a "Paper Form Lender") does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall supply the information to the Paper Form Lender in paper form.
(c) The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website.
(d) The Agent shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Website Lenders if:
(i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;
(ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;
(iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;
(iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or
(v) the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.
(e) If the Agent notifies the Website Lenders that any of the events occurred under paragraphs (d)(i) or (d)(v) above has occurred, all information to be provided by the Agent under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.
28.10 English language
Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.
28.11 Meaning of "notice"
In this Clause 28, "notice" includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.
75



28.12 Application of Master Agreement
Any notice under or in connection with the Master Agreement shall comply with the provisions of Section 12 of the Master Agreement.
29 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY
29.1 General
All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be several and, if and to the extent consistent with Clause 29.2, joint.
29.2 No impairment of Borrower's obligations
The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:
(a) this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards any other Borrower;
(b) any Lender or the Security Trustee entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with any other Borrower;
(c) any Lender or the Security Trustee releasing any other Borrower or any Security Interest created by a Finance Document; or
(d) any combination of the foregoing.
29.3 Principal debtors
Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and no Borrower shall in any circumstances be construed to be a surety for the obligations of any other Borrower under this Agreement.
29.4 Subordination
Subject to Clause 29.5, during the Security Period, no Borrower shall:
(a) claim any amount which may be due to it from any other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document; or
(b) take or enforce any form of security from any other Borrower for such an amount, or in any other way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of any other Borrower; or
(c) set off such an amount against any sum due from it to any other Borrower; or
(d) prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving any other Borrower or other Security Party; or
(e) exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.

76



29.5 Borrower's required action
If during the Security Period, the Agent, by notice to a Borrower, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d) of Clause 29.4, in relation to any other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Agent's notice.
30 SUPPLEMENTAL
30.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive
The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:
(a) cumulative;
(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and
(c) shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.
30.2 Severability of provisions
If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.
30.3 Counterparts
A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.
30.4 Third party rights
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
30.5 Waiver of Banking Secrecy
Each Borrowers hereby irrevocably authorises and gives consent to the Agent and, each of its affiliates, and their respective subsidiaries, branches and representative offices and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the "Authorised Persons" and each an "Authorised Person"), to disclose and transmit to the Applicable Persons, whether orally, in writing or by any other means, information and documents which relates to, or are connected with, the Borrower, its beneficial owner, any other member of the Group, its or their business, dealings or assets (the "Information"), from time to time and to the extent that the Authorised Person deems such disclosure or transmission to be necessary or desirable for or incidental to the carrying out of its duties, obligations, commitments and activities whether arising under contract or by operation of law and/or consolidated supervision and risk management policy, to the extent that the Information is covered by banking secrecy under any applicable law in general and Swiss banking secrecy rules in particular and/or:
(a) necessary or desirable for the purposes of its internal cross-selling enabling the Borrowers and/or any other member of the Group to benefit from the Agent's or any other Authorised Person's business activities; and/or
(b) necessary or desirable to insure a risk related to the Borrower and/or any other member of the Group; and/or

77



(c) necessary or desirable to syndicate a risk related to the Borrower and/or any other member of the Group; and/or
(d) necessary or desirable to securitise a risk related to the Borrower and/or any other member of the Group; and/or
(e) necessary or desirable to open an account or to start a business relation with the Agent's or any other Authorised Person's parent company or any of its subsidiaries or branches.
In this Clause 30.5, "Applicable Person" means any or all of the following persons:
(i) any authority or person against which, pursuant to any applicable law, administrative order or court ruling, banking secrecy may not be validly asserted by an Authorised Person;
(ii) the Agent's or any other Authorised Person's parent company, any of its subsidiaries, branches or representative offices;
(iii) any rating agency, auditor, insurance and reinsurance company, broker or professional adviser, to the extent such entity or person is bound by a statutory or contractual duty of confidentiality;
(iv) any financial institution and institutional or other investor who is or might be involved in securitisation schemes, hedging agreements, participations, credit derivatives or any other risk transfer or sharing arrangements, including, inter alia, a bank and/or other financial institution's participation in, or syndication in respect of, the Loan;
(v) any potential assignee or transferee or person who has entered into or is proposing to enter into contractual arrangements with the Authorised Person in relation to the Borrowers; and
(vi) any external computer services provider, for the purpose of maintenance or repair of the Agent's or any other Authorised Person's computer systems and date provided that such external computer services provider is bound by the confidentiality policy of BNP Paribas.
30.6 Reference Banks
If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrowers) appoint another Lender or an affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.
30.7 Role of Reference Banks
(a) No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent but may do so at the Agent's request.
(b) No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any quotation provided to the Agent.
(c) No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any quotation provided to the Agent, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this clause subject to clause 29.3 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

78



30.8 Third party Reference Banks
Any Reference Bank which is not a party to this Agreement may rely on clause 30.7and clause 5.16 subject to clause 29.3 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.
31 LAW AND JURISDICTION
31.1 English law
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
31.2 Exclusive English jurisdiction
Subject to Clause 31.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.
31.3 Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties
Clause 31.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the right:
(a) to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and
(b) to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.
Neither Borrower shall commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.
31.4 Process agent
Each Borrower irrevocably appoints Nicolaou & Co (for the attention of Antonis Nicolaou) at its registered office for the time being, presently at 25 Heath Drive, Potters Bar, Herts, EN6 1EN, England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.
31.5 Creditor Party rights unaffected
Nothing in this Clause 31 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
31.6 Meaning of " proceedings " and " Dispute "
In this Clause 31, " proceedings " means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a " Dispute " means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
79


SCHEDULE 1

LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS




Lender
Lending Office
Commitment
(US Dollars)
     
BNP PARIBAS
16 Boulevard des Italiens
75009 Paris
France
 
Fax: +33 (0) 1 42984355
 
e-mail:
tgmo.shipping@bnpparibas.com
 
$55,000,000
80


SCHEDULE 2
DRAWDOWN NOTICE
To:                   BNP PARIBAS
16 Boulevard des Italiens
75009 Paris
France

Attention: [Loans Administration]
[ · ]
 
1 We refer to the loan agreement (the " Loan Agreement " ) dated [ · ] 2014 and made between ourselves, as Borrowers, the Lenders referred to therein, the Swap Bank and BNP Paribas as Agent and as Security Trustee in connection with a facility of up to US$55,000,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.
2 We request to borrow Advance [A] [B] as follows:
(a) Amount: US$[ · ];
(b) Drawdown Date: [ · ];
(c) [Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [ · ] months;] and
(d) Payment instructions : account in our name and numbered [ · ] with [ · ] of [ · ].
3 We represent and warrant that:
(a) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing; and
(b) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Loan.
4 This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.
5 [We authorise you to deduct the structuring fee referred to in Clause 20.1 from the amount of the Advance.]
[Name of Signatory]
Director
for and on behalf of
WENO SHIPPING COMPANY INC. and
PULAP SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
81

SCHEDULE 3
CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS
PART A
The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a) required before service of the first Drawdown Notice.
1 A duly executed original of each Finance Document (and of each document required to be delivered by each Finance Document) other than those referred to in Part B and subject to clause 9.3 in respect to the Pledges.
2 Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of each Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party.
3 Copies of resolutions of the shareholders and directors of each Borrower, of the directors or the executive committee of the directors of the Corporate Guarantor, or the shareholders and directors of any other Security Party authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which that Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party is a party and, in the case of a Borrower, authorising named officers to give the Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement.
4 The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of a Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party.
5 Copies of all consents which either of the Borrowers or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document.
6 The originals of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of each Earnings Account (including but not limited to two certified forms of identification in respect of each signatory of each Earnings Account and of two directors of each Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor) and all other information required by the Creditor Parties or any of them in relation to their "know your customer" regulations including, but not limited to, all applicable laws of the European Union, Switzerland and United States of America in connection with each Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party (whether in connection with the opening of the Earnings Account or otherwise).
7 Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 31 has accepted its appointment.
8 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.
9 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
82

PART B
The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(b).
In this Part B of Schedule 4, "Relevant Ship" means the Ship which is to be part-financed by the Advance being drawn down on the relevant Drawdown Date and "Relevant Borrower" means the owner of the Relevant Ship.
1 A duly executed original of the Mortgage, of the General Assignment and any Charterparty Assignment relating to the Relevant Ship (and of each document to be delivered by each of them).
2 Documentary evidence that:
(a) the Relevant Ship is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the Relevant Borrower under an Approved Flag;
(b) the Relevant Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Relevant Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;
(c) the Relevant Ship maintains the class [ · ] with [ · ] free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such Classification Society;
(d) the Mortgage relating to the Relevant Ship has been duly registered against the Relevant Ship as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the relevant Approved Flag State; and
(e) the Relevant Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with, including agreed form letters of undertaking of the insurance brokers and club managers, certificates of entry and/or cover notes with respect to the Relevant Ship.
3 Documents establishing that the Relevant Ship will, as from the first Drawdown Date, be managed by the Approved Manager on terms acceptable to the Lenders, together with:
(a) the Approved Manager's Undertakings in respect of the Relevant Ship;
(b) copies of the Approved Manager's documents of compliance (DOC) and the safety management certificate (SMC) (as defined in the ISM Code) in respect of the Relevant Ship certified as true and in effect by the Relevant Borrower and the Approved Manager; and
(c) a copy of the International Ship Security Certificate in respect of the Relevant Ship certified as true and in effect by the Relevant Borrower and the Approved Manager.
4 A valuation of the Relevant Ship (at the expense of the Borrowers) addressed to the Agent, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and prepared by an Approved Broker no earlier than 15 days prior to the Drawdown Date of the Advance financing the Relevant Ship and prepared in accordance with Clause 15 which shows the value of the Relevant Ship in an amount acceptable to the Agent.
5 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the law of the Approved Flag State, Switzerland and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.
6 A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances for the Relevant Ship as the Agent may require (all fees and expenses incurred in relation to the appointment of the marine insurance broker
83

for the purpose of issuing such opinion shall be for the account of the Borrower who hereby irrevocably authorises the Agent to make any such payments by debiting the Earnings Account).
7 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
Each of the documents specified in paragraphs 2, 3, 5 and 10 of Part A and every other copy document delivered under this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director, the secretary (or equivalent officer) or the legal advisors of a Borrower.

84

SCHEDULE 4
TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.
To:              BNP Paribas for itself and for and on behalf of each Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee and each Lender, as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.
[ · ]
1 This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement (the " Loan Agreement ") dated [ · ] and made between (1) Weno Shipping Company Inc. and Pulap Shipping Company Inc. as joint and several borrowers (together, the " Borrowers "), (2) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Lenders, (3) BNP Paribas as Swap Bank, (4) BNP Paribas as Agent and (5) BNP Paribas as Security Trustee for a loan facility of up to US$55,000,000.
2 In this Certificate, terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings and:
" Relevant Parties " means each Borrower, each Security Party, each Lender, the Swap Bank, the Agent and the Security Trustee;
" Transferor " means [full name] of [lending office]; and
" Transferee " means [full name] of [lending office].
3 The effective date of this Certificate is [ · ] Provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.
4 The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Loan Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [0] per cent. of its Contribution, outstanding to the Transferor (or its predecessors in title) which is set out below:
Contribution                                                                                    Amount transferred
 
5 By virtue of this Transfer Certificate and Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $ [ · ]] [from [ · ] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $[ · ]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[ · ].]
6 The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.


85


7 The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement.
8 The Transferor:
(a) warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:
(i) the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are in connection with this transaction; and
(ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;
(b) warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances ; to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4 above; and
(c) undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee's title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.
9 The Transferee:
(a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents;
(b) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender or the Swap Bank in the event that:
(i) any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;
(ii) either of the Borrowers or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents;
(iii) it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrowers or Security Party under the Finance Documents;
(c) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender or the Swap Bank in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;
(d) warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:
(i) it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and
(ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and
(e) confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.
10 The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent's or the Security Trustee's own officers or employees.
86



11 The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 10 above as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.

[Name of Transferor]
[Name of Transferee]
   
By:
By:
   
Date:
Date:
   
Agent
 
Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself
as Agent and for every other Relevant Party
BNP PARIBAS
 
   
By:
 
   
Date:

87


Administrative Details of Transferee

Name of Transferee:

Lending Office:
Contact Person
(Loan Administration Department):

Telephone:

Fax:
Contact Person
(Credit Administration Department):
Telephone:
Fax:
Account for payments:


Note: This Transfer Certificate alone may not be sufficient to transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor's interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Transferor's or Transferee's jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of each Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required for this purpose.

88


SCHEDULE 5

DESIGNATION NOTICE

To:                    BNP Paribas
16 Boulevard des Italiens
75009 Paris
France
as Agent

Attention: [ · ]
[date]
Dear Sirs

Loan Agreement dated [ · ] 2014 (the "Loan Agreement") and made between (i) ourselves as joint and several Borrowers, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) the Swap Bank, (iv) and yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee.

We refer to:

1 the Loan Agreement;

2 the Master Agreement dated as of [ · ] made between ourselves and the Swap Bank; and

3 a Confirmation delivered pursuant to the said Master Agreement dated [ · ] and addressed by the Swap Bank to us.

In accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, we hereby give you notice of the said Confirmation and hereby confirm that the Transaction evidenced by it will be designated as a "Designated Transaction" for the purposes of the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents.

Yours faithfully

____________________________

for and on behalf of
WENO SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
PULAP SHIPPING COMPANY INC.

89

EXECUTION PAGE



BORROWERS
   
     
SIGNED by
)
/s/ Andreas Michalopoulos
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
WENO SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
     
     
SIGNED by
)
/s/ Anastasios Margaronis
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
PULAP SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
     
LENDERS
   
     
SIGNED by Kelina Koukou
)
/s/ Kelina Koukou
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
BNP PARIBAS
)
 
in the presence of: Marinos Papadopoulos
)
/s/ Marinos Papadopoulos
     
AGENT
   
     
SIGNED by Kelina Koukou
)
/s/ Kelina Koukou
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
BNP PARIBAS
)
 
in the presence of: Marinos Papadopoulos
)
/ s/ Marinos Papadopoulos
     
SECURITY TRUSTEE
   
     
SIGNED by Kelina Koukou
)
/s/ Kelina Koukou
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
BNP PARIBAS
)
 
in the presence of: Marinos Papadopoulos
)
/s/ Marinos Papadopoulos
     
SWAP BANK
   
     
SIGNED by Kelina Koukou
)
/s/ Kelina Koukou
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
BNP PARIBAS
)
 
in the presence of: Marinos Papadopoulos
)
/s/ Marinos Papadopoulos
     
     
90

Exhibit 4.22
Dated 17 March 2015
KNOX SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
BOKAK SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
JEMO SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
GUAM SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
PALAU SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
MAKUR SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
MANDARINGINA INC. and
VESTA COMMERCIAL , S.A.
as joint and several Borrowers
and
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUIONS
listed in Schedule 1
as Lenders
and
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC
as Swap Bank
and
NORDEA BANK AB ,
London Branch
as Agent, Security Trustee and
Lead Arranger
LOAN AGREEMENT
relating to a term loan facility of up to US$110,000,000
to re-finance existing indebtedness and
provide general corporate and working capital
WATSON FARLEY
&
WILLIAMS




Clause
Index
Page
     
1
Interpretation
1
2
Facility
18
3
Position of the Lenders, the Swap and the Majority Lenders
18
4
Drawdown
19
5
Interest
21
6
Interest Periods
23
7
Default Interest
23
8
Repayment and Prepayment
25
9
Conditions Predecent
26
10
Representations and Warranties
27
11
General Undertakings
30
12
Corporate Undertakings
35
13
Insurance
36
14
Ship Covenants
41
15
Security Cover
45
16
Payments and Calculations
47
17
Application of Receipts
49
18
Application of Earnings
50
19
Events of Default
51
20
Fees and Expenses
55
21
Indemnities
 57
22
No Set-off or Tax Deduction
59
23
Illegality, etc.
 61
24
Increased Costs
62
25
Set off
64
26
Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices
65
27
Variations and waivers
68
28
Notices
69
29
Joint and Several Liability
 72
30
Supplemental
72
31
Law and Jurisdiction
 73
Schedule 1 Lenders and Commitments
75
Schedule 2 Drawdown Notice
76
Schedule 3 Condition Precedent Documents
77
Schedule 4 Transfer Certificate
80
Schedule 5 Designation Notice
84
Schedule 6 Mandatory Cost formula
85
Execution Pages
87






THIS AGREEMENT is made on 17 March 2015
PARTIES
(1) KNOX SHIPPING COMPANY INC., BOKAK SHIPPING COMPANY INC., JEMO SHIPPING COMPANY INC., GUAM SHIPPING COMPANY INC., PALAU SHIPPING COMPANY INC., MAKUR SHIPPING COMPANY INC., MANDARINGINA INC. and VESTA COMMERCIAL, S.A. , as joint and several borrowers (together, the " Borrowers ");
(2) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders;
(3) NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC , as Swap Bank;
(4) NORDEA BANK AB , London Branch, as Agent;
(5) NORDEA BANK AB , London Branch, as Lead Arranger; and
(6) NORDEA BANK AB , London Branch, as Security Trustee.
BACKGROUND
(A) The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility of up to the lesser of (i) US$110,000,000 and (ii) 65 per cent. of the aggregate Initial Market Values of the Ships for the purpose of re-financing Existing Indebtedness secured on the Existing Ships (as defined below) and for general corporate and working capital purposes of the Borrowers.
(B) The Swap Bank has agreed to enter into interest rate swap transactions with the Borrowers from time to time to hedge the Borrowers' exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.
(C) The Lenders and the Swap Bank have agreed to share pari passu in the security to be granted to the Security Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
1 INTERPRETATION
1.1 Definitions
Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:
" Account Pledges " means, together, the Earnings Account Pledges in the Agreed Form and, in the singular, means any of them;
" Affected Lender " has the meaning given in Clause 5.7;
" Agency and Trust Deed " means the agency and trust deed dated the same date as this Agreement and made between the same parties;
" Agent " means Nordea Bank AB, London Branch, acting in such capacity through its office at City Place House, 55 Basinghall Street, London EC2V SNB, England, or any successor of it appointed under clause 4.7 of the Agency and Trust Deed;
" Agreed Form " means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provision of any Finance Document;


" Applicable Accounts "   means, as at the date of calculation or, as the case may be, in respect of an accounting period, the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Group or the semi-annual unaudited financial statements of the Group, in each case, which the Guarantor is obliged to deliver to the Agent pursuant to Clause 11.6;
" Approved Broker "   means Arrow Sale & Purchase (UK) Limited, Breamar Seascope Limited, H. Clarkson & Company Limited, Fearnleys AS, Maersk Brokers K.S., R.S. Platou Shipbrokers AS, Simpson Spence & Young (London) Ltd. and VesselsValue.Com or any other any reputable sale and purchase broker approved and appointed by the Agent subject to the prior written consent of the Borrowers;
" Approved Charter "   means any time charterparty having a duration of at least 12 consecutive months or any bareboat charterparty in respect of the Ship (such charters to be entered into with the prior consent of the Agent pursuant to Clause 14.13);
" Approved Charterer "   means a company approved by the Agent as the charterer of the Ship which is to be a party to the Approved Charter;
" Approved Charterparty Assignment "   means, in relation to each Approved Charter, a specific deed of assignment of the rights of the Borrower who is a party to that Approved Charter executed or to be executed by that Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Approved Flag "   means the Marshall Islands flag or any other flag that the Agent may approve that the Ship is registered (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);
" Approved Flag State "   means the Republic of the Marshall Islands or any other state in which the Agent may, at the request of the Borrowers, approve that a Ship is registered (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);
" Approved Manager "   means, in relation to each Ship, Diana Shipping Services S.A., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Panama having its registered office at Edificio Universal, Piso 12, Avenida Federico Boyd, Panama, Republic of Panama and maintaining an office at 16 Pendelis Street, 175 64, Palaio Faliro, Greece or any other company which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, approve from time to time as the technical and/or commercial manager of each Ship (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;
" Availability Period "   means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:
(a) 15 April 2015 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, agree with the Borrowers); or
(b) if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;
" Basel III "   means, together:
(a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel Ill: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel Ill: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;
2

(b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and
(c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel Ill";
" Bokak "   means Bokak Shipping Company Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, The Marshall Islands;
" Borrower "   means each of Knox, Bokak, Jemo, Guam, Palau, Makur, Mandaringina and Vesta, and in the plural means, all of them;
" Business Day "   means a day on which banks are open in London, Athens and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York City;
" Code "   means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
" Commitment "   means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and "Total Commitments" means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders);
" Confirmation " and " Early Termination Date " ,   in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, have the meanings given in the Master Agreement;
" Contractual Currency "   has the meaning given in Clause 21.5;
" Contribution "   means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;
" Corporate Guarantee "   means a corporate guarantee of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Finance Documents;
" Corporate Guarantor "   mean Diana Shipping Inc., a corporation domesticated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, The Marshall Islands;
" Creditor Party "   means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Swap Bank or any Lender, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time;
" Designated Transaction "   means a Transaction which fulfils the following requirements:
(a) it is entered into by the Borrowers pursuant to the Master Agreement with the Swap Bank;
(b) its purpose is the hedging of all or part of the Borrowers' exposure under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later than the final Repayment Date; and
(c) it is designated by the Borrowers, by delivery by the Borrowers to the Agent of a notice of designation in the form set out in Schedule 5, as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents;

3

" Dollars " and " $ " means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;
" Drawdown Date " means, in relation to the Loan, the date requested by the Borrowers for the Loan to be advanced, or (as the context requires) the date on which the Loan is actually advanced;
" Drawdown Notice " means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);
" Earnings " means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the relevant Borrower owning that Ship or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):
(a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b);
(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;
(ii) compensation payable to a Borrower or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of a Ship for hire;
(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;
(iv) demurrage and detention moneys;
(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of a Ship; and
(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and
(b) if and whenever a Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Ship;
" Earnings Account " means an account in the name of each Borrower with the Agent in London designated " [name of the Borrower]- Earnings Account", or any other account which is designated by the Agent as an Earnings Account for the purposes of this Agreement;
" Earnings Account Pledge " means, respect of each Earnings Account, a deed creating security in the Agreed Form;
" Environmental Claim " means:
(a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or
(b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,
and " claim " means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

4

" Environmental Incident " means:
(a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from the Ship; or
(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than a Ship and which involves a collision between a Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Ship and/or the Borrower and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or
(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Borrower and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;
" Environmental Law "   means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;
" Environmentally Sensitive Material "   means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;
" Event of Default "   means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1;
" Executive Order "   means an order issued by the president of the United States of America;
" Existing Indebtedness "   means, at any date, the outstanding Financial Indebtedness secured on:
(a) Ship D and Ship E, under a loan agreement dated 20 December 2012 and made between (i) Guam and Palau as joint and several borrowers, (ii) the banks and financial institutions listed as lenders therein and (iii) Nordea Bank Finland plc as swap bank and (iv) Nordea Bank AB, London Branch as agent and security trustee in respect of a loan facility of (originally) $20,000,000 (the " First Agreement "); and
(b) Ship C and G, under a loan agreement dated 7 February 2012 (as amended and supplemented by two supplemental agreements dated 21 June 2012 and 4 July 2014, respectively) and made between (i) Jemo and Mandaringina as joint and several borrowers, (ii) the banks and financial institutions listed as lenders therein and (iii) Nordea Bank Finland plc as swap bank (the " Second Agreement "   and, together with the First Agreement, the " Previous Loan Agreements "),
as each such loan agreement may have been further amended, supplemented, novated and/or restated from time to time;
" Existing Indebtedness Grace Period "   means, in respect of each Existing Indebtedness, the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the Drawdown Date;
" Existing Ships "   means, together, Ship C, Ship D, Ship E and Ship G and, in the singular, means any of them;
" FATCA "   means:
(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;
5

(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or
(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;
FATCA Deduction "   means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA;
" FATCA Exempt Party "   means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;
" Final Maturity Date "   means the date falling on the sixth anniversary of the Drawdown Date;
" Finance Documents "   means:
(a) this Agreement;
(b) the Agency and Trust Deed;
(c) the Master Agreement;
(d) the Master Agreement Assignment;
(e) the Corporate Guarantee;
(f) the General Assignments;
(g) the Mortgages;
(h) the Accounts Pledges;
(i) the Shares Pledges;
(j) the Initial Charter Assignments;
(k) the Manager's Undertakings;
(l) any Approved Charterparty Assignment; and
(m) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by any Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Approved Manager or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders and/or the Swap Bank under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition;
" Financial Indebtedness "   means, in relation to a person (the " debtor "),   a liability of the debtor:
(a) for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;
(b) under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;
6

(c) under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or dematerialised equivalent made available to the debtor;
(d) under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;
(e) under any foreign exchange transaction, any interest or currency swap or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount; or
(f) under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within paragraphs (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;
" Financial Year " means, in relation to the Corporate Guarantor, each period of 1 year commencing on 1 January in respect of which its annual audited accounts are or ought to be prepared;
" Fleet Vessels " means all of the vessels (including, but not limited to, the Ships) from time to time wholly owned by members of the Group (each a " Fleet Vessel ");
" GAAP " means, at any time, the most recent and updated generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America;
" General Assignment " means, in relation to each Ship, a first priority general assignment of the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Group " means the Corporate Guarantor and all its subsidiaries (including, but not limited to, the Borrowers) from time to time during the Security Period and " member of the Group " shall be construed accordingly;
" Guam " means Guam Shipping Company Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, The Marshall Islands;
" IACS " means the International Association of Classification Societies;
" Initial Charter " means, in the case of:
(a) Ship A, the time charterparty dated 18 November 2010 made between Knox as owner and the relevant Initial Charterer for a period of at least 59 months at a minimum daily charter hire rate of $26,500;
(b) Ship B, the time charterparty dated 10 May 2013 made between Bokak as owner and the relevant Initial Charterer for a period of at least 36 months at a minimum daily charter hire rate of $9,000; and
(c) Ship F, the time charterparty dated 2 October 2013 (as amended and supplemented by addendum no. 1 thereto dated 23 January 2014 and addendum no. 2 as evidenced by a recapitulation email dated 2 February 2015) made between Makur as owner and the relevant Initial Charterer for a period of at least 10 months at a minimum daily charter hire of $8,250,
and, in the plural, means all of them;
7

" Initial Charter Assignment " means, in respect of each Initial Charter, an assignment of the rights of the Borrower under the Initial Charter in favour of the Agent in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Initial Charterer " means, in the case of:
(a) Ship A, Minmetals Logistics Group Co., Ltd., a corporation incorporated in China with registered office at Sanlihe Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China;
(b) Ship B, RWE Supply & Trading GmbH, a corporation incorporated in Germany with registered office at Windmill Hill Business Park, Whitehill Way, Swindon SN5 6PB, Wiltshire, United Kingdom; and
(c) Ship F, Clearlake Shipping Pte Ltd, a corporation incorporated in Singapore with registered office at 12 Marina Boulevard, #35-02 Marina Bay Financial Tower 3, Singapore 018982, Singapore,
and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Initial Market Value " means, in respect of a Ship, the Market Value as determined by the valuations referred to in Schedule 3, Part B, paragraph 6;
" Insurances " means, in relation to a Ship:
(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of the Ship, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to the Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and
(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement;
" Interest Period " means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;
" ISM Code " means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms " safety management system ", " Safety Management Certificate " and " Document of Compliance " have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);
" ISPS Code " means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;
" ISSC " means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;
" Jemo " means Jemo Shipping Company Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, The Marshall Islands;
" Knox " means Knox Shipping Company Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, The Marshall Islands;

8

" Lender " means a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Agent under Clause 26.14) or its transferee, successor or assign and, in the plural, means all of them;
" LIBOR " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document:
(a) the applicable Screen Rate; or
(b) if no Screen Rate is available for that period, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean of the rates, as supplied to the Agent at its request, quoted by the Reference Bank to leading banks in the London Interbank Market,
as of 11 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that period for the offering of deposits in the relevant currency and for a period comparable to that period;
" Loan " means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement;
" Major Casualty " means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;
" Majority Lenders " means:
(a) before the Loan has been advanced, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.67 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and
(b) after the Loan has been advanced, Lenders whose Contributions total 66.67 per cent. of the Loan;
" Makur " means Makur Shipping Company Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, The Marshall Islands;
" Mandaringina " means Mandarigina Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, The Marshall Islands;
" Management Agreement " means, in relation to each Ship, an agreement made or to be made between the Borrower who is the owner of such Ship and the Approved Manager in respect of the commercial and technical management of such Ship in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Manager's Undertaking " means, in relation to each Ship, a letter of undertaking executed or to be executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form agreeing certain matters in relation to the management of that Ship and subordinating the rights of the Approved Manager against that Ship and the Borrower which is the owner thereof to the rights of the Security Trustee under the Finance Documents and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Mandatory Cost " means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 6;
" Margin " means 2.10 per cent. per annum;
" Market Value " means, in relation to each Ship (and each other Fleet Vessel), the market value thereof determined in accordance with Clause 15.3;
9

" Master Agreement " means the master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement form) in the Agreed Form made or to be made between (i) the Borrowers and (ii) the Swap Bank and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under such master agreement;
" Master Agreement Assignment " means the assignment of the Master Agreement in the Agreed Form;
" Mortgage " means, in relation to a Ship, the first preferred Marshall Islands ship mortgage on that Ship in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Negotiation Period " has the meaning given in Clause 5.10;
" Notifying Lender " has the meaning given in Clause 23.1 or Clause 24.1 as the context requires;
" Palau " means Palau Shipping Company Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, The Marshall Islands;
" Party " means a party to this Agreement;
" Payment Currency " has the meaning given in Clause 21.5;
" Permitted Security Interests " means:
(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;
(b) for the duration of the Existing Indebtedness Grace Period only, Security Interests created in respect of the relevant Existing Indebtedness;
(c) liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;
(d) liens for salvage;
(e) liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months' prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;
(f) liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the relevant Borrower in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(g);
(g) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where the Borrower is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; and
(h) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;]
" Pertinent Document " means:
(a) any Finance Document;

10

(b) any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
(c) any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and
(d) any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c);
" Pertinent Jurisdiction " ,   in relation to a company, means:
(a) England and Wales;
(b) the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;
(c) a country in which the company has the centre of its main interests or in which the company's central management and control is or has recently been exercised;
(d) a country in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;
(e) a country in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which the company maintains a branch or permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; and
(f) a country the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company, whether as main or territorial or ancillary proceedings, or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c);
" Pertinent Matter " means:
(a) any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a Pertinent Document; or
(b) any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),
and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;
" Potential Event of Default "   means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, a determination of the Lenders and/or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default;
" Quotation Date "   means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the day which is 2 Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days);
" Reference Bank "   means, subject to Clause 26.16, the London branch of Nordea Bank AB, London Branch and any of its successors;

11

" Relevant Person "   has the meaning given in Clause 19.9;
" Repayment Date "   means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;
" Requisition Compensation "   includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of " Total Loss " ;
" Restricted Party "   means a person:
(a) that is listed on any Sanctions List (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of person);
(b) that is domiciled, registered as located or having its main place of business in, or is incorporated under the laws of, a country which is subject to Sanctions Laws which attach legal effect to being domiciled, registered as located or having its main place of business in such country; or
(c) that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by a person referred to in (i) and/or (ii) above ; or
(d) with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in a transaction with by any Sanctions Laws;
" Sanctions Laws "   means the economic or financial sanctions laws and/or regulations, trade embargoes, prohibitions, restrictive measures, decisions, Executive Orders or notices from regulators implemented, adapted, imposed, administered, enacted and/or enforced by any Sanctions Authority;
" Sanctions Authority "   means the Norwegian State, the United Nations, the European Union, the member states of the European Union, the United States of America, the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority and any authority acting on behalf of any of them in connection with Sanctions Laws;
" Sanctions List "   means any list of persons or entities published in connection with Sanctions Laws by or on behalf of any Sanctions Authority;
" Screen Rate "   means, in relation to LIBOR, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited Interest Settlement Rate for Dollars for the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Telerate or Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrowers and the Lenders and, for the purpose of this definition, references to ICE Benchmark Administration Limited shall be construed to include any other person who takes over the administration of the London interbank offered rate;
" Secured Liabilities "   means all liabilities which the Borrowers, the Corporate Guarantor, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any judgment relating to any Finance Document; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;
" Security Interest "   means:
(a) a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;
12

(b) the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem; and
(c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A;but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;
" Security Party " means the Corporate Guarantor, the Approved Manager and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of " Finance Documents ";
" Security Period " means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrowers, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties that:
(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrowers or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;
(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;
(c) neither a Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clause 20, 21 or 22 below or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; and
(d) the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Majority Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrowers or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;
" Security Trustee " means Nordea Bank AB, London Branch, acting in such capacity through its office at City Place House, 55 Basinghall Street, London EC2V 5NB, England, or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Deed;
" Servicing Bank " means the Agent or the Security Trustee;
" Shares Pledge " means, in relation to each Borrower, a deed executed by the Corporate Guarantor, creating security over the share capital of that Borrower in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Ship A " means the 2005-built Capesize bulk carrier vessel of 180,235 deadweight tonnage registered in the ownership of Knox under the Marshall Islands flag under IMO No. 9324992 with the name of "ALIKI";
" Ship B " means the 2005-built Capesize bulk carrier vessel of 177,243 deadweight tonnage currently registered in the ownership of Bokak under the Marshall Islands flag under IMO No. 9331464 with the name of "BALTIMORE";
" Ship C " means the 2010-built Panamax bulk carrier vessel of 81,297 deadweight tonnage registered in the ownership of Jemo under the Marshall Islands flag under IMO No. 9397731 with the name of "LETO";
13

" Ship D " means the 2012-built Post-Panamax bulk carrier vessel of 98,697 deadweight tonnage registered in the ownership of Guam under the Marshall Islands flag under IMO No. 9599157 with the name of "AMPHITRITE";
" Ship E " means the 2012-built Post-Panamax bulk carrier vessel of 98,704 deadweight tonnage registered in the ownership of Palau under the Marshall Islands flag under IMO No. 9598660 with the name of "POLYMNIA";
" Ship F " means the 2010-built bulk carrier vessel of 82,117 deadweight tonnage registered in the ownership of Makur under the Marshall Islands flag under IMO No. 9422940 with the name of "MYRSINI";
" Ship G " means the 2005-built bulk carrier vessel of 76,225 deadweight tonnage currently registered in the ownership of Mandaringina under the Marshall Islands flag under IMO No. 9286968 with the name of "MELIA";
" Ship H "   means the 2006-built bulk carrier vessel of 74,381 deadweight tonnage currently registered in the ownership of Vesta under the Marshall Islands flag under IMO No. 9299616 with the name of "CORONIS";
" Ships " means, together, Ship A, Ship B, Ship C, Ship D, Ship E, Ship F, Ship G and Ship H and, in the singular, means any of them;
" SMC " means a safety management certificate issued in respect of each Ship in accordance with Rule 13 of the ISM Code;
" Swap Bank " means Nordea Bank Finland plc, acting in such capacity through its office at City Place House, 55 Basinghall Street, London EC2V 5NB, England;
" Swap Exposure " means, as at any relevant date, the amount certified by the Swap Bank to the Agent to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrowers to the Swap Bank under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions;
" Total Loss " means, in relation to a Ship:
(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship;
(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of the Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding 1 year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the full control of the Borrower owning that Ship;
(c) any condemnation of the Ship by any tribunal or by any person or person claiming to be a tribunal; and
(d) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the full control of the Borrower owning the Ship;
" Total Loss Date " means, in relation to a Ship:
(a) in the case of an actual loss of the Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Ship was last heard of;
14

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship, the earliest of:
(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and
(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower owning the Ship with the Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Ship as a total loss; and
(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred;
" Transaction "   has the meaning given in the Master Agreement;
" Transfer Certificate "   has the meaning given in Clause 26.2;
" Trust Property "   has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Deed;
" US "   means the United States of America;
" US Tax Obligor "   means:
(a) a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or
(b) a Borrower or Security Party some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes; and
" Vesta "   means Vesta Commercial, S.A., a company incorporated in the Republic of Panama whose registered address is at Edificio P.H. Bonanza Plaza, Calle 41 Bella Vista, Panama, Republic of Panama.
1.2 Construction of certain terms
In this Agreement:
" administration notice "   means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in connection with, the appointment of an administrator;
" approved "   means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent;
" asset "   includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;
" company "   includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;
" consent "   includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;
" contingent liability "   means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;
" document "   includes a deed; also a letter or fax;
" excess risks "   means, in relation to a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect
15

of the Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;
" expense "   means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;
" law "   includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;
" legal or administrative action "   means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;
" liability "   includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;
" months "   shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;
" obligatory insurances "   means, in relation to a Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Borrower owning the Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
" parent company "   has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;
" person "   includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;
" policy " ,   in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;
" protection and indemnity risks "   means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;
" regulation "   includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (either having the force of law or compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of the party concerned) whether or not having the force of law of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
" subsidiary "   has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;
" successor "   includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any person's rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganisation of it or any other person;
" tax "   includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and
16

" war risks " includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).
1.3 Meaning of "month"
A period of one or more " months " ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (" the numerically corresponding day "), but:
(a) on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or
(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,
and " month " and " monthly " shall be construed accordingly.
1.4 Meaning of "subsidiary"
A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:
(a) a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or
(b) P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued shares of S; or
(c) P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or
(d) P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P,
and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.
1.5 General Interpretation
In this Agreement:
(a) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
(b) references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
(c) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and
(d) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.
1.6 Headings
In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.
17

2 FACILITY
2.1 Amount of facility
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrowers, in one advance, a term loan facility of up to the lesser of (i) $110,000,000 and (ii) 65 per cent. of the aggregate Initial Market Values of the Ships for the purpose of re­financing the relevant Existing Indebtedness secured on the Existing Ships and for general corporate and working capital purposes of the Borrowers.
2.2 Lenders' participations in the Loan
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in the Loan in the proportion which, as at the Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.
2.3 Purpose of the Loan
The Borrowers undertake with each Creditor Party to use the Loan only for the purpose stated in the preamble to this Agreement.
3 POSITION OF THE LENDERS, THE SWAP AND THE MAJORITY LENDERS
3.1 Interests of Lenders and Swap Bank several
The rights of the Lenders and the Swap Bank under this Agreement and the Master Agreement are several; accordingly:
(a) each Lender shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrowers to it under this Agreement; and
(b) the Swap Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrowers to it under the Master Agreement,
without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Lender and the Swap Bank as additional parties in the proceedings.
3.2 Proceedings by individual Lender or Swap Bank
However, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, no Lender nor the Swap Bank may bring proceedings in respect of:
(a) any other liability or obligation of any Borrower or a Security Party under or connected with a Finance Document; or
(b) any misrepresentation or breach of warranty by any Borrower or a Security Party in or connected with a Finance Document.
3.3 Obligations several
The obligations of the Lenders and the Swap Bank under this Agreement and of the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender or the Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or of the Swap Bank to perform its obligations under the Master Agreement shall not result in:
(a) the obligations of the other Lenders or (as the case may be) the Swap Bank being increased; nor
18

(b) any Borrower, any Security Party or any other Creditor Party being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document,
and in no circumstances shall a Lender or the Swap Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender or the Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Master Agreement.
3.4 Parties bound by certain actions of Majority Lenders
Every Lender, the Swap Bank, each Borrower and each Security Party shall be bound by:
(a) any determination made, or action taken, by the Majority Lenders under any provision of a Finance Document;
(b) any instruction or authorisation given by the Majority Lenders to the Agent or the Security Trustee under or in connection with any Finance Document (subject always to Clause 27.2);
(c) any action taken (or in good faith purportedly taken) by the Agent or the Security Trustee in accordance with such an instruction or authorisation.
3.5 Reliance on action of Agent
However, each Borrower and each Security Party:
(a) shall be entitled to assume that the Majority Lenders have duly given any instruction or authorisation which, under any provision of a Finance Document, is required in relation to any action which the Agent has taken or is about to take; and
(b) shall not be entitled to require any evidence that such an instruction or authorisation has been given.
3.6 Construction
In Clauses 3.4 and 3.5 references to action taken include (without limitation) the granting of any waiver or consent, an approval of any document and an agreement to any matter.
4 DRAWDOWN
4.1 Request for the Loan
Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may request the Loan to be made by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days (or such shorter period as the Agent may, in its absolute discretion, agree) prior to the intended Drawdown Date.
4.2 Availability
The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:
(a) the Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period;
(b) the amount of the Loan shall not exceed an amount of up to the lesser of (i) US$110,000,000 and (ii) 65 per cent. of the aggregate Initial Market Values of the Ships;
(c) the Loan shall be made available in one advance and shall be applied:
(i) in re-financing Existing Indebtedness secured on the Existing Ships; and
19

(ii) for general corporate and working capital purposes of the Borrowers.
4.3 Notification to Lenders of receipt of a Drawdown Notice
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received a Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:
(a) the amount of the Loan and the Drawdown Date;
(b) the amount of that Lender's participation in the Loan; and
(c) the duration of the first Interest Period.
4.4 Drawdown Notice irrevocable
A Drawdown Notice must be signed by a director or an authorised representative of each Borrower; and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.
4.5 Lenders to make available Contributions
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrowers the amount due from that Lender on the Drawdown Date under Clause 2.2.
4.6 Disbursement of the Loan
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on the Drawdown Date pay to the Borrowers the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrowers shall be made:
(a) to the account which the Borrowers specify in the Drawdown Notice; and
(b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.
4.7 Disbursement of the Loan to third party
The payment by the Agent under Clause 4.6 shall constitute the making of the Loan and the Borrowers shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's Contribution.
4.8 Designated Transactions under the Master Agreement
(a) The Borrowers may at any time conclude Designated Transactions with the Swap Bank pursuant to the Master Agreement for the purpose of swapping their interest payment obligations and managing their exposure to fluctuation in LIBOR under this Agreement. The Borrowers agree that signature of the Master Agreement does not commit the Swap Bank to conclude Designated Transactions, or even to offer terms for doing so, but does provide a contractual framework within which Designated Transactions may be concluded and secured, assuming that mutually acceptable terms can be agreed at the relevant time.
(b) The Lenders agree that, to enable the Borrowers to secure their obligations to the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement, the security of the other Finance Documents shall be held by the Security Trustee not only to secure the Borrowers' obligations under this Agreement but also the Borrowers' obligations under the Master Agreement on the terms set out in Clause 17.

20

5 INTEREST
5.1 Payment of normal interest
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on the Loan in respect of each Interest Period applicable thereto shall be paid by the Borrowers on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.2 Normal rate of interest
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on the Loan in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of (i) the Margin, (ii) the Mandatory Cost (if any) and (iii) LIBOR for that Interest Period.
5.3 Payment of accrued interest
In the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.4 Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest
The Agent shall notify the Borrowers and each Lender of:
(a) each rate of interest; and
(b) the duration of each Interest Period
as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.
5.5 Obligation of Reference Bank to quote
The Reference Bank shall use all reasonable efforts to supply the quotation required of it for the purposes of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement unless the Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender pursuant to Clause 26.16.
5.6 Absence of quotations by Reference Bank
If the Reference Bank fails to supply a quotation, the relevant rate of interest shall be set in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 5.
5.7 Market disruption
The following provisions of this Clause 5 apply if:
(a) no Screen Rate is available for an Interest Period and the Reference Bank does not, before 1.00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date, provide quotations to the Agent in order to fix LIBOR; or
(b) at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, a Lender with Contribution amounting to more than 33.3 per cent. of the Loan, may notify the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to those Lenders of funding its respective Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the Interest Period; or
(c) at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Agent is notified by a Lender (the " Affected Lender ")   that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.
21

 
5.8 Notification of market disruption
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and each of the Lenders stating the circumstances falling within Clause 5.7 which have caused its notice to be given.
5.9 Suspension of drawdown
If the Agent's notice under Clause 5.8 is served before the Loan is made:
(a) in a case falling within Clauses 5.7(a) or 5.7(b), the Lenders' obligations to make the Loan; and
(b) in a case falling within Clause 5.7, the Affected Lender's obligation to participate in the Loan, shall be suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Agent's notice continue.
5.10 Negotiation of alternative rate of interest
If the Agent's notice under Clause 5.5 is served after the Loan is made, the Borrowers, the Agent, the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, within 30 days after the date on which the Agent serves its notice under Clause 5.5 (the " Negotiation Period "), an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender to fund or continue to fund their or its Contribution during the Interest Period concerned.
5.11 Application of agreed alternative rate of interest
Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.
5.12 Alternative rate of interest in absence of agreement
If an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender, set an interest period and interest rate representing the cost of funding of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender in Dollars or in any available currency of their or its Contribution plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any); and the procedure provided for by this Clause 5.12 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the interest period so set by the Agent.
5.13 Notice of prepayment
If the Borrowers do not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 5.12, the Borrowers may give the Agent not less than 15 Business Days' notice of their intention to prepay the Loan at the end of the interest period set by the Agent.
5.14 Prepayment; termination of Commitments
A notice under Clause 5.13 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders or (as the case may require) the Affected Lender of the Borrowers' notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments or (as the case may require) the Commitment of the Affected Lender shall be cancelled; and
(b) on the last Business Day of the interest period set by the Agent, the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender's
22

Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any).
5.15 Application of prepayment
The provisions of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
6 INTEREST PERIODS
6.1 Commencement of Interest Periods
The first Interest Period applicable to the Loan shall commence on the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.
6.2 Duration of normal Interest Periods
Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period shall be:
(a) 1 or 3 months as notified by the Borrowers to the Agent not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 5 Business Days (or such longer period as the Agent and the Borrowers may agree) before the commencement of the Interest Period; or
(b) 3 months, if the Borrowers fail to notify the Agent by the time specified in paragraph (a); or
(c) such other period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, agree with the Borrowers.
6.3 Duration of Interest Periods for repayment instalments
In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.
6.4 Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected
If, after the Borrowers have selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than 3 months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of 3 months.
7 DEFAULT INTEREST
7.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts
The Borrowers shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by the Borrowers under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:
(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or
(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or
(c) if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.
23

7.2 Default rate of interest
Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2 per cent. above:
(a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a) and (b); or
(b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).
7.3 Calculation of default rate of interest
The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:
(a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period applicable to it); and
(b) the aggregate of the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any) plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Agent may select from time to time:
(i) LIBOR; or
(ii) if the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Bank) determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to the Reference Bank by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Reference Bank from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Bank) may from time to time determine.
7.4 Notification of interest periods and default rates
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrowers are liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent's notification.
7.5 Payment of accrued default interest
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.
7.6 Compounding of default interest
Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.
7.7 Application to Master Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 7 does not apply to any amount payable under the Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Designated Transaction as to which section 2(e) (Default Interest; Other Amounts) of the Master Agreement shall apply.
24

 
8 REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT
8.1 Amount of repayment instalments
The Borrowers shall repay the Loan by:
(a) 24 consecutive three-monthly instalments (the " Repayment Instalments "   and each a " Repayment Instalment ")   each in an amount equal to one fiftieth (1/50th) of the Loan; and
(b) a balloon instalment in the amount equal to the Loan on the Final Maturity Date (the " Balloon Instalment ") .
8.2 Repayment Dates
The first Repayment Instalment for the Loan shall be repaid three months after the Drawdown Date, each subsequent Repayment Instalment shall be repaid at three-monthly intervals thereafter and the last Repayment Instalment together with the Balloon Instalment shall be repaid on the Final Maturity Date.
8.3 Final Repayment Date
On the final Repayment Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.
8.4 Voluntary prepayment
Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan on the last day of an Interest Period.
8.5 Conditions for voluntary prepayment
The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:
(a) a partial prepayment shall be $500,000 or a higher integral multiple of $500,000;
(b) the Agent has received from the Borrowers at least 3 days' prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made;
(c) the Borrowers have provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by any Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any regulation relevant to this Agreement which affects any Borrower or any Security Party has been complied with; and
(d) the Borrowers have complied with Clause 8.12 on or prior to the date of prepayment.
8.6 Effect of notice of prepayment
A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrowers on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.
8.7 Notification of notice of prepayment
The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrowers under Clause 8.5(c).
25

8.8 Mandatory prepayment
The Borrowers shall be obliged to prepay the whole of the Relevant Amount if a Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss:
(a) in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the Mortgage on that Ship is released; or
(b) in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.
In this Clause 8.8 " Relevant Amount " means an amount achieved by dividing the Market Value of the Ship which has been sold or become Total Loss by the aggregate of the Market Value of all Ships (including the Ship that has become sold or Total Loss) and multiplying it by the Loan on the date that the relevant Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss.
8.9 Amounts payable on prepayment
A prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 21 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid and, if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 21.1(b) but without premium or penalty.
8.10 Application of partial prepayment
Each partial prepayment made pursuant to Clause 8.4 and 8.8 shall be applied pro rata against the then outstanding Repayment Instalments and the Balloon Instalment.
8.11 No re-borrowing
No amount prepaid may be re-borrowed.
8.12 Unwinding of Designated Transactions
On or prior to any repayment or prepayment of the Loan under this Clause 8 or any other provision of this Agreement, each Borrower shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Loan as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 8.1.
9 CONDITIONS PREDECENT
9.1 Documents, fees and no default
Each Lender's obligation to contribute to the Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a) that, on or before the service of the Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives:
(i) the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;
(ii) the arrangement fee referred to in Clause 20.1;
26

(b) that, on the Drawdown Date but prior to the making of the Loan, the Agent receives or is satisfied that it will receive on the making of the Loan the documents described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to it and its lawyers;
(c) that, on or before the service of the Drawdown Date, the Agent receives payment of any expenses payable pursuant to Clause 20.2 which is due and payable on the Drawdown Date;
(d) that both at the date of the Drawdown Notice and at the Drawdown Date:
(i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the Loan;
(ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10.1 and those of any Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;
(iii) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.7 has occurred and is continuing; and
(iv) there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, state of affairs or prospects of the Borrowers (or any of them), the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party since 30 September 2014 in the light of which the Agent considers that there is a significant risk that the Borrowers, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party is, or will later become, unable to discharge its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party as they fall due;
(e) that, if the ratio set out in Clause 15.1 were applied immediately following the making of the Loan, the Borrowers would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Loan under that Clause; and
(f) that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrowers prior to the Drawdown Date.
9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent
If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit the Loan to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 5 Business Days after the Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, specify).
10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
10.1 General
Each Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows.
10.2 Status
(a) Each Borrower, save for Vesta is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands; and
(b) Vesta is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Panama

27

10.3 Shares and ownership
(a) Each Borrower (other than Vesta) is authorised to issue Five hundred (500) registered shares with par value of $0,01 each; and
(b) Vesta has an authorised share capital of One hundred (100) registered shares,
and the legal title and beneficial ownership of all those shares is held, free of any Security Interest or other claim, by the Corporate Guarantor.
10.4 Corporate power
Each Borrower has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:
(a) to register permanently the Ship owned by it in its name under the Approved Flag;
(b) to execute the Finance Documents to which that Borrower is a party; and
(c) to borrow under this Agreement, to enter into Designated Transactions under the Master Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, those Finance Documents to which it is a party.
10.5 Consents in force
All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.
10.6 Legal validity; effective Security Interests
The Finance Documents to which each Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):
(a) constitute that Borrower's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against that Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and
(b) create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate;
subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors' rights generally.
10.7 No third party Security Interests
Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document to which a Borrower is a party:
(a) each Borrower which is a party to that Finance Document will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and
(b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.
28

10.8 No conflicts
The execution by each Borrower of each Finance Document to which it is a party, and the borrowing by that Borrower of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document to which it is a party will not involve or lead to a contravention of:
(a) any law or regulation; or
(b) the constitutional documents of that Borrower; or
(c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on that Borrower or any of its assets.
10.9 No withholding taxes
All payments which each Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.
10.10 No default
No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.
10.11 Information
All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7; and there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of any Borrower from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts.
10.12 No litigation
No legal or administrative action involving any Borrower (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to any Borrower's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken.
10.13 Validity and completeness of each Initial Charter
Each Initial Charter constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the relevant Initial Charterer and the relevant Borrower in accordance with its terms; and:
(a) the copy of each Initial Charter delivered to the Agent before the date of this Agreement is a true and complete copy; and
(b) other than those amendments and additions to an Initial Charter disclosed to the Agent before the date of this Agreement, no amendments or additions to that Initial Charter have been agreed nor has a Borrower or an Initial Charterer waived any of their respective rights under an Initial Charter.
10.14 Compliance with certain undertakings
At the date of this Agreement, the Borrowers are in compliance with Clauses 11.2, 11.4, 11.9 and 11.13.
29

10.15 Taxes paid
Each Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to that Borrower, its business or the Ship owned by it.
10.16 ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance
All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrowers, the Approved Manager and the Ships have been complied with.
10.17 No money laundering
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrowers of the Loan, the performance and discharge of their obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which a Borrower is a party, the Borrowers confirm (i) that they are acting for their own account; (ii) that they will use the proceeds of the Loan for their own benefit, under their full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; and (iii) that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat "money laundering" (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council).
10.18 No immunity
No Borrower, nor any of their assets are entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (which shall include, without limitation, suit attachment prior to judgement, execution or other enforcement).
10.19 Sanctions
(a) Each Borrower and its respective directors, officers, employees, and to the best of each Borrower's knowledge, its respective agents or representatives has been and is in compliance with Sanctions Laws.
(b) No Borrower and their respective directors, officers, employees, and to the best of each Borrower's knowledge, none of its respective agents or representatives:
(i) is a Restricted Party, or is involved in any transaction through which it is likely to become a Restricted Party; or
(ii) is subject to or involved in any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions Laws by any Sanctions Authority.
10.20 Compliance with applicable laws
Each Borrower is at all times in compliance with all applicable laws or regulations, including but not limited to all Environmental Laws.
11 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
11.1 General
Each Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.
30

11.2 Title; negative pledge
Each Borrower will:
(a) hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in the Ship owned by it, the Insurances and Earnings, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests; and
(b) not create or permit to arise any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) over any other asset, present or future (including, but not limited to, that Borrower's rights against the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement or all or any part of that Borrower's interest in any amount payable to that Borrower by the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement).
11.3 No disposal of assets
No Borrower will transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:
(a) all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or
(b) any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation,
but paragraph (a) does not apply to any charter of a Ship as to which Clause 14.13 applies.
11.4 No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred
No Borrower will incur any liability or obligation except:
(a) under the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
(b) liabilities or obligations reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating and chartering the Ship;
(c) in respect of the Designated Transactions; and
(d) in the case of Jemo, Guam, Palau and Mandaringina under the Previous Loan Agreements to which each is a party during the Existing Indebtedness Grace Period.
11.5 Information provided to be accurate
All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of a Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.
11.6 Provision of financial statements
Each Borrower will send or procure that are to be sent to the Agent:
(a) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each Financial Year of the Corporate Guarantor the audited annual consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year of the Corporate Guarantor (commencing with the accounts for the year that ended on 31 December 2014);
31

(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after 30 June and 31 December in each Financial Year of the Corporate Guarantor the unaudited semi-annual consolidated financial statements (in the form published in the relevant press release) for that Financial Year of the Corporate Guarantor (commencing with the financial statements for the 6-month period ending 30 June 2015) certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer of the Corporate Guarantor; and
(c) promptly after a request by the Agent, such further financial or other information in respect of the Borrowers, the Ships, the Corporate Guarantor, the other Security Parties and the Group (including, but not limited to, charter arrangements, Financial Indebtedness, operating expenses) as the Agent may reasonably require.
11.7 Form of financial statements
All accounts delivered under Clause 11.6 will:
(a) be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP consistently applied;
(b) give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group at the date of those accounts and of its profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and
(c) fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Group.
11.8 Shareholder and creditor notices
Each Borrower will send the Agent, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all communications which are despatched to that Borrower's shareholders or creditors or any class of them.
11.9 Consents
Each Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, all consents required:
(a) for that Borrower to perform its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party;
(b) for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document to which it is a party; and
(c) for that Borrower to continue to own and operate the Ship owned by it, and that Borrower will comply with the terms of all such consents.
11.10 Maintenance of Security Interests
Each Borrower will:
(a) at its own cost, do all that is necessary to ensure that any Finance Document to which it is a party validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and
(b) without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.
32

11.11 Notification of litigation
Each Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving that Borrower, any Security Party, the Approved Manager or the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to that Borrower that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.
11.12 No amendment to Master Agreement
No Borrower will agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, the Master Agreement or any of its provisions.
11.13 Principal place of business
No Borrower will establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in any country other than the Marshall Islands and Greece.
11.14 Confirmation of no default
Each Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by 2 directors of that Borrower and which:
(a) states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or
(b) states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.
The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.14 from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 10 per cent. of the Loan or (if the Loan hasn't been drawn) Commitments exceeding 10 per cent of the Total Commitments; and this Clause 11.14 does not affect the Borrowers' obligations under Clause 11.15.
11.15 Notification of default
Each Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as that Borrower becomes aware of:
(a) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or
(b) any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred,
and will keep the Agent fully up to date with all developments.
11.16 Provision of further information
Each Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating:
(a) to the Borrowers, the Group, the Corporate Guarantor, the Ships, the other Fleet Vessels, their Insurances or their Earnings (including, but not limited to, any sales or purchases of any Fleet Vessels, the incurrence of Financial Indebtedness by members of the Group, details of the employment of the Fleet Vessels) as the Agent may require; or
(b) to any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,
33

which may be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Swap Bank or any Lender at any time.
11.17 Provision of copies and translation of documents
Each Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrowers will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
11.18 Money laundering
Promptly upon the Agent's request each Borrower will supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for each Creditor Party to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary "know your client" or other checks which it is required to carry out in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents and to the identity of any parties to the Finance Documents (other than Creditor Parties) and their directors and officers.
11.19 No amendment to the Initial Charter
Each Borrower will ensure that the parties to the Initial Charter to which it is a party will not agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fault to enforce, the Initial Charter or any of its provisions.
11.20 Payment of taxes
Each Borrower shall pay when due all taxes applicable to, or imposed on, its business or the Ship owned by it.
11.21 Bribery and anti-corruption laws
(a) No Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions.
(b) Each Borrower shall (and shall procure that each other Security Party and each other member of the Group shall):
(i) conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and
(ii) maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
11.22 Sanctions
(a) Each Borrower shall ensure that none of them, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives or any other persons acting on any of their behalf, is or will become a Restricted Party.
(b) Each Borrower shall supply to the Agent, promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation with respect to Sanctions against it, any of its direct or indirect owners, subsidiaries, any of their joint ventures or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives.

34

11.23 Use of proceeds
No proceeds of the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Restricted Party nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.
12 CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS
12.1 General
Each Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.
12.2 Maintenance of status
Each Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands.
12.3 Negative undertakings
No Borrower will:
(a) carry on any business other than the ownership, chartering and operation of the Ship owned by that Borrower; or
(b) pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital (the " Distribution ") if an Event of Default has occurred at any relevant time which is continuing or an Event of Default will result from the Distribution; or
(c) provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:
(i) a person who is directly or indirectly interested in that Borrower's share or loan capital; or
(ii) any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected,
or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to that Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or
(d) open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except accounts with the Agent and the Security Trustee for the purposes of the Finance Documents; or
(e) issue, allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital; or
(f) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or enter into any transaction in a derivative other than the Designated Transactions; or
(g) enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation.
35

13 INSURANCE
13.1 General
Each Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.
13.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances
Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at the expense of that Borrower against:
(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);
(b) war risks (including terrorism, piracy and confiscation);
(c) protection and indemnity risks (other than loss of hire or political risks); and
(d) any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Security Trustee be reasonable for that Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to that Borrower.
13.3 Terms of obligatory insurances
Each Borrower shall effect such insurances:
(a) in Dollars;
(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, (including hull interest and freight interest) in such amount as shall from time to time be approved by the Security Trustee but in any event in an amount not less than the greater of (i) an amount which when aggregated with the insured value of the other Ships then subject to a Mortgage, 120 per cent of the aggregate of the Loan and (ii) the Market Value of the Ship owned by it;
(c) in the case of hull and machinery policy at an agreed insured value (excluding hull interest and freight interest) in an amount of not less than an amount which when aggregated with the agreed insured values under all the other hull and machinery policies for the other Ships then subject to a Mortgage is not less than the principal amount of the Loan Provided that the Borrowers are in compliance with their obligations under paragraph (b) above at all times;
(d) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;
(e) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship;
(f) on approved terms; and
(g) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.
36

13.4 Further protections for the Creditor Parties
In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, each Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances effected by it shall:
(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name that Borrower as the sole named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:
(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;
(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and
(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and
(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it
and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Trustee (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Borrower and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;
(b) whenever the Security Trustee requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Trustee, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;
(c) name the Security Trustee as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;
(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;
(e) provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party; and
(f) provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so.
13.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances
Each Borrower shall:
(a) at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:
(i) notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Borrower proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and
(ii) obtain the Security Trustee's approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);
37

 (b) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee's approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and
(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms each conditions of the renewal.
13.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking
Each Borrower shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters of undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:
(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4;
(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;
(c) they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;
(d) they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Borrower or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and
(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.
13.7 Copies of certificates of entry
Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Security Trustee with:
(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship owned by it;
(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee; and
(c) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.
13.8 Deposit of original policies
Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.
38

13.9 Payment of premiums
Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.
13.10 Guarantees
Each Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.
13.11 Restrictions on employment
No Borrower shall employ its Ship, nor shall permit it to be employed, outside the cover provided by any obligatory insurances.
13.12 Compliance with terms of insurances
No Borrower shall do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:
(a) each Borrower shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;
(b) no Borrower shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;
(c) each Borrower shall make (and promptly supply copies to the Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and
(d) no Borrower shall employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.
13.13 Alteration to terms of insurances
(a) No Borrower shall make nor agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.
(a) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Borrower shall either make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any war risks and allied perils coverage (including piracy coverage) whereby trading to conditional (excluded) areas not declared on the annual policy would be altered without the consent of the Agent.
13.14 Settlement of claims
No Borrower shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all
39

documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.
13.15 Provision of copies of communications
Each Borrower shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all written communications between a Borrower and:
(a) the approved brokers;
(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and
(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:
(i) that Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and
(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.
13.16 Provision of information
In addition, each Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:
(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or
(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.17 below or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,
and the Borrowers shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).
13.17 Mortgagee's interest insurances
The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagee's interest marine insurance policy in such amounts, on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time consider appropriate and each Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Creditor Parties in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.
13.18 Review of insurance requirements
The Agent shall be entitled to review the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which the Agent reasonably considers significant and capable of affecting the Borrowers, the Ships and their Insurances (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which each Borrower may be subject), and may appoint insurance consultants in relation to this review at the cost of that Borrower.
40

13.19 Modification of insurance requirements
The Agent shall notify the Borrowers of any proposed modification under Clause 13.18 to the requirements of this Clause 13 which the Agent reasonably considers appropriate in the circumstances, and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the relevant Borrower as an amendment to this Clause 13 and shall bind that Borrower accordingly.
13.20 Compliance with mortgagee's instructions
The Agent shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require a Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Agent until the Borrower owning that Ship implements any amendments to the terms of the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 13.19.
14 SHIP COVENANTS
14.1 General
Each Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may otherwise permit (and in the case of Clause 14.2 and 14.13(e), such permission not to be unreasonably withheld).
14.2 Ship's name and registration
Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of the Ship owned by it.
14.3 Repair and classification
Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:
(a) consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice;
(b) so as to maintain the highest class free of overdue recommendations and conditions with a classification society which is a member of IACS acceptable to the Agent; and
(c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered at ports in the applicable Approved Flag State or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.
14.4 Classification society undertaking
Each Borrower shall instruct the classification society referred to in Clause 14.3:
(a) to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records held by the classification society in relation to its Ship;
(b) to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of its Ship at the offices of the classification society and to take copies of them;
41

(c) to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the classification society:
(i) receives notification from that Borrower or any other person that its Ship's classification society is to be changed; or
(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of that Ship's class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Borrower's or its Ship's membership of the classification society; and
(d) following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:
(i) to confirm that a Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or
(ii) if a Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society.
14.5 Modification
No Borrower shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, any Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.
14.6 Removal of parts
No Borrower shall remove any material part of any Ship, or any item of equipment installed on, any Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on the relevant Ship the property of the relevant Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the relevant Mortgage Provided that a Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.
14.7 Surveys
Each Borrower shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee provide the Security Trustee, with copies of all survey reports.
14.8 Inspection
Each Borrower shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections.
14.9 Prevention of and release from arrest
Each Borrower shall promptly discharge:
(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances;
42

(b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances; and
(c) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances,
and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, that Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.
14.10 Compliance with laws etc.
Each Borrower shall:
(a) comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, Sanctions and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of that Borrower;
(b) not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code and Sanctions; and
(c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship's war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Security Trustee has been given and that Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Trustee may require.
14.11 Provision of information
Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests regarding:
(a) the Ship owned by it, its employment, position and engagements;
(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship owned by it;
(c) any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship owned by it and any payments made in respect of that Ship;
(d) any towages and salvages; and
(e) its compliance, the Approved Manager's compliance and the compliance of the Ship owned by it with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code and Sanctions,
and, upon the Security Trustee's request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the Ship owned by it , of any current charter guarantee and copies of the Borrower's or the Approved Manager's Document of Compliance.
14.12 Notification of certain events
Each Borrower shall immediately notify the Security Trustee by fax, confirmed forthwith, by letter of:
(a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;
43

(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
(c) any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;
(d) any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or its Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;
(e) any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it;
(f) any Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with the Ship owned by it, or any Environmental Incident;
(g) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it; or
(h) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,
and that Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of that Borrower's, the Approved Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.
14.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.
No Borrower shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:
(a) let that Ship on demise charter for any period;
(b) other than an Initial Charter enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 12 months;
(c) enter into any charter in relation to that Ship under which more than 2 months' hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;
(d) charter that Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm's length terms at the time when that Ship is fixed;
(e) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Manager's appointment;
(f) deactivate or lay-up that Ship; or
(g) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed 1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.
14.14 Notice of Mortgage
Each Borrower shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority or preferred mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master's cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Borrower to the Security Trustee.
44

14.15 Sharing of Earnings
No Borrower shall:
(a) enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings;
(b) enter into any agreement or arrangement for the postponement of any date on which any Earnings are due; and
(c) the reduction of the amount of any Earnings or otherwise for the release or adverse alteration of any right of a Borrower to any Earnings.
14.16 ISPS Code
Each Borrower shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:
(a) procure that the Ship owned by that Borrower and the company responsible for that Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code;
(b) maintain for that Ship an ISSC; and
(c) notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.
14.17 Charterparty Assignment
If a Borrower enters into any Approved Charter (subject to obtaining the consent of the Agent in accordance with Clause 14.13(b)), that Borrower shall at the request of the Agent execute in favour of the Security Trustee (and register, if applicable) an Approved Charterparty Assignment and shall:
(a) serve notices of the Approved Charterparty Assignment on the Approved Charterer and procure that the Approved Charterer acknowledges such notice in such form as the Agent may approve or require; and
(b) deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to at paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 of Schedule 3, Part A as the Agent may require.
15 SECURITY COVER
15.1 Minimum required security cover
Clause 15.2 applies if, at any relevant time during the Security Period, the Agent notifies the Borrowers that:
(a) the aggregate of the Market Values of the Ships; plus
(b) the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15, is below 125 per cent of the Loan.
15.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment
If the Agent serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 15.1, the Borrowers shall prepay such part at least of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall on or before the date falling 1 month after the date on which the Agent's notice is served under Clause 15.1 (the " Prepayment Date ") unless at least 1 Business Day before the Prepayment Date the Borrowers have provided additional security which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders,
45

has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and is documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve or require.
15.3 Valuation of Ships
The Market Value of a Ship (or any other Fleet Vessel) at any date during the Security Period is that shown by a valuation to be prepared:
(a) as at a date not more than 14 days previously;
(b) an Approved Broker (selected by the Borrowers and appointed by the Agent);
(c) with or without physical inspection of the Ship (as the Agent may require);
(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment; and
(e) after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale,
Provided that if the Agent reasonably determines that the Market Value of the Ship shown by a valuation prepared in accordance with this Clause 15.3 does not accurately reflect the value of that Ship, it shall have the right to appoint (at the Borrowers' expense) a second Approved Broker to provide a valuation of that Ship addressed to the Agent and prepared in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Market Value of that Ship shall be the arithmetic average of the two valuations.
15.4 Value of additional security
The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.2 shall be determined as follows:
(a) if it consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.3; and
(b) if it consists of cash, the US Dollar amount thereof.
15.5 Valuations binding
Any valuation under Clause 15.2, 15.3 or 15.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrowers, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.
15.6 Provision of information
The Borrowers shall promptly provide the Agent and the Approved Broker acting under Clause 15.3 or 15.4 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrowers fail to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.
15.7 Payment of valuation expenses
Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrowers' obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and 21.3, the Borrowers shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of the Approved Broker instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and
46

other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause (provided that no more than one valuation per Ship subject to a Mortgage per and, if required by the Agent pursuant to Clause 15.3, one additional valuation per such Ships per year shall be payable by the Borrower, save for if an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing in which case the Borrower shall be liable to pay for all valuations that take place during the period such Event of Default is continuing) and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause.
15.8 Application of prepayment
Clause 8.10 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.1.
16 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS
16.1 Currency and method of payments
All payments to be made by the Lenders or by any Borrower under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:
(a) by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;
(b) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);
(c) in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by a Borrower to the Agent or any Lender, to the account of the Agent at Bank of America NA, New York (Swift Code BOFAUS3N) (Account Nordea Bank AB, London Branch Account No. 6550453766, Swift Code: NDEAGB2L)), or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties; and
(d) in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties.
16.2 Payment on non-Business Day
If any payment by any Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:
(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or
(b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day,
and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.
16.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments
All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.
16.4 Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties
Subject to Clauses 16.5, 16.6 and 16.7:
47

(a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, the Swap Bank or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, the Swap Bank or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender, the Swap Bank or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and
(b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders and/or the Swap Bank generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender and the Swap Bank pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.
16.5 Permitted deductions by Agent
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender or the Swap Bank, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender or the Swap Bank under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender or the Swap Bank to pay on demand.
16.6 Agent only obliged to pay when monies received
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to any Borrower or any Lender or the Swap Bank any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to that Borrower or that Lender or the Swap Bank until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.
16.7 Refund to Agent of monies not received
If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to a Borrower or a Lender or the Swap Bank, without first having received that sum, that Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender or the Swap Bank concerned shall, on demand:
(a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and
(b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.
16.8 Agent may assume receipt
Clause 16.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.
16.9 Creditor Party accounts
Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrowers and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any Security Party.
16.10 Agent's memorandum account
The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrowers and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any Security Party.
48

16.11 Accounts prima facie evidence
If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.9 and 16.10 show an amount to be owing by a Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.
17 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS
17.1 Normal order of application
Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:
(a) FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents in the following order and proportions:
(i) first, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (ii) and (iii) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by any Borrower under Clauses 20, 21 and 22 of this Agreement or by any Borrower or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document);
(ii) secondly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents (and, for this purpose, the expression " interest "   shall include any net amount which a Borrower shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 2(e) (Obligations) of the Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the Swap Bank at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 17); and
(iii) thirdly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of the Loan and the Swap Exposure (in the case of the latter, calculated as at the actual Early Termination Date applying to each particular Designated Transaction, or if no such Early Termination Date shall have occurred, calculated as if an Early Termination Date occurred on the date of application or distribution hereunder);
(b) SECONDLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrowers, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will either or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.1(a); and
(c) THIRDLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrowers or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.
17.2 Variation of order of application
The Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders and the Swap Bank, by notice to the Borrowers, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.
17.3 Notice of variation of order of application
The Agent may give notices under Clause 17.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also
49

to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.
17.4 Appropriation rights overridden
This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by any Borrower or any Security Party.
18 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS
18.1 Payment of Earnings
Each Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period (and subject only to the provisions of the General Assignments) all Earnings of the Ship owned by it (including but not limited to any sale and/or insurance proceeds) are paid to the Earnings Account for that Ship.
18.2 Location of accounts
Each Borrower shall promptly:
(a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re location of its Earnings Account; and
(b) execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) its Earnings Account.
18.3 Debits for expenses etc.
The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit any Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 20 or 21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 20 or 21.
18.4 Borrowers' obligations unaffected
The provisions of this Clause 18 do not affect:
(a) the liability of the Borrowers to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or
(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrowers or any Security Party under any Finance Document.
18.5 Earnings Accounts balances
Subject to the other terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the terms of this Clause 18), the monies on the Earnings Account shall be freely available to the Borrowers to be used in accordance with and in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement subject to no Event of Default having occurred which is continuing and the Agent having given notice to the Borrowers that such monies shall not be freely available as a result of such Event of Default.
50

19 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
19.1 Events of Default
An Event of Default occurs if:
(a) any Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due or (if so payable) on demand any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document; or
(b) any breach occurs of Clause 9.2, 10.18, 10.19, 11.2, 11.3, 11.9, 11.18, 11.19, 11.21, 11.22, 11.23, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2, 13.3, 15.1, 15.2 and 12.4 of the Corporate Guarantee; or
(c) any breach by any Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues un-remedied 10 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or
(d) (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by any Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or
(e) any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is materially untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or
(f) any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person (in the case of all Relevant Persons (taken as a whole) exceeding in aggregate $10,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) at any relevant time Provided that in the case of each Borrower, individually, any Financial Indebtedness exceeding $500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency)):
(i) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is not paid when due; or
(ii) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or
(iii) a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or
(iv) any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or
(v) any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or
(g) any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:
(i) a Relevant Person becomes, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or
51

(ii) any assets of a Relevant Person are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress in respect of a sum of, or sums exceeding, in aggregate, in the case of all Relevant Persons (taken as a whole) $10,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) at any relevant time Provided that in the case of each Borrower, individually, any sum of, or sums exceeding, in aggregate $500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency);
(iii) any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or
(iv) an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a Relevant Person; or
(v) any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a Relevant Person or by the directors of a Relevant Person or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person; or
(vi) a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or a winding up resolution is passed by a Relevant Person; or
(vii) a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by (aa) a Relevant Person, (bb) the members or directors of a Relevant Person, (cc) a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person, or (dd) a government minister or public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant Person, or that or another Relevant Person ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than a Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Majority Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or
(viii) an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a Relevant Person (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person) for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of a Relevant Person in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with a view to some other insolvency law procedure being implemented instead and either (aa) the application or petition is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (bb) within 30 days of the administration notice being given or filed, or the other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (aa) or (bb)) the Relevant Person will continue to carry on business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or
(ix) a Relevant Person or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a document setting out a proposal or proposed terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person, any form of moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain debt) or arrangement with all or a
52

substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by the filing of documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or
(x) any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person is held or summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iv) to (ix) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions materialise or fail to materialise; or
(xi) in a country other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders is similar to any of the foregoing; or
(h) any Borrower ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is material in the context of this Agreement; or
(i) it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:
(i) for any Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document;
(ii) for the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Lenders or the Swap Bank to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or
(j) any official consent necessary to enable any Borrower to own, operate or charter the Ship owned by it or to enable any Borrower or any Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or
(k) it appears to the Majority Lenders that, without their prior consent, a change has occurred or probably has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the ownership of any of the shares in a Borrower or the Approved Manager; or
(l) any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest; or
(m) the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or
(n) without the prior consent of the Lenders, the shares of the Corporate Guarantor cease to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange; or
(o) an Event of Default (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) occurs; or
(p) the Master Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with the consent of the Swap Bank; or
53

(q) any other event occurs or any other circumstances arise or develop including, without limitation:
(i) a change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of any Relevant Person; or
(ii) any accident or other event involving any Ship or another vessel owned, chartered or operated by a Relevant Person
in the light of which the Majority Lenders consider that there is a significant risk that any Borrower or Corporate Guarantor is, or will later become, unable to discharge its liabilities under the Finance Documents as they fall due.
19.2 Actions following an Event of Default
On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default:
(a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:
(i) serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that all or part of the Commitments and of the other obligations of each Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement are cancelled; and/or
(ii) serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that all or part of the Loan together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or
(iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or
(b) the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Bank are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.
19.3 Termination of Commitments
On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement shall be cancelled.
19.4 Acceleration of Loan
On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(ii), all or, as the case may be, the part of the Loan specified in the notice together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrowers or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.
19.5 Multiple notices; action without notice
The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 19.2(a)(i) and (ii) simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 19.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.
19.6 Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties
54

The Agent shall send to each Lender, the Swap Bank, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrowers under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrowers, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide any Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.
19.7 Creditor Party's rights unimpaired
Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders or the Swap Bank under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.
19.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party liability
No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to a Borrower or a Security Party:
(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or
(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,
except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party's own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver's or manager's own partners or employees and any other member of the Group.
19.9 Relevant Persons
In this Clause 19, a " Relevant Person " means a Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or a Security Party, and any company which is a subsidiary of the Corporate Guarantor or a Security Party and any other member of the Group but excluding any company which is dormant and the value of whose gross assets is $50,000 or less.
19.10 Interpretation
In Clause 19.1(f), references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g), " petition " includes an application.
19.11 Position of Swap Bank
Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 19, to have any regard to the requirements of the Swap Bank except to the extent that the Swap Bank is also a Lender.
20 FEES AND EXPENSES
20.1 Arrangement fee

55

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the date of this Agreement, a non-refundable arrangement fee at the rate of 0.80 per cent. of the Total Commitments for distribution among the Lenders pro rata to their Commitments.
20.2 Costs of negotiation , preparation etc.
The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document.
20.3 Costs of variations , amendments , enforcement etc.
The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Creditor Party concerned, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:
(a) any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document (required for the continuation of the availability of the Loan), or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;
(b) any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Swap Bank, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;
(c) the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security; or
(d) where the Security Trustee, in its absolute opinion, considers that there has been a material change to the insurances in respect of a Ship, the review of the insurances of that Ship pursuant to Clause 13.18; and
(e) any step taken by the Creditor party concerned or the Swap Bank with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.
There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.
20.4 Extraordinary management time
The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on its demand compensation in respect of the reasonable and documented amount of time which the management of either Servicing Bank has spent in connection with a matter covered by Clause 20.3 and which exceeds the amount of time which would ordinarily be spent in the performance of the relevant Servicing Bank's routine functions. Any such compensation shall be based on such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrowers and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the relevant Servicing Bank.
20.5 Documentary taxes
The Borrowers shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent's demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrowers to pay such a tax.
20.6 Financial Services Authority fees
56

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Lender concerned the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrowers that a Lender has notified the Agent to be necessary to compensate it for the cost attributable to its Contribution resulting from the imposition from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 and/or by the Bank of England and/or by the Financial Services Authority (or other United Kingdom governmental authorities or agencies) of a requirement to pay fees to the Financial Services Authority calculated by reference to liabilities used to fund its Contribution.
20.7 Certification of amounts
A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
21 INDEMNITIES
21.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan
The Borrowers shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent's demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) the Loan not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;
(b) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;
(c) any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrowers to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrowers on the amount concerned under Clause 7); and
(d) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19,
and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income or a FATCA Deduction) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.
21.2 Breakage costs
Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:
(a) in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and
(b) in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement
57

of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.
21.3 Miscellaneous indemnities
The Borrowers shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document; or
(b) any civil penalty or fine against, and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and disbursements) incurred in connection with or the defence thereof by, the Agent or any other Creditor Party as a result of conduct of any Borrower or any of their partners, directors, officers, employees, agents or advisors, that violates any Sanctions; or
(c) any other Pertinent Matter,
other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.
Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 21.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law.
21.4 Environmental Indemnity
Without prejudice to its generality, Clause 21.3 covers any claims, demands, proceedings, liabilities, taxes, losses or expenses of every kind which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, pollution or the protection of the environment, the ISM Code or the ISPS Code.
21.5 Currency indemnity
If any sum due from any Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the "Contractual Currency") into another currency (the "Payment Currency") for the purpose of:
(a) making or lodging any claim or proof against any Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or
(b) obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or
(c) enforcing any such order or judgment,
the Borrowers shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.
58

In this Clause 21.5, the " available rate of exchange "   means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.
This Clause 21.5 creates a separate liability of the Borrowers which is distinct from their other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.
21.6 Application to Master Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 21.5 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrowers to the Swap Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 8 (Contractual Currency) of the Master Agreement shall apply.
21.7 Certification of amounts
A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
21.8 Sums deemed due to a Lender
For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrowers to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.
22 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION
22.1 No deductions
All amounts due from the Borrowers under a Finance Document shall be paid:
(a) without any form of set off, cross-claim or condition; and
(b) free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which a Borrower is required by law to make.
22.2 Grossing-up for taxes
If a Borrower is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:
(a) that Borrower shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;
(b) that Borrower shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; and
(c) the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.
22.3 Evidence of payment of taxes
59

Within 1 month after making any tax deduction, the Borrower concerned shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.
22.4 Exclusion of tax on overall net income
In this Clause 22 " tax deduction "   means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party's overall net income, other than a FATCA Deduction.
22.5 Application to Master Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 22 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrowers to the Swap Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 2(d) (Deduction or Withholding for Tax) of the Master Agreement shall apply.
22.6 FATCA Information
(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:
(i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:
(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or
(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party;
(ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA;
(iii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.
(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.
(c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:
(i) any law or regulation;
(ii) any fiduciary duty; or
(iii) any duty of confidentiality.
(d) If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

60

(e) If a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor or the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:
(i) where an Original Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement;
(ii) where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor on a Transfer Date and the relevant Lender is a New Lender, the relevant Transfer Date;
(iii) the date a new US Tax Obligor accedes as a Borrower; or
(iv) the date of a request from the Agent, supply to the Agent:
(A) a withholding certificate on Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or
(B) any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.
(f) The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above to the relevant Borrower.
(g) If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent). The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the relevant Borrower.
(h) The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) or (g) above without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with paragraph (e), (f) or (g) above.
22.7 FATCA Deduction
(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.
(b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrowers and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Creditor Parties.
23 ILLEGALITY, ETC.
23.1 Illegality
This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ") notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

61

(a) unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or
(b) contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,
for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.
23.2 Notification of illegality
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.
23.3 Prepayment; termination of Commitment
On the Agent notifying the Borrowers under Clause 23.2, the Notifying Lender's Commitment shall terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender's notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrowers shall prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution in accordance with Clause 8.
23.4 Mitigation
If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 23.1 then, without in any way limiting the rights of the Notifying Lender under Clause 23.3, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:
(a) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or
(b) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or
(c) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
24 INCREASED COSTS
24.1 Increased costs
This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ") notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:
(a) the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Lender's overall net income); or
(b) complying with any regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement; or
(c) complying with any regulation (including the "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework" published by the Basel
62

Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004, in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (" Basel II ") and any other regulation which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement; or
(d) the introduction, implementation, application, administration or compliance with Basel III, or any law or regulation which implements or applies Basel Ill (regardless of the date on which it is enacted, adopted or issued and regardless of whether any such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, the Finance Party or any of its affiliates) after the date of this Agreement,
the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an " increased cost ".
24.2 Meaning of "increased costs"
In this Clause 24, " increased costs " means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:
(a) an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;
(b) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;
(c) an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender's Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or
(d) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement,
but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) or an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 21.1 or by Clause 22 or a FATCA Deduction.
For the purposes of this Clause 24.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.
24.3 Notification to Borrowers of claim for increased costs
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.1.
24.4 Payment of increased costs
The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrowers that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.
63

24.5 Notice of prepayment
If the Borrowers are not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 24.4, the Borrowers may give the Agent not less than 14 days' notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.
24.6 Prepayment; termination of Commitment
A notice under Clause 24.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrowers' notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and
(b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender's Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any).
24.7 Application of prepayment
Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
25 SET OFF
25.1 Application of credit balances
Each Creditor Party may without prior notice:
(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of a Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from that Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and
(b) for that purpose:
(i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of that Borrower;
(ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and
(iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.
25.2 Existing rights unaffected
No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).
25.3 Sums deemed due to a Lender
For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrowers to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender's proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.

64

25.4 No Security Interest
This Clause 25 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of any Borrower.
26 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES
26.1 Transfer by Borrowers
No Borrower may, without the consent of the Agent, given on the instructions of all the Lenders transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.
26.2 Transfer by a Lender
Subject to Clause 26.4, a Lender (the " Transferor Lender ") may at any time cause:
(a) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or
(b) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or
(c) a combination of (a) and (b),
to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution or a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (a " Transferee Lender ") by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a " Transfer Certificate ") executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.
However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Deed.
A transfer pursuant to this Clause 26.2 shall be affected:
(i) without the consent of the Borrowers:
(A) following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing; and/or
(B) if such transfer is to another Lender or an affiliate of a Lender;
(ii) in all other circumstances with the consent of the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and the Borrowers will be deemed to have given its consent 5 Business Days following the request of the Transferor Lender unless the consent is expressly refused by the Borrowers within that time.
26.3 Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification
As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):
(a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrowers, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee, each of the other Lenders and the Swap Bank;
(b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to each Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it; and
65

(c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b) above,
but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.
26.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate
A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.
26.5 No transfer without Transfer Certificate
Except as provided in Clause 26.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, any Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.
26.6 Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate
However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in another person (the " successor "), the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrowers and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the Agent's notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.
26.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate
A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:
(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender's title and of any rights or equities which any Borrower or any Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;
(b) the Transferor Lender's Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;
(e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate's effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor's title and any rights or equities of any Borrower or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;
66

(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.7 and Clause 20, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and
(g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.
The rights and equities of any Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross claim.
26.8 Maintenance of register of Lenders
During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrowers during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days' prior notice.
26.9 Reliance on register of Lenders
The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.
26.10 Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates
Each Borrower, the Security Trustee, each Lender and the Swap Bank irrevocably authorise the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.
26.11 Registration fee
In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $3,000 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent's option) the Transferee Lender.
26.12 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment
A Lender may sub participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, any Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.
26.13 Disclosure of information
A Lender may disclose to a potential Transferee Lender or sub participant any information which the Lender has received in relation to any Borrower, any Security Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless the information is clearly of a confidential nature.
67

26.14 Change of lending office
A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:
(a) the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and
(b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.
26.15 Notification
On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.
26.16 Replacement of the Reference Bank
If the Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender or is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrowers, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrowers, shall appoint another bank (whether or not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first mentioned Reference Bank's appointment shall cease to be effective.
26.17 Security over Lenders' rights
In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Borrower or any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:
(a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and
(b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,
except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:
(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or
(ii) require any payments to be made by any Borrower or any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.
27 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS
27.1 Variations , waivers etc. by Majority Lenders
Subject to Clause 27.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party's rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax, by the Borrowers, by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders, by the Agent and the
68

Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.
27.2 Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders.
However, as regards the following, Clause 27.1 applies as if the words "by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders" were replaced by the words "by or on behalf of every Lender and the Swap Bank":
(a) a reduction in the Margin;
(b) a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement;
(c) an increase in any Lender's Commitment;
(d) a change to the definition of " Majority Lenders ";
(e) a change to Clause 3 or this Clause 27;
(f) any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document; and
(g) any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender's consent is required.
27.3 Exclusion of other or implied variations
Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2 no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:
(a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or
(b) an Event of Default; or
(c) a breach by a Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or
(d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,
and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.
28 NOTICES
28.1 General
Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or fax and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.
69

28.2 Addresses for communications
A notice by letter or fax shall be sent:
(a)
to the Borrowers:
c/o Approved Manager
16 Pendelis Street
175 64 Paleo Faliro
Athens
Greece
 
Fax No: +30 210 9470101
     
(b)
to a Lender: at the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate.
     
(c)
to the Swap Bank:
Aleksis Kiven Katu 3-5
FIN-00020 Nordea
Helsinki
Finland
Fax No: +358 9 165 59311

Attn: Swaps Settlements
     
(d)
to the Agent or the Security Trustee:
8 th Floor
City Place House
Basinghall Street
London EC2V 5NB

Fax No: +44 (0) 20 7726 9102

Attn: Loan Administration

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrowers, the Lenders, the Swap Bank and the Security Parties.
28.3 Effective date of notices
Subject to Clauses 28.4 and 28.5:
(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered; and
(b) a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed.
28.4 Service outside business hours
However, if under Clause 28.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:
(a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or
70

(b) on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time,
the notice shall (subject to Clause 28.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.
28.5 Illegible notices
Clauses 28.3 and 28.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.
28.6 Valid notices
A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:
(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or
(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.
28.7 Electronic communication
Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or Swap Bank under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Creditor Party:
(a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;
(b) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
(c) notify each other of any change to their respective addresses or any other such information supplied to them.
Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Swap Bank will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Creditor Party to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.
28.8 English language
Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.
28.9 Meaning of "notice"
In this Clause 28, " notice " includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

71

29 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY
29.1 General
All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be several and, if and to the extent consistent with Clause 29.2, joint.
29.2 No impairment of Borrower's obligations
The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:
(a) this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards any other Borrower;
(b) any Lender, the Swap Bank or the Security Trustee entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with any other Borrower;
(c) any Lender, the Swap Bank or the Security Trustee releasing any other Borrower or any Security Interest created by a Finance Document; or
(d) any combination of the foregoing.
29.3 Principal debtors
Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and no Borrower shall in any circumstances be construed to be a surety for the obligations of any other Borrower under this Agreement.
29.4 Subordination
Subject to Clause 29.5, during the Security Period, no Borrower shall:
(a) claim any amount which may be due to it from any other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document; or
(b) take or enforce any form of security from any other Borrower for such an amount, or in any other way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of any other Borrower; or
(c) set off such an amount against any sum due from it to any other Borrower; or
(d) prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving any other Borrower or other Security Party; or
(e) exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.
29.5 Borrower's required action
If during the Security Period, the Agent, by notice to a Borrower, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d) of Clause 29.4, in relation to any other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Agent's notice.
30 SUPPLEMENTAL
30.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive
72

The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:
(a) cumulative;
(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and
(c) shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.
30.2 Severability of provisions
If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.
30.3 Counterparts
A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.
30.4 Third Party rights
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
31 LAW AND JURISDICTION
31.1 English law
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
31.2 Exclusive English jurisdiction
Subject to Clause 31.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.
31.3 Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of Creditor Parties
Clause 31.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the rights:
(a) to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and
(b) to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.
No Borrower shall commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.
31.4 Process agent
Each Borrower irrevocably appoints Nicolaou & Co (for the attention of Antonis Nicolaou) at its registered office for the time being, presently at 25 Heath Drive, Potters Bar, Herts, EN6 1EN, England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.
73

31.5 Creditor Party rights unaffected
Nothing in this Clause 31 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
31.6 Meaning of "proceedings" and "Dispute"
In this Clause 31, " proceedings " means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a " Dispute " means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
74


SCHEDULE 1
LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

Lender
Lending Office
Commitment
   
(US Dollars)
     
Nordea Bank AB,
London Branch
London EC2V 5NB
England
City Place House
55 Basinghall Street
110,000,000



75

SCHEDULE 2
DRAWDOWN NOTICE


To:
Nordea Bank AB, London Branch
City Place House
55 Basinghall Street
London EC2V 5NB
England
   
Attention: [Loans Administration]
[•] 2015

DRAWDOWN NOTICE
1 We refer to the loan agreement (the " Loan Agreement ")   dated [•] 2015 and made between ourselves, as joint and several Borrowers, the Lenders referred to therein, and yourselves as Agent, as Security Trustee, as Lead Arranger and as Swap Bank in connection with a facility of up to US$110,000,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.
2 We request to borrow as follows:
(a) Amount of Loan: US$110,000,000;
(b) Drawdown Date: [•] 2015;
(c) [Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [1][3] months;] and
(d) Payment instructions: account in our name and numbered [•] with [•] of [•].
3 We represent and warrant that:
(a) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing; and
(b) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Loan.
4 This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.
[Name of Signatory]
Director
for and on behalf of
KNOX SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
BOKAK SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
JEMO SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
GUAM SHIPING COMPANY INC.
PALAU SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
MAKUR SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
MANDARINGINA INC. and
VESTA COMMERCIAL , S.A.

76

SCHEDULE 3
CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS
PART A
The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a).
1 A duly executed original of:
(a) this Agreement;
(b) the Corporate Guarantee;
(c) the Agency and Trust Deed;
(d) the Master Agreement;
(e) the Shares Pledges;
(f) the Master Agreement Assignment; and
(g) the Accounts Pledges.
2 Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of each Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party.
3 Copies of resolutions of the shareholders and directors of each Borrower and each Security Party (other than the Corporate Guarantor) authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which that Borrower or that Security Party is a party and, in the case of a Borrower, authorising named officers to give the Drawdown Notice.
4 Copies of resolutions of the executive committee of the Corporate Guarantor authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
5 The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of a Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party.
6 Copies of all consents which any Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document.
7 The originals of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Earnings Accounts.
8 Such documents as the Agent may require for its "Know your customer" and other customary money laundering and sanctions and counter-terrorist financing checks.
9 Copy of each Initial Charter and of all documents signed or issued by the relevant Borrower or the Initial Charterer (or any of them) under or in connection with it.
10 Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 30 has accepted its appointment.
11 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.
12 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
77

PART B
The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(b) required before the Drawdown Date. In Part B of this Schedule 3, the following definitions have the following meanings:
(a) " Relevant Borrower "   means the Borrower which is the owner of the Relevant Ship; and
(b) " Relevant Ship "   means the Ship which is to be financed by using the proceeds of the Loan being drawn on the Drawdown Date.
1 A duly executed original of the Mortgage and the General Assignment relating to the Relevant Ship and the Initial Charter Assignment.
2 Documentary evidence that:
(a) the Relevant Ship is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the Relevant Borrower under an Approved Flag;
(b) the Relevant Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Relevant Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;
(c) the Relevant Ship maintains the class specified in Clause 14.3(b);
(d) the Mortgage relating to the Relevant Ship has been duly registered or recorded against the Relevant Ship as a valid first priority or, as the case may be, preferred statutory ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State; and
(e) the Relevant Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.
3 Documents establishing that the Relevant Ship will, as from the Drawdown Date, be managed by the Approved Manager on terms acceptable to the Lenders, together with:
(a) a copy of the Management Agreement and the Manager's Undertaking duly signed by the Approved Manager; and
(b) copies of the Approved Manager's Document of Compliance and of the Relevant Ship's Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Agent requires) and ISSC.
4 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of Marshall Islands, the Approved Flag State and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.
5 At the cost of the Borrowers a favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances for the Ship as the Agent may require.
6 Two valuations of each Ship addressed to the Agent and dated not earlier than 14 days before the Drawdown Date and prepared in accordance with Clause 15.3 by two Approved Brokers (each selected by the Borrowers and approved by the Agent) which evidences compliance with Clause 15.1 immediately after the Drawdown Date.
7 Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any Existing Indebtedness is repaid in full and each of 1emo, Guam, Palau and Mandaringina is released from all its obligations and liabilities under the Previous Loan Agreements to which each is a party.

78

8 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
Each of the documents specified in paragraphs 2, 3, 5 and 9 of Part A and every other copy document delivered under this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the secretary (or equivalent officer) of each Borrower or a qualified lawyer.
79

SCHEDULE 4
TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.
To:              Nordea Bank AB, London Branch for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, [each Security Party], the Security Trustee, each Lender and the Swap Bank, as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.
 
[•]

1 This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement (the " Agreement ")   dated [•] March 2015 and made between (1) Knox Shipping Company Inc., Bokak Shipping Company Inc., Jemo Shipping Company Inc., Guam Shipping Company Inc., Palau Shipping Company Inc., Makur Shipping Company Inc., Mandaringina Inc. and Vest Commercial S.A. as joint and several borrowers (the " Borrowers "),   (2) the banks and financial institutions named therein, (3) Nordea Bank AB, London Branch as Agent, (4) Nordea Bank AB, London Branch as Security Trustee, (5) Nordea Bank AB, London Branch as Lead Arranger and (6) Nordea Bank Finland plc as Swap Bank for a loan facility of up to US$110,000,000.
2 In this Certificate, terms defined in the Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate and:
" Relevant Parties "   means the Agent, the Borrower, [each Security Party], the Security Trustee, each Lender and the Swap Bank;
" Transferor "   means [full name] of [lending office]; and
" Transferee "   means [full name] of [lending office].
3 The effective date of this Certificate is [•], Provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.
4 [The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [•] per cent. of its Contribution, which percentage represents $[•].]
5 [By virtue of this Transfer Certificate and Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[•] [from [•] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $
[•]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[•].]
6 The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.
7 The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Agreement.
8 The Transferor:
(a) warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:

80

(i) the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are required in connection with this transaction; and
(ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;
(b) warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4; and
(c) undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee's title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.
9 The Transferee:
(a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents;
(b) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender or the Swap Bank in the event that:
(i) any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;
(ii) any Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents; and
(iii) it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrowers or any Security Party under any of the Finance Documents;
(c) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender or the Swap Bank in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;
(d) warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:
(i) it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and
(ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and
(e) confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.
10 The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent's or the Security Trustee's own officers or employees.
11 The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 9 as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.
81

[Name of Transferor]
[Name of Transferee]
   
By:
By:
   
Date:
Date:
   
Agent
 
   
Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself as Agent and for every other Relevant Party [Name of Agent]
 
By:
 
Date:
 



82

Administrative Details of Transferee

Name of Transferee:
Lending Office:
Contact Person
(Loan Administration Department):
Telephone:
Fax:
Contact Person
(Credit Administration Department):
Telephone:
Fax:
Account for payments:

Note: This Transfer Certificate alone may not be sufficient to transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor's interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Transferor's or Transferee's jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of each Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required for this purpose.
83

SCHEDULE 5

DESIGNATION NOTICE

Nordea Bank AB, London Branch
City Place House
55 Basinghall Street
London EC2V 5NB
England

 
[•]


Dear Sirs
Loan Agreement dated [•] 2015 made between (i) Knox Shipping Company Inc., Bokak Shipping Company Inc., Jemo Shipping Company Inc., Guam Shipping Company Inc., Palau Shipping Company Inc., Makur Shipping Company Inc., Mandaringina Inc. and Vest Commercial S.A. as joint and several Borrowers, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) yourselves as Swap Bank, Agent, Security Trustee and Lead Arranger (the "Loan Agreement").
We refer to:
1 The Loan Agreement;
2 the Master Agreement dated [•] 2015 made between ourselves and the Swap Bank; and
3 a Confirmation delivered pursuant to the said Master Agreement dated [•] and addressed by [S] to us.
In accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, we hereby give you notice of the said Confirmation and hereby confirm that the Transaction evidenced by it will be designated as a "Designated Transaction" for the purposes of the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents.
Yours faithfully,
   


for and on behalf of
[KNOX SHIPING COMPANY INC.
BOKAK SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
JEMO SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
GUAM SNIPING COMPANY INC.
PALAU SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
MAKUR SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
MANDARINGINA INC. AND
VESTA COMMERCIAL, S.A.]
84

SCHEDULE 6
MANDATORY COST FORMULA
4 The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Financial Services Authority (or any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.
5 On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the "Additional Cost Rate") for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders' Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.
6 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender's participation in the Loan made from that lending office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that lending office.
7 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:
 
E x 0.01
 
per cent. per annum
 
300
 

Where:
E is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Bank to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 6 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.
8 For the purposes of this Schedule:
(a) " Eligible Liabilities "   and "Special Deposits" have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;
(b) " Fees Rules "   means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;
(c) " Fee Tariffs "   means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate);
(d) " Participating Member State "   means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to European Monetary Union; and
(e) " Tariff Base "   has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.
85

9 If requested by the Agent, the Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by the Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by the Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to the Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of the Reference Bank.
10 Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information in writing on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:
(a) the jurisdiction of its lending office; and
(b) any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.
Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent in writing of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.
11 The rates of charge of the Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraph 6 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender's obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a lending office in the same jurisdiction as its lending office.
12 The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or the Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above is true and correct in all respects.
13 The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and the Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above.
14 Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties.
15 The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrowers and the Lenders, determine and notify to all parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties.
86

EXECUTION PAGES

THE BORROWERS
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
)
/s/ Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
KNOX SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
)
 
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
)
/s/ Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
BOKAK SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
)
 
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
)
/s/ Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
JEMO SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
)
 
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Andreas Nicolaos Michalopoulos
)
/s/ Andreas Nicolaos Michalopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
GUAM SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
)
 
 
   
SIGNED by
)
 
Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
)
/s/ Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
PALAU SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
 
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
)
/s/ Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
MAKUR SHIPPING COMPANY INC.
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
)
 
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Andreas Nicolaos Michalopoulos
)
/s/ Andreas Nicolaos Michalopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
MANDARINGINA INC.
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
)
 


87

 
 

 
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
)
/s/ Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
VESTA COMMERCIAL, S.A.
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
)
 
     
THE LENDERS
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Vassiliki Georgopoulos
)
Vassiliki Georgopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDEA BANK, AB
)
 
LONDON BRANCH
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
)
 
     
THE SWAP BANK
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Vassiliki Georgopoulos
)
/s/ Vassiliki Georgopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDEA BANK FINLAND, PLC
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
)
 
     
THE AGENT
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Vassiliki Georgopoulos
)
/s/ Vassiliki Georgopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDEA BANK, AB
)
 
LONDON BRANCH
   
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
)
 
     
     
THE SECURITY AGENT
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Vassiliki Georgopoulos
)
/s/ Vassiliki Georgopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDEA BANK, AB
)
 
LONDON BRANCH
   
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
)
 

88


THE LEAD ARRANGER
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Vassiliki Georgopoulos
)
/s/ Vassiliki Georgopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDEA BANK, AB
)
 
LONDON BRANCH
   
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Nadine Akleh
)
/s/ Nadine Akleh
SOLICITOR
)
 
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
)
 
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
)
 
176 74 KALLITHEA
)
 
ATHENS – GREECE
)
 



 
 
 
89
Exhibit 4 . 26
DIANA ENTERPRISES INC.
THIS AGREEMENT dated this 9th day of April 2014 by and between Diana Shipping Inc., a Marshall Islands company having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 (the "Company") and Diana Enterprises Inc. a Marshall Islands company having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 (the "Broker").
BY WHICH, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1 .              The Company .   Diana Shipping Inc. is a leading global provider of shipping transportation services through its ownership of dry bulk vessels. The Company's vessels are employed primarily on medium to long-term time charters and transport a range of dry bulk cargoes, including such commodities as iron ore, coal, grain and other materials along worldwide shipping routes.
2 .              Engagement .   The Company hereby engages the Broker to act as broker for the Company and for any of its affiliates as directed by the Company to assist the Company in the provision of the Services by providing to the Company or to an entity designated by the Company from time to time, brokerage services relating to the purchase , sale or chartering of vessels, brokerage services relating to the repairs and other maintenance of vessels, and any relevant consulting services permitted by Greek laws or the Broker's Law 27/1975 license (collectively the "Brokerage Services"), and the Broker hereby accepts such appointment.
3 .              Duration .   The duration of the engagement shall be for a term of nine (9) months commencing the 1 st day of July 2014 and ending (unless terminated earlier on the basis of any other provision of this  Agreement) on  the 31 st day of March  2015  (the said period as it may be extended being herein after referred to as the "Term ").
4 .              Representations of Broker .   The Broker represents that it has personnel fully qualified, without the benefit of any further training or experience and has obtained all necessary permits and licenses, to perform the Brokerage Services. The duties of the Broker shall be offered on a worldwide basis. Broker's duties and responsibilities hereunder shall always be subject to the policies and directives of the board of directors of the Company as communicated from time to time to the Broker. Subject to the above, the precise duties, responsibilities and authority of the Broker may be expanded, limited or modified, from time to time, at the discretion of the board of directors of the Company.
5 .              Commission .   Because of their permanent relation the Company shall pay the Broker a lump sum commission  in the amount of United States Dollars $104,166 per month,
 

starting on the 1st day of July 2014 for the third quarter and quarterly thereafter at the beginning of every quarter, subject to required deductions and withholdings.  Commissions on a percentage basis for specific deals may be agreed by separate agreements in writing.
6 .              Expenses .   The Company shall not pay or reimburse the Broker for any out-of pocket expenses as such expenses are included in the commission paid to the Broker.
7 .              Termination .   This Agreement, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the parties, shall be terminated as follows:
(a)              At the end of the Term, unless extended by mutual agreement in writing.
(b)              The parties, by mutual agreement, may terminate this Agreement at any time.
(c)              Either party may terminate this Agreement for any material breach by the other party of their respective obligations under this Agreement.
8 .              Change of Control .
(a)              In the event of a "Change in Control" (as defined herein) within the duration of this Agreement, the Broker has the option to terminate this Agreement within six (6) months following such Change in Control, and shall be eligible to receive the payment specified in sub-paragraph (c), below, provided that the conditions of said paragraph are satisfied.
(b)              For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change of Control" shall mean the:
(i)              acquisition by any individual, entity or group of beneficial ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (B) the combined voting power of the then­ outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however , that this Clause 8(b)(i) shall not apply to an individual, entity or group that beneficially owns twenty-five percent (25%) or more as of the date the Company's common shares are approved for listing on the NYSE.
(ii)              consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and/or of the Affiliates; or
(iii)              approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.


(c)              If the Broker terminates this Agreement within six (6) months following a Change of Control, the Broker shall receive a payment equal to three (3) years' annual commission.  Receipt of the foregoing shall be contingent upon the Broker's execution and non-revocation of a Release of Claims in favor of the Company and the Affiliates in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company and its counsel.
9 .              Notices .   Every notice, request, demand or other communication under this Agreement shall:
(a)              be in writing delivered personally or by courier or by fax or shall be served through a process server;
(b)              be deemed to have been received, subject as otherwise provided in this Agreement in the case of fax upon receipt of a successful transmission report (or -if sent after business hours-the following business day) and in the case of a letter when delivered personally or through courier or served at the address below; and
 
(c)
be sent:
   
(i) If to the Company, to:
   
c/o Diana Shipping Services S.A.
Pendelis 16, Palaio Faliro, 175 64
Athens, Greece
Telephone: +30 210 9470000
Telefax: +30 210 9424975
Attn: Director and President
     
   
(ii) If to the Broker, to:
   
c/o Diana Enterprises Inc.
Pendelis 26, Palaio Faliro,
175 64 Athens, Greece
Telephone: +30 210 9470150
Telefax: +30 210 9470151
Attn: Director and President

or to such other person, address or telefax, as is notified by the relevant Party to the other Party to this Agreement and such notification shall not become effective until notice of such change is actually received by the other Party. Until such change of person or address is notified, any notification to the above addresses and fax number s are agreed to be validly effected for the purposes of this Agreement.



10 .              Entire Agreement .   This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements written or oral, with respect thereto.
11 .              Amendments .   This Agreement may be amended, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended and the terms hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the parties.
12 .              Independent Contractor .   All services provided hereunder shall be provided by the Broker as an independent contractor. No employment contract, partnership or joint venture between the Broker and the Company has been created in or by this Agreement or as a result of services provided hereunder.
13 .              Assignment .   This Agreement, and the Broker's rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Broker; any purported assignment in violation hereof shall be null and void. This Agreement, and the Company's rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Company; provided, however, that in the event of any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets and business, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, the Company shall assign this Agreement and its rights hereunder to the successor to its assets and business.
14 .               Binding Effect .   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors and legal representative.
15 .               Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each counterpart may consist of two copies hereof each signed by one of the parties hereto.
16 .               Headings .   The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
17 .              Governing Law and Jurisdiction .
(a)              This Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  m  accordance  with English Law.
(b)              Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this clause.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed their names as of the day
and year first above written.
 
   
   
   
DIANA SHIPPING INC.
 
   
/s/ Simeon Palios
 
By: Simeon Palios
 
Title: Director, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
 
   
   
   
DIANA ENTERPRISES INC.
 
   
/s/ Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
 
By: Andreas Nikolaos Michalopoulos
 
Title: Director and Secretary
 
   
   


Exhibit 8.1
 
SUBSIDIARIES AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2014
 

 
Subsidiary
 
Country of Incorporation
 
Ailuk Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Bikar Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Bikini Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Erikub Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Gala Properties Inc.
Marshall Islands
Guam Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Jaluit Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Jemo Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Kili Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Knox Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Lae Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Lib Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Mandaringina Inc.
Marshall Islands
Majuro Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Namu Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Palau Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Taka Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Tuvalu Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Wotho Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Aster Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Aerik Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Pulap Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Bokak Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Makur Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Jabat Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Fayo Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Weno Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Lelu Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Houk Shipping Company Inc.
Marshall Islands
Husky Trading, S.A.
Panama
Buenos Aires Compania Armadora S.A.
Panama
Changame Compania Armadora S.A.
Panama
Chorrera Compania Armadora S.A.
Panama
Cypres Enterprises Corp.
Panama
Darien Compania Armadora S.A.
Panama
Diana Shipping Services S.A.
Panama
Eaton Marine S.A.
Panama
Panama Compania Armadora S.A.
Panama
Skyvan Shipping Company S.A.
Panama
Texford Maritime S.A.
Panama
Urbina Bay Trading, S.A.
Panama
Vesta Commercial, S.A.
Panama
Marfort Navigation Company Limited
Cyprus
Silver Chandra Shipping Company Limited
Cyprus
Bulk Carriers (USA) LLC
United States (Delaware)


EXHIBIT 12.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Simeon Palios, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Diana Shipping Inc. (the "Company");

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting.


Date: March 24, 2015




/s/ Simeon Palios
Simeon Palios
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

EXHIBIT 12.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Andreas Michalopoulos, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Diana Shipping Inc. (the "Company");

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 24, 2015



/s/ Andreas Michalopoulos
Andreas Michalopoulos
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)
EXHIBIT 13.1

 
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
   
In connection with this Annual Report of Diana Shipping Inc. (the "Company") on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on or about the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Simeon Palios, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

  Date: March 24, 2015



/s/ Simeon Palios  
Simeon Palios
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

EXHIBIT 13.2



PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with this Annual Report of Diana Shipping Inc. (the "Company") on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on or about the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Andreas Michalopoulos, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

Date: March 24, 2015




/s/ Andreas Michalopoulos
Andreas Michalopoulos
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)




 
Exhibit 15.1
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form F-3 No. 333-181540, as amended) of Diana Shipping Inc. and in the related Prospectus of our reports dated March 24, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Diana Shipping Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Diana Shipping Inc., included in this Annual report (Form 20-F) for the year ended December 31, 2014.

/s/ Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors-Accountants S.A.

March 24, 2015
Athens, Greece